What did PGG Wrightson Limited announce?
PGG Wrightson Limited (NZX: PGW) filed “Annual & Sustainability Reports for Year to 30 June 2026” with NZX on 14 September 2026, as an earnings results announcement.
From the announcement:“Pūrongo ā-tau Annual Report For the year ended 30 June 2026 Mō te tau i mutu i te 30 Hune 2026 ANNUAL REPORT 2026 | 1 Grounded in history. Focused on the future.”
- Which company?
- PGG Wrightson Limited (NZX: PGW)
- When was it filed?
- 14 September 2026
- Where is the original?
- NZX announcement
Annual & Sustainability Reports for Year to 30 June 2026
Pūrongo ā-tau
Annual Report
For the year ended 30 June 2026 Mō te tau i mutu i te 30 Hune 2026
ANNUAL REPORT 2026
|
1
Grounded in history.
Focused on the future.
PGG Wrightson celebrates
175 years of walking alongside
farmers and growers.
Cover: Emma Pollitt, PGW Livestock Representative – Genetics, and Jamie Hayward, Regional Livestock Manager,
discuss the Angus bulls’ structure and docility with Dean McHardy, General Manager and Stud Master, in advance
of the Tangihau Angus Annual Bull Sale, inland from Gisborne, Tairāwhiti.
Inside front cover: The Grange in North Canterbury.
ANNUAL REPORT 2026
|
32
|
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED
Since May 1851, when George Gould opened
Christchurch's first general store, PGG Wrightson (PGW)
and the businesses that have come before it have
walked alongside New Zealand farmers and growers,
adapting to changing markets, new technologies, and
the shifting needs of rural communities.
Wright Stephenson & Co Ltd - Dunedin Branch, Otago: 1900 Balfour Agency - grain store and
office, in centre of Waimea plains, Circa 1900. Image credit: Fletcher Trust Archives P4007/4.
Photo Credit: Levin & Co, Wellington building, Circa 1960
Image credit: Fletcher Trust Archives P0252/43
The Dalgety building located to the right of the Cathedral, Christchurch, Circa 1880.
Image credit: Fletcher Trust Archives P5000/67/1.
Dalgety & Co Ltd, Commercial Street, Takaka, Tasman District, Circa 1955.
Image credit: Fletcher Trust Archives P5000/1/1.
Pyne & Co’s building, 172 Cashel Street, c.1914. Image credit: P. G. Stevens.
Pyne Gould Guiness Ltd. The Jubilee History 1919-1969 Pg. 50.
New Zealand Fruitgrowers' Federation building, Bennetts Road, Roxburgh, Circa 1968.
Image credit: PGG Wrightson Heritage Collection.
Donald Reid & Co building, Vogel St, Circa 1882. Image credit: John H. Angus.
Donald Reid Otago Farmers Centennial History 1878-1978.
Pyne, Gould, Guinness Ltd branch, Circa 1950.
Image credit: PGG Wrightson Heritage Collection.
Pyne, Gould, Guinness Ltd, Geraldine after the merger, 1926.
Image credit: P. G Stevens. Pyne, Gould, Guinness Ltd. The Jubilee History 1919-1969. Pg 64.
Williams & Kettle, Gisborne, Circa 1950.
Image credit: Ewan McGregor, Williams & Kettle: The Price of Success.
Guinness & Le Cren, Waimate, Circa 1903. Quinns Arcade built to the
right in 1906. Image credit: RRG Rattray, Waimate Museum & Archives.
Wright, Stephenson & Co Ltd Blenheim branch. Department Store, 1966.
Image credit: Fletcher Trust Archives P4004/13.
As we celebrate our 175
th
anniversary, with a nationwide footprint of retail stores, saleyards,
wool stores, real estate offices, distribution centres, South Island water branches, a specialist research
and development laboratory, and a dedicated research station, that same spirit of progress continues.
Our growing digital capability,
backed by science-led solutions,
ensures we can help farmers and
growers succeed in an increasingly
connected, data-driven, and fast-
moving agricultural and horticultural
landscape.
Although our heritage is a source of
deep pride, our focus remains firmly
on the future. “This anniversary isn’t
about looking back for nostalgia’s
sake,” Stephen Guerin, CEO of
PGW says. “It’s about recognising
long-serving team members
and intergenerational customer
relationships that have shaped our
business. It’s also about celebrating
our shared history, reaffirming
our commitment to invest in the
future, and standing alongside our
customers through change.”
“Our history is carried forward in the
way we operate today,” says Stephen.
“The same spirit that helped rural
New Zealand grow over the past
175 years continues to drive our
focus and investment in innovation,
sustainability, and community
strength. Our longevity is grounded
in personal relationships, resilience,
and the ability to innovate and adapt
to change.”
While we honour the stories of
predecessor companies, including
Pyne Gould Guinness, Wrightson
NMA, Dalgety, Williams & Kettle, and
many others woven into the fabric
of rural New Zealand, we value the
growth of digital platforms and
new technologies that are helping
farmers and growers operate in faster,
smarter, and more connected ways
than our founders could ever have
dreamed possible.
NATIONAL
WOOL
AUCTION CENTRE
4
|
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITEDANNUAL REPORT 2026
|
5
Innovations such as bidr®, New
Zealand’s virtual saleyard, have
transformed the way livestock is
bought and sold by enabling farmers,
agents, and buyers to participate in
real-time auctions from anywhere
in the country. By combining online
bidding with traditional saleyards and
on-farm sales, bidr extends market
access while maintaining the trusted
relationships that remain central to
livestock trading.
Alongside bidr, agOnline provides
customers with a livestock
marketplace and market intelligence
hub, giving farmers access to livestock
listings, upcoming sales, saleyard
schedules, results, and pricing
information in one central place.
Together with PGW's online store,
these platforms are creating a more
connected rural experience, enabling
customers to research, buy, sell,
and manage their farming needs
through whichever channel works
best for them.
Please visit Our History | PGG Wrightson to explore these
stories and discover the legacy that continues to influence
our business today.
You may also scan this QR
code to visit our collection of
heritage stories celebrating
175 years of history.
To honour the people,
businesses, and milestones
that helped shape PGW,
we have created a collection
of heritage stories celebrating
175 years of history.
~30% OF ALL SALEYARD BIDS
THROUGH BIDR®
NEW HIGHS ACHIEVED IN
GO-STOCK RECEIVABLES
A PODCAST ABOUT AND FOR
OUR FARMERS AND GROWERS
NATIONAL WOOL AUCTION
CENTRE LAUNCHED
INNOVATIONS
Milton Munro, Technical Team
Manager, discusses the state
of the agricultural economy
with Dan Huggins, BNZ CEO, at
Fieldays, near Hamilton, Waikato.
Our innovation focus is not limited
to digital tools. Across the country,
our research and development (R&D)
programme supports dozens of trials
annually, testing products, technologies,
and solutions in real New Zealand
farming conditions. Recent investment
in our Hastings Research Station further
strengthens this capability, allowing
our teams to continue delivering
evidence-based recommendations that
help customers improve productivity,
performance, and on-farm outcomes.
This science-led approach is supported
by our nationwide network of technical
experts and field representatives,
ensuring innovation is practical, tested,
and relevant to the realities of farming
and horticulture.
GO-STOCK, an innovative alternative
to livestock finance, helps farmers free
up capital which would otherwise be
used to purchase livestock. Instead,
their capital can be used to grow their
business. Customers can now sign
contracts digitally, making the process
faster and more convenient.
Technology is also helping create
smarter, more sustainable systems
across agriculture. AI-enabled
technology such as SkyCount™ can
reduce time-consuming livestock
audit movement by enabling remote
stock counts, supporting improved
animal welfare and operational
efficienc y.
Across the wider business, our
investment in Microsoft 365 systems
and leadership development
through our Academy Development
programme continue to improve
service delivery, strengthen
expertise, and provide more
seamless trading experiences.
As agriculture and horticulture
continue to change, so do we. Our
vision remains clear: to empower
farmers and growers for generations
to come by combining trusted
expertise, local relationships, and
future-focused innovation.
ANNUAL REPORT 2026
|
76
|
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED
Annual Shareholders’
Meeting
13 October 2026
Half-year earnings
announcement
23 February 2027
Year-end earnings
announcement
17 August 2027
Calendar
|
MaramatakaSustainability
|
Toitūtanga
As part of our commitment to sustainability, this
Annual Report is printed using soy-based inks,
no chemicals have been used in the process of
platemaking and the Annual Report is printed
on environmentally responsible paper, produced
using Elemental Chlorine Free (ECF), third
party certified pulp from responsible sources,
and manufactured under the strict ISO14001
Environmental Management System.
Our year
1
Celebrating our 175
th
anniversary
8
2026 Financial Year Performance Results
10
Financial Performance
15
Chair and Chief Executive Officer’s Report
23
PGW Group Strategy & Performance Measures
Our Company
26
Board of Directors
28
Executive Team
31
The Year in Review
50
Tangihau Station –
Breeding resilience on the East Coast
54
Hastings Research Station –
A platform for innovation
58
FarmRight –
Growing scale, capability, and partnership
Key Financial Disclosures
61
Key Financial Disclosures
62
Directors’ Responsibility Statement
71
Additional Financial Disclosures including
Notes to the Financial Statements
109
Independent Auditor’s Report
Governance
113
Corporate Governance
and Board Charter
125
Statutory Disclosures
127
Remuneration Report
132
General Disclosures
133
Shareholder Information
135
Glossary
136
Corporate Directory
CONTENTS
Ngā Kaupapa
Please help us reduce our environmental
impact by choosing to receive future Annual
Reports and shareholder communications
electronically. Reports are available online
through the PGG Wrightson Investor
Centre, and shareholders can update
their communication preferences via
Computershare by visiting
www.investorcentre.com/nz.
Print
|
Mātātuhi
Fire in the sky above the vines, Hawke’s Bay,
photographed by Carl Gundersen for the
2025 PGW LandMarks Photo Collection.
ANNUAL REPORT 2026
|
9
2026 FINANCIAL YEAR
Performance
Results
Ngā Otinga Whakatutukitanga
8
|
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED
Fully imputed dividends
for the year of
10 cps
*
Cash Flow from
Operating Activities
$52.6 m
$40.2m
on prior financial year
* PGW paid a 4.5 cps interim dividend and declared a 5.5 cps final dividend
Operating
Revenue of
$1.1b
$4.9m or 46%
on prior financial year
Net Profit After
Tax (‘NPAT’) of
$15.6 m
Operating
EBITDA of
$64.3m
$8.2m or
15%
on prior financial year
$99.0m or 10%
on prior financial year
Earnings
Per Share of
cents per
share (cps)
6.5 cps
on prior financial year
20.6
Three Roads Orchard owned by Craigmore
Sustainables Ltd, near Edgecumbe, Bay of Plenty
Operating EBITDA: Earnings before net interest and foreign exchange items, income tax, depreciation, amortisation, the results from discontinued
operations, impairment and fair value adjustments and non-operating items. PGW has used non-GAAP profit measures when discussing financial
performance in this document. Please refer to our full accounts for details of how Operating EBITDA relates to GAAP. For a comprehensive
discussion on the use of non-GAAP profit measures, please refer to the policy “Non-GAAP Accounting Information” available on our website
(www.pggwrightson.co.nz).
Other: Other (non-operating segment) relates to certain Group Corporate activities including Governance, Finance, Treasury, Risk and Assurance,
and other support services (including corporate property services and marketing).
10
|
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITEDANNUAL REPORT 2026
|
11
Operating Revenue
FY22 FY23 FY24 FY25 FY26
1000
800
600
400
200
0
455
401
390
355
405
$ million
First Half Second Half
619
552
586
561
570
1,074
953
976
916
975
Net Profit After Tax
FY22 FY23 FY24 FY25 FY26
30
25
20
15
10
5
0
16
24
18
3
Full Year
$ million
11
FY22 FY23 FY24 FY25 FY26
100
80
60
40
20
0
-20
-40
-60
103
-50
41
-17
60
-35
65
43
-7
-31
$ million
53
24
26
58
12
1st Half 2nd Half Full Year
2026 FINANCIAL YEAR
Financial
Performance
Whakaaturanga Pūtea
Operating Cash Flow
Chris Lambert, PGW Technical Specialist -
Technical Team monitors a potato crop for
pests and diseases in Pukekohe, Auckland.
70
60
50
40
30
20
10
0
-10
FY22 FY23 FY24 FY25 FY26
$ million
54
41
Retail & Water
Agency
44
52
2922
-9
-7
16
12
-9-9
Other
Full Year Operating EBITDA
42
23
-9
64
67
61
44
56
Operating EBITDA
Net Interest-Bearing Debt (NIBD) Development
June 2024 – June 2025
90.0
80.0
70.0
60.0
50.0
40.0
30.0
20.0
10.0
0.0
$ million
June 2024
NIBD
Operating
EBITDA
Interest &
FX Items
Tax
Payments
Working
Capital
Movements
(excl.
GO-STOCK)
GO-STOCK
Movements
Asset
Purchases
Asset
Disposals
Lease
Principal
Repayment
Dividends
Paid
Other June 2025
NIBD
59.2
- 56.1
10.4
17.4
–
22.6
2.7
1. 9
29.1
-2.8
85.6
1.2
Increase Decrease Total
Net Interest-Bearing Debt (NIBD) Development
June 2025 – June 2026
90.0
80.0
70.0
60.0
50.0
40.0
30.0
20.0
10.0
0.0
$ million
85.6
- 64.3
10.1
2.2
5.7
19.7
-8.2
6.5
7.0
-1.5
1.288.0
Increase Decrease Total
24.0
Working
Capital
Movements
(excl.
GO-STOCK)
June 2025
NIBD
Operating
EBITDA
Interest &
FX Items
Tax
Payments
GO-STOCK
Movements
Asset
Purchases
Nexan
Acquisition
Asset
Disposals
Lease
Principal
Repayment
Dividends
Paid
Other June 2026
NIBD
Financial Performance | continued
12
|
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITEDANNUAL REPORT 2026
|
13
Total Shareholder Return
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
$
2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026
Total Shareholder Return
300
250
200
150
100
50
0
PGW TSR +44.6%
NZX50G +25.5%
2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026
PGW TSR vs NZX50G (indexed to 100) from 13 August 2019 (post share consolidation) to 30 June 2026.PGW share price from 13 August 2019 (post share consolidation) to 30 June 2026.
PGW TSR (Inc Dividends) NZX50G
Share Price
ANNUAL REPORT 2026
|
1514
|
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED
Chair and Chief
Executive Officer’s
Report
Te Pūrongo a te Heamana me te Tumuaki
Haymaking in the Waikato on a
summer evening, photographed by
Carolyn Smith for the 2025
PGW LandMarks Photo Collection.
Chair and Chief Executive Officer's Report
ANNUAL REPORT 2026
|
1716
|
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED
Retail & Water Group & Agency Group trading performance | Te Mahi Tauhokohoko
This marks the first time PGW has exceeded $1 billion in revenue since the divestment of PGG
Wrightson Seeds in 2019, which is a positive indicator of the continued growth in our business.
PGW's Retail & Water and Agency groups delivered improved results in FY26, underpinned by
favourable commodity prices across several sectors and stronger farmer confidence, which
encouraged increased farm and orchard investment throughout the rural economy.
Our Retail & Water Group achieved a new high in revenue, delivering growth across most
business units. Improved confidence in the sheep, beef, dairy, and horticulture sectors
contributed to increased customer spending throughout the year. Rural Supplies delivered a
strong result, aided by favourable market conditions and sales execution across the business.
Farmer confidence remained positive across most sectors, encouraging increased on-farm
spending and investment. Fruitfed Horticulture (previously Fruitfed Supplies) experienced a
solid year, with increased revenue driven by robust kiwifruit activity and continued investment
across the sector, despite ongoing challenges in viticulture and arable farming.
Agritrade also performed positively, reflecting growth in agri-chemical sales, the successful
integration of Nexan, and continued focus on supply chain efficiency and operational
execution.
Our Agency Group delivered another strong result, supported by favourable red meat and dairy
prices, improving conditions within the wool sector, and a buoyant rural Real Estate market.
Livestock was the standout performer during the year, benefitting from historically high
sheep, cattle, and dairy prices, favourable international demand for red meat, improved farm
profitability, and renewed farmer confidence. The wool sector also experienced renewed
optimism, with strengthening prices and greater industry collaboration contributing to
improved market conditions. Real Estate delivered an improved result as activity increased
across rural, lifestyle, and residential markets. Demand for dairy and horticultural properties
grew significantly, helped by improved farm economics, lower interest rates, and renewed
buyer confidence.
Both operating groups remained focused on helping customers, strengthening market
positions, and investing in initiatives that will create sustainable long-term growth.
PGG Wrightson Limited (PGW, the Group, or the Company) delivered Operating
Revenue for the year ended 30 June 2026 of $1.1 billion, up $99.0 million or 10% on FY25.
Earnings before Interest, Tax, Depreciation, and Amortisation (Operating EBITDA) of
$64.3 million, was up $8.2 million or 15% on the prior year’s result. Net profit after tax
(NPAT) was $15.6 million, up $4.9 million or 46%.
A Favourable
Result in Improving
Markets
Financial Performance | Whakaaturanga Pūtea
2026 $m2025 $m2024 $m2023 $m2022 $m
Operating Revenue1,074.4975.3915.9975.7952.7
Gross Profit286.9255.0235.7252.8248.5
Operating EBITDA64.356.144.261.267.2
Net Profit After Tax15.610.73.117.524.3
Net Cash Flow from Operating Activities52.612.457.725.523.7
2026 cps2025 cps2024 cps2023 cps2022 cps
Earnings per share20.614.14.123.232.2
Improved farm gate
returns
Increased revenue resulting from
improved farmer confidence.
Supporting on-farm investment
and spend.
John Nichol
Chair
Stephen Guerin
Chief Executive Officer
Chair and Chief Executive Officer's Report | continued
18
|
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITEDANNUAL REPORT 2026
|
19
Market conditions | Ngā Āhuatanga o te Mākete
The Ministry for Primary Industries forecast New Zealand's food and fibre sector to
deliver record export revenue of $64.3 billion, a 6% increase in the year to 30 June
2026. This increase has been driven by strong global demand for New Zealand’s
agricultural produce, which has been reflected in higher returns.
The red meat sector experienced an exceptional year, with beef and lamb prices
supported by tight global supply and strong international demand. Meat and wool
export revenue was forecast to increase by 14% to $14.1 billion, while sheep and
beef farm profitability rebounded strongly. Dairy remained a standout performer,
underpinned by a strong milk payout and the capital return to Fonterra farmer
shareholders following the sale of Mainland Group.
Horticulture continued its positive momentum, led by kiwifruit and apples. These
crops benefited from favourable growing conditions, high production volumes, and
healthy export demand, with kiwifruit export revenue forecast to increase 16% to
$4.8 billion. Although the performance of the apple industry is generally positive, with
good crop quality and strong demand supporting grower confidence, returns and
prospects vary by variety, with not all cultivars benefiting equally from current market
conditions.
In contrast, arable producers continued to face margin pressure from elevated input
costs and weather-related challenges, whereas the wine industry is adjusting to the
effects of global oversupply leading to elevated inventory levels and subdued market
conditions in response to changing consumption habits.
The wool sector showed signs of recovery, supported by improving demand and
prices for stronger wool and growing interest in natural fibres.
Activity in the rural property market also strengthened, with lower interest rates,
improved farm incomes, and renewed buyer confidence contributing to increased
demand for quality properties.
Farmer confidence remained positive during FY26, buoyed by stronger commodity
prices and improved farm profitability. Many farmers used the enhanced cash flow
environment to reduce debt and strengthen balance sheets, while confidence in
future profitability supported renewed investment decisions. However, global trade
uncertainty, including tariff policies, geopolitical tensions in the Middle East, and
higher fuel, freight, and fertiliser costs weighed on confidence later in the financial
year. While these pressures challenged farmer and grower margins, elevated
commodity returns helped offset much of the impact and supported a generally
positive outlook for the agricultural sector.
Our people | Ā Mātau Tāngata
At 30 June 2026, PGW had 1,532 permanent and temporary (fixed term) employees.
PGW also engaged 146 casual employees, 160 commission agents, and three
specialist consultants, bringing the total staff headcount to 1,841.
We continued to make strong progress against the pillars of our People and Safety
Strategy, with a focus on building leadership capability, supporting organisational
change, and strengthening the systems and processes that underpin employee
experience.
A pleasing development was the introduction of Coaching Workshops to empower
leaders with practical tools and techniques to support the ongoing growth and
development of their teams. We launched our Core Skills training programme,
providing emerging and established leaders with opportunities to build capability in
critical people processes.
The team supported several strategic business reviews and organisational changes,
including substantial transformation within Group Technology. Alongside this, we
successfully navigated legislative changes relating to KiwiSaver and Employment
Relations and completed the migration of our payroll system to a cloud-based
platform. Our online learning platform is nearing completion of a comprehensive
upgrade that will provide greater functionality and expand learning opportunities for
our people.
Meat and wool export
revenue to increase by
14%
to 14.1 billion in the year
to 30 June 2026
PGW recorded a total
staff headcount of
1,841
at 30 June 2026
Ministry for Primary Industries
forecast:
New Zealand's food and fibre
sector to deliver record
export revenue of
$64.3b
a 6% increase in the year
to 30 June 2026
Matariki Hereford's Annual Sale,
near Kaikōura, North Canterbury.
Chair and Chief Executive Officer's Report | continued
20
|
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITEDANNUAL REPORT 2026
|
21
Cash flows from investing activities were $24.5 million, an increase of $10.3 million
versus the prior comparative period. This included $19.7 million in respect of the Nexan
Group acquisition, along with fixed asset and intangible purchases of $6.6 million,
partially offset by proceeds from fixed asset disposals totalling $1.6 million.
Net interest-bearing debt (NIBD) was $2.4 million higher than the prior comparative
period at $88.0 million, reflecting the strong operating cash flows and the deliberate
strategic investments undertaken during the year. The 30 June 2026 NIBD includes the
$19.7 million acquisition of Nexan on 31 July 2025, along with an additional $7.0 million
investment in GO-STOCK receivables, both funded by debt. On a comparable basis,
excluding the Nexan acquisition and the increase in GO-STOCK receivables, NIBD would
have been $61.3 million.
During the year, PGW reviewed and extended its syndicated banking facilities through
to September 2029, increasing available facility limits from $185 million up to $265
million and providing additional flexibility to support growth, particularly for GO-STOCK.
Distributions | Ngā Utu Whaipānga
A FY26 interim dividend of 4.5 cents per share was paid in April 2026.
The Board has declared a fully imputed final dividend of 5.5 cents per share. The
dividend will be paid on 6 October 2026 to shareholders on PGW’s share register as at
5pm on 11 September 2026. This will bring the total fully imputed dividends for the
year to 10 cents per share.
Max Rewards loyalty programme | Whiwhinga Mōrahi pono hōtaka
The Max Rewards loyalty programme continues to foster customer value by developing
and strengthening customer relationships through positive experiences and customer
journeys.
With increased collaboration across the business, the Max Rewards programme saw
continued growth throughout FY26. The team's focus remains on both acquisition
and retention initiatives that support our customers and our internal teams. Through
targeted campaigns and ongoing benefits, we aim to attract new members, increase
active engagement, and encourage long-term membership. These efforts enable
more PGW customers to access the benefits of the Max Rewards programme while
deepening their connection with the PGW brand.
PGW celebrates 175 years | Ka whakanuia te 175 tau e PGW
For 175 years PGW has supported rural communities through changing seasons,
technologies, and innovations. That experience is the foundation of how we serve our
customers today, and how we look ahead to what comes next.
Our story is woven into the history of New Zealand agriculture. From stock and
station services to wool, rural and horticultural supplies, research, and real estate, our
legacy has continually adapted to meet the needs of farmers and growers. Strong
relationships, practical expertise, and a deep understanding of rural life form the
backbone of our team's work today. The trust that has been earned over generations
remains central to our business.
Our proud heritage is something we carry forward, and the same spirit that helped rural
New Zealand grow then is what drives us now. Please visit pages 2 to 5 to find out more
about how we have innovated over the years.
Health, Safety, and Wellbeing | Te Hauora, te haumarutanga, me te toiora
We continued to strengthen our Health, Safety, and Wellbeing framework throughout
the year, with a focus on supporting safer outcomes across the business, and we have
been pleased to see a reduction in lost time injuries.
Several key standards were developed and implemented, including Critical Risk
Management, Contractor Management, and Hazard Identification and Management.
We are expanding our formal Health Monitoring programme to ensure any workplace
exposures are not having long-term impacts on employee health. Management
commissioned an independent assessment, using a nationally recognised framework,
to provide an objective review of health and safety leadership, worker engagement
and risk management practices across PGW. These initiatives support our ongoing
commitment to continuous improvement and strengthening our safety culture.
As our approach to Health, Safety, and Wellbeing reporting continues to mature,
particularly in relation to Critical Risk Management, we are encouraged by the positive
trends emerging across our Health, Safety, and Wellbeing performance data. Most
notably, we have seen a reduction in the severity of reported events, resulting in a 3.5%
reduction in our Total Recordable Injury Frequency Rate (TRIFR) compared with the
previous year.
Sustainability | Toitūtanga
PGW continues to support sustainable transformation across New Zealand's agricultural
and horticultural sectors, while responding proactively to an evolving regulatory
environment. During FY26, PGW worked through the implications of legislative change,
including modifications to the Climate-Related Disclosures reporting thresholds. In
response, the PGW Board reaffirmed its commitment to climate transparency and
accountability through the continuation of voluntary reporting aligned with the New
Zealand Climate Standards.
Alongside the Annual Report, PGW has released its Sustainability Report and Climate
Statement 2026. This reflects our third year of climate-related reporting and an
evolution in our management of climate-related risks and opportunities. PGW is pleased
to report a reduction in greenhouse gas emissions of 23% against the FY21 baseline,
driven primarily by ongoing improvements to fleet efficiency and operational emissions
management. During the year, PGW expanded its low-emissions fleet by increasing the
number of hybrid vehicles to 106 and introducing an electric vehicle (EV ) option. The
initiative has already seen uptake from early adopters, supported with in-home charging
infrastructure.
FY26 also saw further progress in strengthening responsible business practices across
our value chain. PGW expanded its supplier due diligence programme through the
wider rollout to suppliers, positioning the business for anticipated modern slavery
reporting requirements. Looking ahead, PGW will continue to focus on practical
decarbonisation initiatives, including the delivery of a strategic rooftop solar
photovoltaic installation programme across selected sites, supporting emissions
reduction, energy resilience, and long-term value creation.
Cash flow and debt | Te Kapewhiti me te Nama
PGW generated strong operating cash flows of $52.6 million during FY26, an increase
of $40.2 million on the prior year of $12.4 million, reflecting the improved financial
performance of the business along with favourable working capital movements versus
the prior year. The Group saw a further $7.0 million growth in GO-STOCK receivables. Tax
payments were $2.2 million higher.
Max Rewards loyalty
programme now offering over
2,500
catalogue products to members.
PGW celebrates its support of
rural communities, through
changing seasons, technologies,
and innovations for
175
YEARS
For the first time
PGW has exceeded
$1.0b
in revenue since the divestment
of PGG Wrightson Seeds in 2019
Continuing voluntary
climate reporting
beyond regulatory
requirements
Our third year of climate-related
reporting and an evolution in our
management of climate-related risks
and opportunities.
PGW reports a 23%
reduction of greenhouse
gas emissions – since
FY21 baseline
Expanded our low-emissions fleet by
increasing the number of hybrid
vehicles to 106
.
Improvements to fleet efficiency and
operational emissions management.
Chair and Chief Executive Officer's Report | continued
22
|
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITEDANNUAL REPORT 2026
|
23
John Nichol
Chair
Stephen Guerin
Chief Executive Officer
Outlook | Matapae
New Zealand's agricultural sector enters FY27 from a
position of relative strength, driven by healthy international
demand and favourable conditions across many key sectors.
Strong returns in red meat, dairy, and horticulture continue
to provide positive momentum for rural New Zealand,
enhancing farm and orchard profitability, increasing
investment and driving growth.
Conditions are expected to remain favourable across many
key sectors. Demand for red meat, dairy, and horticultural
products continues to underpin farm and orchard
profitability and investment, while farmer confidence
remains resilient despite concerns about rising input costs.
Dairy farmers enter FY27 in a favourable position, with
firm milk prices, healthy farm cash flows, and continued
international demand expected to support investment and
productivity across the sector.
The horticulture sector is forecast to see further growth, led
by continued expansion in kiwifruit and pipfruit exports.
Ongoing orchard development, growing export demand,
and attractive grower returns should encourage investment
and support sector growth. Viticulture and arable farming
are likely to remain challenging in the near term. Wine
producers continue to navigate global oversupply, softer
demand, and lower returns, while arable growers face
persistent cost pressures and tight margins.
Election year dynamics may contribute to a degree of
caution in parts of the rural economy, particularly the rural
property market. However, quality listings continue to come
forward and, with momentum across several key sectors,
market activity is expected to remain steady through the
spring and summer selling season.
The recently signed New Zealand-India Free Trade
Agreement provides additional optimism for future growth
through improved market access opportunities for a range
of primary products.
While the outlook is positive and we have seen a pleasing
start to FY27, some challenges remain in a more complex
operating environment. Looking ahead, geopolitical
tensions, supply chain disruption, and higher input cost
pressures continue to present risks, squeezing margins
across the sector. However, New Zealand producers have
consistently demonstrated an ability to adapt to changing
conditions, and many businesses are expected to focus on
improving efficiency, managing costs, and responding to
evolving market opportunities.
El Niño conditions present additional uncertainty for the
season ahead, with warmer and drier weather forecast
for some regions. This may affect pasture growth,
water availability, and crop production, increasing feed
requirements and operating costs. However, impacts
on competing global production regions could support
demand for New Zealand exports.
Backed by our deep technical capability, a commitment
to innovation, and strong customer partnerships, PGW is
well positioned to support customers through changing
conditions and benefit from opportunities across New
Zealand's agricultural and horticultural sectors.
Governance changes | Ngā Panonitanga Mana Whakahaere
At the Annual Shareholders’ Meeting on 14 October 2025,
shareholders voted against the re-election of Independent
Chair, Garry Moore, and Independent Deputy Chair, Sarah
Brown. Later that day John Nichol joined the PGW Board
as an independent director and a member of the Audit
Committee. On 16 October 2025, he was appointed Chair.
On 1 July 2026, Mark Allison was appointed a non-
independent director. Mr Allison is the Managing Director
and CEO of Elders, a substantial product holder in PGW. Mr
Allison is expected to retire as Managing Director and CEO
of Elders on or around 30 September 2026.
Acknowledgements | Ngā whakamihi
The achievements of the past year reflect the dedication,
expertise, and commitment of our nationwide team. We
thank our people for the support they provide to our
customers, rural communities, and each other every day.
We extend our sincere thanks to our customers and
suppliers for their ongoing loyalty, trust, and partnership.
Finally, we thank our shareholders for their continued
confidence in PGW. We remain focused on delivering
sustainable growth and long-term value while supporting
the success of New Zealand's primary sector.
PGW Group
Strategy & Performance
Measures
Rautaki Rōpū a PGW
Our strategy continues to guide
investment and decision-making
across the Group, providing
a framework for investment,
innovation, and growth. During
FY26 we made further progress
on several initiatives designed
to strengthen our customer
offering, build technical capability,
and support long-term growth,
enhancing PGW’s position as a
trusted partner to New Zealand’s
farmers and growers.
During the year, we made further progress against several strategic
initiatives introduced as part of our growth agenda. The integration
of the Nexan business has progressed well, with our Nexan and PGW
teams working together to leverage their complementary strengths.
The acquisition has bolstered our animal health capability, expanded
our proprietary product portfolio, and reinforced our commitment
to delivering innovative solutions that support productivity and
performance.
Blue AG™, our private label agri-chemical range, completed its first
full season of trading. Early adoption has been encouraging, with
strong engagement from our Rural Supplies and Fruitfed Horticulture
teams. Blue AG enhances supply chain resilience, provides customers
with greater choice, and strengthens PGW’s ability to deliver a
differentiated and competitive agronomy offering.
Another key milestone has been the bedding in of our Hastings
Research Station. Established to strengthen our technical capability
and innovation pipeline, the facility is already delivering valuable
technical and commercial insights.
Together, these initiatives demonstrate how we are bringing our
strategic priorities to life, investing in capabilities that create long-
term value.
RESEARCH STATION
98 TRIALS NATIONWIDE
WITH 42 AT THE STATION
FIRST TRADING
SEASON
ACQUISITION
& INTEGRATION
GROUP HIGHLIGHTS
24
|
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITEDANNUAL REPORT 2026
|
25
EBIT KPI : Normalised Earnings Before
Interest and Tax target of 10% normalised
growth over a three-year rolling cycle.
Safety KPI :
Continuous annual
improvement in PGW’s Total Recordable
Injury Frequency Rate (TRIFR).
Customer Experience KPI :
Continuous annual improvement
in PGW’s NPS measures.
91.4%
3.5%
111.1%
8.1%
20.6
cps
1. FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE MEASURES
2. SAFETY PERFORMANCE
3. CUSTOMER EXPERIENCE
Strategic
Performance Measures
Our FY26 results reflect disciplined progress across the three
strategic Performance Measures that contribute to our long-term
success: financial performance, safety performance, and the
experience we deliver to our customers.
FY26 Result: Growth of 91.4% over the three-year rolling cycle reflecting the significant increase in earnings.
FY26 Result: PGW recorded a 3.5% reduction in our TRIFR compared with the previous year.
FY26 Result: Independent market research has confirmed a significant 111.1% year-on-year
increase in PGW’s Group NPS compared to FY25.
These performance measures are tracked to assess our progress against our
business objectives and identify opportunities for continuous improvement. By
monitoring and analysing a range of key performance indicators (KPIs), we can
better understand how effectively we are delivering outcomes for our stakeholders.
Ensuring our people return home safe and well each day is a collective priority and
we are committed to building a stronger safety-focused culture. As our approach to
Health, Safety, and Wellbeing reporting continues to mature, particularly in relation
to Critical Risk Management, we are encouraged by the positive trends emerging
across our Health, Safety, and Wellbeing performance data.
Given the importance of customer experience to sustainable business
performance, we focus on continuous improvement in our Group Net Promoter
Score (NPS). NPS is a widely used measure of customer satisfaction and loyalty,
based on a customer’s willingness to recommend a business to others.
ROCE KPI: Target 10% growth in
Return on Capital Employed (ROCE)
over a three-year rolling cycle.
FY26 Result: Average of 8.1% over the three-year rolling cycle impacted by the tough market conditions
experienced in FY24.
EPS KPI: Earnings Per Share (EPS)
target for FY26 of 15.7 cps.
FY26 Result: Exceeded the Earnings Per Share target with 20.6 cps, benefiting from a much-improved
operating result across our Rural Supplies, Livestock, and Real Estate businesses.
26
|
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITEDANNUAL REPORT 2026
|
27
Wilson LiuU Kean SengDr Charlotte Severne
John NicholMark Allison
2026
Board of Directors
Te Poari Tumuaki
John Nichol
CA
Chair, Independent Director
John Nichol was appointed Chair of the PGG Wrightson Limited
Board on 16 October 2025, after joining the board as an Independent
Director on 14 October 2025. He is also a member of PGG Wrightson
Limited's Audit Committee. John was a PGG Wrightson Limited
director and a member of the Audit Committee from 22 October
2013 to 30 April 2019.
John was a chartered accountant from 2002 to 2013. He has been
Managing Director of Optica Life Accessories Ltd since 2002 and
Chair since 2013. Prior to that he held a number of executive roles
within the banking and finance sector and for 10 years he was
Managing Director of investment company, Broadway Industries Ltd.
He has been director of a number of businesses within the primary
sector including Slink Skins (NZ) Ltd, Fortex Group Ltd, New Zealand
Salmon Company Ltd, Alpine Dairy Products Ltd, NZ Vet Limited,
Woolfill Corporation (NZ) Ltd, New Zealand Dairy Board, New Zealand
Merino Company Ltd, and Craigpine Timber Ltd. He has also been a
director of a number of significant other New Zealand businesses,
including New Zealand Post Ltd and State Insurance Ltd.
Mark Allison
B.Agr.Sc, B.Econ, GDM, FAICD, AMP (HBS), DUniv (hc) (Adel)
Director
Mark Allison was appointed to the PGG Wrightson Limited Board on
1 July 2026.
He joined Elders Limited as a Non-Executive Director in November
2009, served as Chairman and Executive Chairman, before being
appointed Managing Director and Chief Executive Officer in May
2014.
Mark’s more than 40 years agribusiness career spans technical,
manufacturing, supply and distribution roles and businesses. Previous
roles include Managing Director/CEO of GrainGrowers Limited,
Jeminex Limited, Farmoz Pty Ltd, Wesfarmers Landmark Limited,
Wesfarmers CSBP Limited, CropCare Australasia Pty Ltd, and General
Manager of Incitec Fertilisers.
Mark is a member of the Australasian Rabobank Food and Agriculture
Advisory Board. He was the previous Chair of Agribusiness Australia,
the Agrifood and Wine Advisory Board of the University of Adelaide,
AuctionsPlus, CropLife, Agsafe, the APVMA, as well as several other
agricultural, industrial, and safety businesses. On 19 September
2023 he was awarded an Honorary Doctorate from the University of
Adelaide for his experience and lifelong contribution to agriculture
and agribusiness.
Mark is from far North Queensland, and is a passionate advocate of
agriculture, and regional and rural communities.
Wilson Liu
B.Com, CA, CPA
Independent Director
Wilson Liu was appointed to the PGG Wrightson Limited Board on
1 July 2025 as an Independent Director. He is also Chair of the Audit
Committee.
Wilson has over 30 years of professional experience in providing audit
and business advisory services. Wilson started his career with PwC in
Hong Kong and Melbourne. He retired from PwC in July 2020 with 23
years’ experience as audit partner.
He has extensive governance experience as a member of the
Governance Board of PwC Greater China and Singapore; he was
President of CPA Australia North China and is currently a Council
Member. Wilson is an independent non-executive Director of Foran
Energy Group Co., Limited (SZSE), Valuetronics Holdings Limited
(SGX), and Guotai Junan International Holdings Limited (SEHK).
Wilson received a Bachelor of Commerce degree from the University
of Western Australia and is a member of the Chartered Accountants
Australia and New Zealand. He is also a fellow member of CPA
Australia and the Hong Kong Institute of Certified Public Accountants.
As a resident of Hong Kong, he currently splits his time between
Hong Kong and Melbourne.
U Kean Seng
LLB (Hons), B.Ec
Director
U Kean Seng was appointed to the PGG Wrightson Limited Board on
4 December 2012. He is also a member of the Audit Committee.
He is a Barrister and Solicitor, Supreme Court of Victoria, Australia;
Advocate and Solicitor, Supreme Court of Singapore and Solicitor of
England and Wales.
U Kean Seng previously practiced as a partner at Singaporean law
firm, Shooklin & Bok LLP, focused on East Asia, and he led a corporate
finance team in Allen & Overy Shooklin & Bok, JLV, an international
law venture partnership with London based Allen & Overy LLP. He has
been an Independent and non-executive Director of several public
listed corporations.
U Kean Seng received a Bachelor of Laws (Honours) degree from
Monash University Australia, and is also a qualified economist, having
completed his degree majoring in Economics and Accounting, B.Ec at
Monash University, Australia.
Dr Charlotte Severne
MSc, PhD (Geology), ONZM
Independent Director
Dr Charlotte Severne (Tūwharetoa, Tūhoe) was appointed to the
PGG Wrightson Limited Board on 18 June 2021 as an Independent
Director. She is also Chair of PGG Wrightson's Health, Safety and
Environment Committee.
Charlotte was a commercial scientist and executive for 20 years. She
is the Chair of NZ Forest Managers and was Deputy Vice Chancellor at
both Lincoln and Massey Universities.
In 2017 she received an ONZM for her contribution to Science and
Māori. In 2018 she was appointed the Māori Trustee, with various
governance and agency roles for whenua Māori across New Zealand.
28
|
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITEDANNUAL REPORT 2026
|
29
Stephen GuerinNick BerryJulian Daly
Sarah MearsPeter NewboldPeter Scott Rachel Shearer
2026
Executive Team
Ngā Kaihautū
Stephen Guerin
Chief Executive Officer
Stephen was appointed Chief
Executive Officer (CEO) of PGG
Wrightson Limited in June
2019. Stephen is a director
of several Group subsidiaries
and a Director of the PGG
Wrightson Employee Benefits
Plan Trustee Limited. He holds
a Bachelor of Business Studies
(Accounting) from Massey
University and is a Chartered
Member of the Institute of
Directors and Chartered
Accountants Australia & New
Zealand. Stephen also holds
external governance roles as
a Director of Safer Farms, a
Director of the Primary ITO,
and a director and Chair on a
community charity board.
Prior to this appointment as
CEO, Stephen was responsible
for all aspects of the Retail &
Water business which includes
the Rural Supplies, Fruitfed
Horticulture, Water, and
Agritrade businesses. He has
worked for PGG Wrightson
Limited and its predecessor
companies since 1988.
Nick Berry
General Manager Retail & Water
Nick was appointed General
Manager Retail & Water in
August 2019. Nick joined PGG
Wrightson Limited as New
Business Growth Manager for
Agritrade in 2014 and through
his five-year period with
Agritrade he grew the business
substantially. Before joining
PGG Wrightson Limited, Nick
was General Manager for RD1
for eight years and prior to that,
National Operations Manager.
Nick has an extensive track
record of experience at general
management level. Nick’s
strengths include leadership,
business management, and a
strong sales and service focus,
backed by an affinity for retail
and the agribusiness sector.
Julian Daly
General Manager Corporate Affairs
Julian is responsible
for the Group Strategy,
Marketing, Legal, Corporate
Communications, Business
Services, and Investor Relations
functions for PGG Wrightson
Limited. He is also Company
Secretary and previously held
a number of responsibilities
including, General Manager
of PGG Wrightson Real Estate
Limited and Internal Audit.
Julian has broad operational
involvement across the
business and is Chair of the
Credit Committee and Risk
and Compliance Committee,
director of several Group
subsidiaries and a Director of
the PGG Wrightson Employee
Benefits Plan Trustee Limited.
He is a former General Counsel
of DB Breweries Limited and
has previously worked for law
firms in the Middle East and
New Zealand. Outside of his
PGG Wrightson role, Julian
also has held a number of
governance and voluntary
positions, including as a
Director of Trade Aid New
Zealand, Chair of Selwyn House
School and as a Citizens Advice
Bureau community lawyer.
Sarah Mears
General Manager People & Safety
Sarah joined PGG Wrightson
Limited in 2011 and was
appointed General Manager
People & Safety in August
2024. Sarah is responsible for
the design and delivery of
our Group People & Safety
strategy through leadership of
our Health, Safety & Wellbeing,
Human Resources Business
Partnering, and Human
Resources Shared Services
teams. She provided direct
Human Resources Business
Partnering services and
leadership across all Business
Units before moving into her
current role.
Sarah is a former Area Human
Resources Manager for
Intercontinental Hotel Group,
where she spent 15 years in
generalist Human Resources
and Learning Development
roles which saw her work and
travel across New Zealand,
Australia, and Southeast Asia.
Peter Newbold
General Manager Livestock
& Real Estate
Peter is General Manager
Livestock & Real Estate. Peter
has led the PGG Wrightson
Limited Real Estate business
since September 2013 and
he took responsibility for PGG
Wrightson Limited Livestock
in October 2020. Peter was
previously General Manager
of New Zealand Sotheby’s
International Realty.
Peter was employed by
Wrightson Limited from
1995 to 2005 during which
time he held a range of roles
including Marketing Manager
and Business Development
Manager. Prior to this, he had
an extensive career in retail
ownership management and
franchising.
Peter Scott
Chief Financial Officer
Peter was appointed as PGG
Wrightson Limited’s Chief
Financial Officer in March 2015
and leads the finance and
technology functions. Peter
started his career at Fletcher
Challenge and has broad
multinational experience,
having spent five years in
Scandinavia where he was the
Vice President of Accounting
and Tax for Norske Skog, a large
global newsprint and magazine
paper producer.
He relocated to Australia in
2005 and was appointed to
the lead finance role for the
Australasian region for Norske
Skog. In 2008 Peter joined
Gloucester Coal Limited, an
Australian Securities Exchange
listed mining company as
the Chief Financial Officer. In
2010 he joined the majority
shareholder Noble Group, a
leader in managing the supply
chain of agriculture, energy,
metals and mining resources,
headquartered in Hong Kong
and listed in Singapore. He was
the Chief Financial Officer for
Noble Group in Australia.
Rachel Shearer
General Manager Wool
Rachel was appointed General
Manager Wool in August 2024,
having joined PGG Wrightson
Limited as General Manager
People & Safety in 2016. She
leads a team focused on
delivering a more sustainable
and future-focused wool value
chain for New Zealand sheep
farmers and is responsible
for driving change across
procurement, logistics, sales,
and export. Rachel has a clear
focus on strengthening sector
resilience, improving outcomes
for growers, and positioning
New Zealand wool for long-
term relevance in global
markets.
A strategic and people-
centred leader, Rachel has
a background spanning
organisational transformation
and workforce strategy. She
brings deep experience in
leading change in complex
industries and has worked
in multiple international
economies. She is a member
of the Institute of Directors
and serves on a number of
subsidiary boards within the
PGG Wrightson Group.
ANNUAL REPORT 2026
|
3130
|
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED
Mott’s Premium Produce harvesting parsnips
near Tangiwai, Manawatū-Whanganui.
The year in review
Te arotake i te tau
PGW has two operating groups: Retail & Water and Agency
E rua ngā rōpū whakahaere o PGW: Hokohoko me te Wai me te Umanga
32
|
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITEDANNUAL REPORT 2026
|
33
Retail & Water Group
Rōpū Hokohoko me te Wai
Revenue
$
851. 2m
▲ $78.3m or ▲ 10%
Operating
EBITDA
$
44.5m
▲ $2.3m or ▲ 6%
The Retail & Water business
incorporates Rural Supplies,
Fruitfed Horticulture, Water,
and Agritrade. Retail & Water
recorded Operating Revenue of
$851.2 million, up $78.3 million
or 10% on FY25. Operating EBITDA
of $44.5 million improved $2.3
million, or 6% from the prior
year’s result.
Rose Barker, PGW Water Sales & Design Engineer, discusses the benefits of remotely
controlled irrigation systems on farm such as the Valley Agsense365 software via
Valley the ICON5 smart panel with Rick Wobben from Netherland Holdings near
Rangiora, Canterbury. Since this photo shoot, Rose has changed roles and
she is now a Technical Horticultural Representative located in Canterbury.
Rural SuppliesFruitfed HorticultureWater & Irrigation
Agritrade
The year in review | Retail & Water group continued
ANNUAL REPORT 2026
|
3534
|
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED
During the year, we remained focused on margin
management, inventory and working capital discipline.
The business strengthened capability through
initiatives such as the introduction of our new Blue AG
private label, the acquisition of Nexan, and the lease of
the research station in Hastings.
PGW acquired the Nexan Group, manufacturer of the
Nexan and Vetmed animal health brands, which have
been distributed through Agritrade to Rural Supplies
stores, rural merchants, and veterinary practices for
more than a decade. Nexan provides a strong strategic
fit to our reverse integration strategy and builds out
our animal health product offering. The acquisition
brings together a comprehensive animal health
portfolio, including Vetmed, Active+, Cervidae, Time
Capsule, and Apply Applicators, under one dedicated
team. This creates a stronger market presence and a
more cohesive range of animal health solutions for
farmers.
Blue AG represents a significant new initiative for
the business, with the first full season of trading now
underway following its launch earlier this year. The
initiative has established a portfolio of registered
agri-chemical active ingredients, supported by
complementary Rainbow products, improving supply
resilience and providing customers with greater choice
in a highly competitive market. Early adoption by
customers has been encouraging, with growing sales
momentum and strong engagement from frontline
teams. As the first season progresses, Blue AG is
laying a solid foundation for scalable growth, greater
procurement resilience, and long-term value creation.
Our R&D capability expanded through investment
in a dedicated research station in Hastings. This R&D
programme continued to demonstrate its value to the
business, with 98 trials successfully completed across
the country, including 42 trials at the Hastings site.
Our R&D work continues to strengthen our technical
knowledge, support innovation and commercial
decision-making, accelerate the delivery of evidence-
based solutions for farmers and growers, and reinforce
PGW's reputation as a leader in data-driven advice.
We launched the Fruitfed Agronomy Accreditation
programme, providing a structured pathway to
develop and recognise the technical capability of our
horticultural teams and further lifting the standard of
advice we provide to customers.
Our Blue Shed Diary podcast has become an effective
platform for sharing technical knowledge, industry
insights, and practical advice for our people, our
customers, and the sector.
Further investment in our network included the
opening of a new integrated retail, Real Estate, and
Regional office facility in Invercargill, located adjacent
to our Wool store. Progress is well underway at the
new Fruitfed Horticulture Hastings site which is due to
open in September 2026. These developments allow
us to better serve our customers and reinforce our
commitment to rural communities.
FY26 was a strong growth year for Retail & Water, with revenue and gross
margin both ahead of prior year results and the highest levels that have been
recorded for Retail & Water. Performance varied across the business units,
with Rural Supplies delivering record sales and earnings, whilst Fruitfed
Horticulture navigated a difficult viticulture market while protecting market
share, and Water delivering strong growth in a competitive market.
The year in review | Retail & Water Group continued
Conor Robertson, PGW Technical Field Rep, discusses parsnip quality and harvest
timing with Jeremy Mott, owner of Mott’s Premium Produce brand, near Tangiwai,
Manawatū-Whanganui. Since this photoshoot, Conor has relocated to Canterbury.
Jim Fuller, PGW Technical
Field Representative, and
Chris Roper, PGW Store
Manager, discuss the
benefits of using Nexan’s
Triplemax Oral low dose
triple combination drench
for sheep and cattle in the
Darfield Rural Supplies
store, Canterbury.
Highest levels of revenue
and gross margin recorded
Rural Supplies delivered record sales
and earnings.
Water delivered strong growth in a
competitive market
.
The year in review | Retail & Water Group continued
36
|
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITEDANNUAL REPORT 2026
|
37
Zespri Orchard Gate Returns ($/tray)
14
12
10
8
6
4
2
0
Average orchard gate returns ($/tray)
Source: Zespri
2015-162016-172017-182018-192019-202020-212021-222022-232023-242024-252025-26
Green ($/tray) SunGold ($/tray)
Grape and Wine Production (tonnes and litres)
550
500
450
400
350
300
250
200
550
500
450
400
350
300
250
200
Thousand tonnes
Source: MPI, New Zealand Winegrowers, and Stats NZ.
Million litres
2015201620172018201920202021202220232024202520262027202820292030
Grape production (thousand tonnes) Wine production (million litres)
ActualForecast
Year to 30 June
Rural Supplies | Ngā Whakaratonga Taiwhenua
Rural Supplies delivered record sales and profit,
supported by favourable market conditions and sales
execution across the business. Farmer confidence
remained positive across most sectors, encouraging
increased on-farm spending and investment. There
was greater willingness to reinvest in infrastructure,
maintenance, productivity improvements, and farm
development, driving demand across categories
including animal health, water, fencing, and pasture
renewal. Elevated demand created supply pressure
in some categories, requiring close management
of inventory and supplier relationships to maintain
customer service levels.
While trading conditions were generally favourable,
market conditions varied by sector. Sheep and beef
continued to perform well, while dairy farmers remained
measured in their investment decisions, and the arable
sector continued to face profitability pressures, creating
both challenges and future opportunities as land-use
patterns evolve.
Fruitfed Horticulture | Ngā Whakaratonga ā-Huawhenua
Fruitfed Horticulture experienced a solid year, with
increased revenue despite challenging conditions
across parts of the horticultural sector. Continued focus
on customer relationships and corporate accounts
drove growth and helped maintain market share in a
competitive environment.
Market conditions varied across sectors during the
year. The kiwifruit sector remained a key contributor
to performance, underpinned by ongoing orchard
development and continued investment across the
industry. The grape and wine sector remains subdued,
with a reduced harvest and lower wine production
impacting demand across several product categories.
Arable farming has also experienced lower returns,
continuing to constrain margins.
Fruitfed Horticulture continued to invest in technical
capability, research and development, and industry
engagement, reinforcing its position as a trusted partner
to growers. We advanced our nutrition and biologicals
strategy through increased focus on technical capability
and customer-led solutions, supporting growers'
productivity and sustainability objectives.
Strengthening international market
demand for kiwifruit and apples.
Wine exports revenue stable with
growth in export volume offsetting
lower prices.
Arable impacted by tight margins
and high costs.
Strong kiwifruit
and pipfruit returns
Steve Wood, Fruitfed Horticulture Representative, assessing canopy growth and
vine training with Ashdon Reid, owner of Good Crops, at Three Roads Orchard
owned by Craigmore Sustainables Kiwifruit Ltd, near Edgecumbe, Bay of Plenty.
38
|
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITEDANNUAL REPORT 2026
|
39
PGW Water Branch in Rangiora,
North Canterbury.
Lamb drenching at Marble Point Station, Canterbury,
with Matt Black using VETMED Triplemax iTape Oral.
Water & Irrigation | Te Wai me te Whakamākūkū
The Water business delivered a pleasing sales result,
driven by increased irrigation, pumping, and service
activity, reinforcing the team’s reputation for project
delivery and customer support.
The team successfully delivered a range of projects
while maintaining its focus on safety, operational
performance, and customer service. Trading conditions
remained competitive and continued to be influenced
by confidence and investment levels within the dairy
sector.
A continued focus on inventory, debtors, and
working capital management supported cash flow
performance. Supply chain constraints, including
increased disruption from the Middle East conflict, and
project scheduling pressures created challenges across
parts of the business.
Agritrade | Tauhokohoko Ahuwhenua
Agritrade delivered strong growth in agri-chemicals
during FY26 and benefited from the integration of
Nexan, strengthening our position in the animal
health market. Working alongside Rural Supplies and
Fruitfed Horticulture, the business remained focused on
supply chain efficiency, pricing discipline, and margin
management while navigating freight cost inflation,
product mix, and seasonal demand variability.
Geopolitical instability contributed to higher
international freight costs and ongoing supply chain
disruption, creating pressure on margins and the
cost of imported products. Despite these challenges,
Agritrade maintained a resilient supply chain through
proactive inventory management, strong supplier
relationships, and disciplined operational execution.
Continued investment in warehouse optimisation,
freight-partner management, and distribution
capability improved efficiency and service levels across
our network.
The year in review | Retail & Water Group continued
Jon Petherick, Technical Manager – Agritrade, develops
new animal health products for New Zealand farmers in
the R&D Laboratory at Nexan, Auckland.
Revenue
$
221.5m
▲ $20.5m or ▲ 10%
Operating
EBITDA
$
29.0 m
▲ $5.5m or ▲ 23%
Our Agency Group incorporates
the Livestock, Wool, and Real
Estate businesses. Operating
Revenue was $221.5 million, up
$20.5 million or 10% on the prior
year’s result. Operating EBITDA
of $29.0 million, was up by a
notable $5.5 million or 23%.
40
|
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITEDANNUAL REPORT 2026
|
41
Agency Group
Rōpū umanga
Keegan Gray, PGW Livestock Representative, discusses that the quality
of the lambs will be ideal for finishing with Gerard Scott at Meikleburn
Station’s on-farm cattle and lamb sale, near Fairlie, South Canterbury.
LivestockWoolReal Estate
The year in review | Agency Group continued
42
|
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITEDANNUAL REPORT 2026
|
43
Jun-22 Dec-22 Jun-23 Dec-23 Jun-24 Dec-24 Jun-25 Dec-25 Jun-26
1000
950
900
850
800
750
700
650
600
550
500
c/kg
Prime Steer & Heifer – 270-295kg-c/kg
Source: Beef + Lamb New Zealand Economic Service & Insights
All Grades Lamb – $/head
260
240
220
200
180
160
140
120
100
$/head
Jun-22 Dec-22 Jun-23 Dec-23 Jun-24 Dec-24 Jun-25 Dec-25 Jun-26
Source: Beef + Lamb New Zealand Economic Service & Insights
Livestock | Ngā Kararehe
Elevated livestock prices across sheep, cattle, and dairy markets
drove an outstanding financial result for the Livestock business.
Favourable international demand for red meat, improved farm
economics, stronger farmer confidence, and robust buying
interest from farmers and finishers underpinned performance.
Stud stock sales reached new heights, with an East Coast
Angus bull selling for $220,000. The dairy herd autumn sales
season featured buoyant stud and clearing auction results.
GO-STOCK continued to attract new customers, increasing the
number and value of livestock contracts written. By enabling
farmers to free up capital, the product provides greater
financial flexibility while strengthening long-term customer
growth and loyalty and making an important contribution to
earnings.
Ongoing investment in saleyard infrastructure and operational
efficiency improved customer experience and enhanced safer
livestock handling. Increased throughput across a number of
key saleyards highlighted the ongoing importance of PGW's
physical market network.
Supply chain partnerships also gained momentum during
the year, with increasing volumes being directed through
preferred processor partners.
While the deer industry remained stable, PGW maintained or
increased market share across most sales channels. This was
supported by firmer venison prices and growing volumes
through supply chain partners. Customer solutions such as
Defer-A-Stag and GO-STOCK continued to support farmers.
The deer velvet business strengthened its market position
through improved sales and grading processes, improving
transparency for buyers and sellers.
bidr continued to transform livestock trading during FY26,
expanding its online buying presence at weekly sales to more
than 20 saleyards nationwide and hosting more than 1,400
auctions. By continuing to deepen market penetration, bidr
expanded its digital livestock trading network, increased
transaction volumes, and provided customers with greater
market access and flexibility. Approximately 30% of all saleyard
bids were placed through the platform, reflecting the growing
role of digital participation in livestock markets.
Elevated livestock prices
*
Sheep 38.5%
Cattle 29.9%
Dairy 34.1%
* FY26 average price compared to FY25
Lisa Nolan, PGW Livestock Representative – Genetics, located in Otago, assesses
bulls at the Turihaua Angus Annual Bull Sale, near Gisborne, Tairāwhiti.
bidr broadcasting from the Te Mania
Angus’ 2 Year Old Bull Sale, Conway Flat,
North Canterbury.
The year in review | Agency Group continued
44
|
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITEDANNUAL REPORT 2026
|
45
Technical enhancements included integrating saleyard
weigh scales with rostrum screens, improving data flow
and operational efficiency. A new Helmsman auction
product was launched, providing valuable customer
feedback to support future platform development. This
auction style allows for multiple lots to be offered for sale
simultaneously, so buyers can compare multiple lots in
making bid decisions.
Real Estate | Hokohoko Whenua
Real Estate delivered an improved result as activity
increased across rural, lifestyle, and residential markets.
During the final quarter of the financial year, sheep and
beef properties experienced a resurgence. Demand
for dairy and horticultural, predominantly kiwifruit,
properties strengthened significantly, supported
by improved farm economics, lower interest rates,
and renewed buyer confidence. Dairy sales volumes
increased by approximately 30% compared with
the prior year, while horticultural property sales
volumes increased 60%. The dairy sector expanded in
Canterbury, buoyed by corporates, large entities, and
private buyers.
Residential and lifestyle activity also improved on
the prior year. However, geopolitical uncertainty and
expectations of higher interest rates contributed to
softer market conditions during autumn, slowing
growth in these categories.
The year saw the launch of our PGW Real Estate
Accelerator Programme, designed to upskill newer
agents through collaboration with and mentoring
from high-performing colleagues as we continue to
expand our reach.
Andrew Fowler, Real Estate Salesperson, discusses the
benefits the gentle north-facing aspect and highly
fertile property with Lorraine and Chris Jordan, owners
of Busby Park, near Katikati, Bay of Plenty.
Tim Gallagher, Real Estate Salesperson – Orchard Specialist,
discusses the G3 orchard with Kala Singh, who purchased the
Te Puke orchard, Bay of Plenty.
The principal challenge during FY26 was livestock
availability, particularly sheep, in parts of the North
Island. Weather conditions, lower lamb survival rates
in some regions, and structural flock reductions
continued to place pressure on sheep tallies. Despite
these headwinds, strong pricing largely offset the
impact of lower volumes.
Real Estate sale volumes
*
Dairy sales 30%
Horticulture sales 60%
* compared to FY25
2024 May
2024 Jun
2024 Jul
2024 Aug
2024 Sep
2024 Oct
2024 Nov
2024 Dec
2025 Jan
2025 Feb
2025 Mar
2025 Apr
2025 May
2025 Jun
2025 Jul
2025 Aug
2025 Sep
2025 Oct
2025 Nov
2025 Dec
2026 Jan
2026 Feb
2026 Mar
2026 Apr
2026 May
2026 Jun
Source: Fonterra. Graph shows the forecast 2024/25 milk price up until May 2025, after this date the forecast 2025/26 milk price is shown.
Farmgate Midpoint Milk Prices
12.00
11.00
10.00
9.00
8.00
7.00
$/kgMS
Range band Midpoint ($) per kgMS
The year in review | Agency Group continued
ANNUAL REPORT 2026
|
4746
|
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED
Wool | Wūru
The wool result was broadly in-line with the
prior year, albeit with a small reduction in
volumes transacted, reflecting the country’s
declining sheep flock. New Zealand’s strong
wool industry experienced renewed optimism
across the financial year, with crossbred wool
prices reaching their highest levels in decades.
Mid-micron wool prices nearly doubled during
the year, while fine wool also experienced
significantly improved returns.
Despite ongoing challenges, including
declining sheep numbers and land-use
change, the sector is increasingly focused
on value rather than volume through
innovation, collaboration, and sustainability.
Growing global demand for natural fibres, in
combination with the global decline in wool
production, contributed to a strengthening
market and improved pricing.
During the year, PGW Wool consolidated its
auction activities into a national open-cry
wool auction, creating a single marketplace to
maximise buyer participation and competition
for growers’ wool from across New Zealand. The
initiative demonstrated the benefits of greater
industry alignment, delivering increased scale
and consistency for buyers, more regular
cash flow for growers, and a more efficient
operating model.
PGW Wool worked alongside others in the
industry to improve supply chain efficiencies,
focusing on reducing duplication and
optimising infrastructure utilisation. These
initiatives contribute to the long-term
competitiveness of New Zealand’s wool sector
while maintaining high levels of service for
growers and customers.
Demand for transparency and assurance
continued to grow. Through Wool Integrity
NZ™, PGW Wool strengthened its ability to
connect growers with supply chains seeking
independently verified animal welfare,
sustainability, and provenance credentials.
Our export business, Bloch & Behrens Wool
(NZ) Limited, increased export volumes into
key international markets, particularly Europe,
despite an overall decline in New Zealand wool
production. This result reflects the strength of
our customer relationships, market expertise,
and ability to connect New Zealand growers
with demand in premium global markets.
Peter McCusker, PGW Wool Representative,
assesses the Blairich Merino two-tooth ewe
flock alongside Kelly Allan and James Calder
during the 2026 Marlborough Merino Association
Two-Tooth Ewe Flock Competition and Stud Tour,
Awatere Valley, Marlborough.
New Zealand Wool Exports - All Wool
10,000
7,500
5,000
2,500
0
tonnes
$ per tonne
2024 Jul
2024 Aug
2024 Sept
2024 Oct
2024 Nov
2024 Dec
2025 Jan
2025 Feb
2025 Mar
2025 Apr
2025 May
2025 Jun
2025 Jul
2025 Aug
2025 Sept
2025 Oct
2025 Nov
2025 Dec
2026 Jan
2026 Feb
2026 Mar
2026 Apr
2026 May
2026 Jun
tonnes clean $ per tonnes clean
Source: Beef + Lamb New Zealand Economic Service & Insights
10,000
7,500
5,000
2,500
0
New Zealand Wool Exports - Strong Wool
10,000
7,500
5,000
2,500
0
tonnes
$ per tonne
2024 Jul
2024 Aug
2024 Sept
2024 Oct
2024 Nov
2024 Dec
2025 Jan
2025 Feb
2025 Mar
2025 Apr
2025 May
2025 Jun
2025 Jul
2025 Aug
2025 Sept
2025 Oct
2025 Nov
2025 Dec
2026 Jan
2026 Feb
2026 Mar
2026 Apr
2026 May
2026 Jun
tonnes clean $ per tonnes clean
10,000
7,500
5,000
2,500
0
Source: Beef + Lamb New Zealand Economic Service & Insights
ANNUAL REPORT 2026
|
4948
|
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED
Jo Balfour, PGW Technical Field
Representative, inspects a maize crop
with Jason Scott, co-owner of Scott's
Ag Contracting, at Longbush, near
Carterton, Wairarapa.
50
|
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITEDANNUAL REPORT 2026
|
51
Tangihau Station –
Breeding
resilience on
the East Coast
Our People
Ā Mātou Tāngata
Set in steep hill country inland from Gisborne, Tangihau Station is defined by
scale, terrain, and climatic extremes. The property spans more than 6,600 hectares
of medium to steep East Coast hill country, with only 70 hectares of flat land.
Tangihau runs approximately 1,300 commercial breeding cows, calving 270
stud cows, including yearling heifers, and 18,000 ewes breeding 30,000 lambs,
including hoggets.
6,600
HECTARES OF MEDIUM TO
STEEP EAST COAST
HILL COUNTRY
1,300
COMMERCIAL BREEDING
COWS,CALVING
270 STUD COWS
18,000
EWES BREEDING
30,000 LAMBS,
INCLUDING HOGGETS
Tangihau Station began with members of the de
Lautour and Bayly families and remains in the
hands of their descendants.
Established in 1949, Tangihau Angus has grown
into one of the country’s most respected studs. At
the centre of the operation is General Manager and
Stud Master Dean McHardy, who has led the station
since 1990. Dean continues the legacy of the stud’s
original objective of breeding structurally sound
bulls and cattle capable of performing on steep
hill country.
The challenging environment demands resilience
to ensure productivity, a principle that underpins
the station’s long-standing success. “We breed our
bulls to do a job here first,” Dean says. “If they can
perform in this environment, they will perform
anywhere. Bulls are bred to run on the hills and
are selected for structural soundness, a calm
temperament, good feet and legs, and balanced
estimated breeding values, ensuring they can thrive
under pressure in difficult conditions.”
Upper image : Angus bulls at
Tangihau Station, inland from
Gisborne, Tairāwhiti.
Lower image: Jamie Hayward,
Regional Livestock Manager and
Emma Pollitt, PGW Livestock
Representative – Genetics, discuss
the Angus bulls’ performance
data and gene patterns with Dean
McHardy, General Manager and
Stud Master, ahead of the Tangihau
Angus Annual Bull Sale, inland
from Gisborne, Tairāwhiti.
LIVESTOCK
Our People | Breeding resilience on the East Coast
52
|
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITEDANNUAL REPORT 2026
|
53
With a strong foundation
in place and a clear focus
on performance, Tangihau
continues to demonstrate
how genetics and trusted
partnerships combine to
drive success in New Zealand’s
livestock sector.
A key contributor to this success is the close working
relationship with PGW’s specialised Genetics Team.
The team works alongside farmers to source and
develop high-quality genetics from New Zealand
and international bloodlines, combining technical
expertise with practical, on-farm knowledge to lift
herd performance and deliver long-term gains.
At Tangihau, PGW Livestock Representatives –
Genetics Emma Pollitt and Tom Suttor are closely
involved in the stud programme. “They are brilliant,
I couldn’t do without them,” Dean says. “Their
knowledge and support are a big part of what we do.”
Emma adds, “It’s a thrill to service this standout stud
operation and to promote bulls of such quality. I
see it as our job to facilitate the movement of the
Tangihau genetics into stud and commercial herds
around the country, driving cow calf performance
and productivity. The consistency of the stock and
the focus on breeding cattle that genuinely perform
in tough conditions are what sets it apart. Dean
has done a wonderful job in bringing tradition and
technology together in the herd.”
PGW’s relationship with Tangihau extends beyond
genetics. East Coast Regional Livestock Manager
Jamie Hayward oversees the wider stock programme
throughout the year, while Technical Field
Representative George Thompson and the wider team
provide ongoing support across the business. “PGW
does everything for us,” Dean says. “It’s a complete
service, and we’ve got a great team around us.”
Jamie reflects on the partnership, “Tangihau is a
business built on quality and long-term thinking. It’s a
privilege to work alongside Dean and the team and be
part of delivering those results.”
After decades participating in the combined
Gisborne Angus Bull sale in Matawhero, the stud
moved to an on-farm sale format in 2020, supported
by bidr. Dean says “We started using bidr right
from the first on-farm sale and have found it very
effective. Online bidding has expanded the sale’s
reach, attracting a wider international audience
through live streaming. It provides an excellent
platform for overseas studs to view the bulls and
identify purchasers, allowing them to connect later to
purchase straws.”
The sale is conducted by PGW Livestock Genetics
Auctioneer Neville Clark, whose expertise adds
further strength to the offering. Last year’s sale
achieved a then record-breaking result, reflecting
both the quality of the stock and buyer confidence in
the Tangihau programme.
Angus bulls at Tangihau Station,
inland from Gisborne, Tairāwhiti.
54
|
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITEDANNUAL REPORT 2026
|
55
2.8
HECTARE
FACILITY
600
APPLE TREES
1,100
METRES OF
GRAPEVINES
50
PEACH TREES
0.5ha
DEDICATED TO
CROPPING
Hastings Research Station –
A platform
for innovation
Our People
Ā Mātou Tāngata
PGW's commitment to helping New Zealand farmers and growers succeed took
a significant step forward during FY26 with the establishment of the dedicated
Hastings Research Station, Hawke’s Bay.
On 1 September 2025, PGW assumed the lease of the
Geelen Family Trust Research Station, a 2.8-hectare facility
previously operated by Bayer Crop Science.
The investment provides PGW with a purpose-built hub
for horticultural and agricultural research and strengthens
the company’s long-standing commitment to innovation,
technical expertise, and customer-focused solutions.
The site is uniquely positioned to support a broad range
of research activities, with approximately 600 apple
trees, 50 peach trees, 1,100 metres of grapevines, and 0.5
hectares dedicated to agricultural cropping. The facility
enables multiple trials to be conducted simultaneously
across horticultural, viticultural, and agricultural systems.
For decades, PGW’s Technical Team has worked
alongside farmers and growers to conduct research
trials in commercial paddocks and orchards. While this
collaborative model remains important, it relies on
customers taking productive land out of use. Having a
dedicated research station reduces that burden while
creating a more controlled and scalable environment
for innovation. PGW’s R&D Team undertook 98
scientific trials nationwide this year, investigating
a variety of innovations from new crop protection
products and biological solutions through to fertilisers
and technologies designed specifically for New
Zealand conditions.
Upper image: Chris Lambert, Fruitfed Horticulture Technical Specialist, and
Laura Morgan, Fruitfed Horticulture Technical Advisor, plant a squash trial at the
Hastings Research Station.
Lower image: The 2.8-hectare facility includes a broad range of research plantings.
TECHNICAL
Our People | Hastings Research Station – A platform for innovation
56
|
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITEDANNUAL REPORT 2026
|
57
The investment also allows PGW to accelerate research
programmes that deliver practical benefits for customers,
as Milton Munro, Technical Team Manager, explains. “This is
an incredible investment in the future of growing in New
Zealand. The site gives us the ability to expand and accelerate
our research programme in ways that weren’t possible before.
We can run more trials, gather more data, and bring new
innovations to market faster, ultimately benefiting our grower
and farmer customers.”
The value of the facility extends beyond the trials themselves.
Knowledge generated through research is shared directly
with PGW’s Technical Field Representatives and Technical
Horticultural Representatives, helping them provide evidence-
based advice and recommendations to customers. This
helps give growers and farmers more confidence in product
performance and stronger technical support when making
critical production decisions.
The research station also provides opportunities for staff
training, customer field days, and industry engagement. PGW
intends to use the facility to showcase emerging technologies,
demonstrate trial results, and provide a practical environment
where staff, suppliers, and customers can see innovation in
action.
According to Milton, one of the station’s greatest strengths
is that it was operational from day one. “This site is a bit of a
rarity. Replicating a facility like this elsewhere would take years
of investment and development before meaningful trial work
could begin. Instead, we were able to start trials immediately
and begin generating insights that will support our customers
and our business. Having our own site allows us to conduct
trials that wouldn’t have been possible on a grower’s property.
By June 2026, we had completed 42 trials.”
The Hastings facility also supports several of PGW’s Group
Strategic Priorities, including Customer Focused Innovation,
Differentiated Offering, and Sustainability. The site enables
PGW’s Technical Team to work closely with global suppliers to
evaluate new products and technologies, including biological
and sustainability-focused solutions that can improve
outcomes for farmers, growers, and the wider primary sector.
Importantly, the investment reflects PGW’s confidence in
the future of New Zealand’s primary sector. With dedicated
infrastructure, experienced technical specialists, and a pipeline
of new trials already underway, the research station positions
PGW to continue delivering innovation that helps customers
improve performance, productivity, and profitability.
As the first trial results emerge,
the Hastings Research Station is
already proving to be more than
just a research facility. It is a centre
of excellence that will help shape
the future of farming and growing
in New Zealand, while reinforcing
PGW’s role as a trusted partner to
the rural sector.
The Hastings Research Station.
58
|
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITEDANNUAL REPORT 2026
|
59
FarmRight –
Growing scale,
capability, and
partnership
FarmRight was established in 2000 to fill a service gap in the dairy sector and expanded into
viticulture and horticulture in 2017. Today, FarmRight’s pipfruit portfolio spans multiple
regions, with nearly 530 hectares of orchards either in production or development.
FARMRIGHT'S PIPFRUIT PORTFOLIO
SPANS MULTIPLE REGIONS, WITH NEARLY
530
HECTARES OF ORCHARDS
AT FULL DEVELOPMENT TOREA ORCHARD,
WILL COMPRISE APPROXIMATELY
900,000
TREES GROWN ON V-TRELLIS SYSTEMS
A key part of this growth is Rosewood Orchards in
Hawke’s Bay, where 80 hectares of apples are spread
across four blocks. These orchards diversify climatic
and geographic risk while enabling FarmRight to grow
premium varieties suited to the region, including Envy.
For Pipfruit Operations Manager, Grant Stevenson,
achieving consistently high fruit quality is critical. The
team has trialled a range of planting systems, from
traditional spindle structures to high-density 2D and
Vtrellis systems. The team refines crop monitoring
processes, using drone technology to assess crop load,
fruit size, and tree health.
Supporting this highly technical operation is a close
working relationship with Fruitfed Horticulture. Technical
Horticulture Representative Luke Bottriell and Fruitfed
Horticulture specialists work alongside the Rosewood
team, providing practical advice as the orchard evolves.
Grant values the openness of the relationship. “I appreciate
Luke's practical approach and honesty. We can have
robust discussions about different options, which
helps us make better decisions,” says Grant. “If there’s
something Luke doesn’t know, he'll go away and find the
answer. That level of commitment builds trust and makes
him a valuable sounding board.”
Our Customers
Ā Mātou Kiritaki
Upper image: Matt Bentley, Manager, and Damian Febery, Development Manager, assess the
growth of the apple trees at Tōrea Orchard, near Ashburton, Mid Canterbury.
Lower image: Rosewood Orchard, owned by FarmRight Ltd, near Havelock North, Hawke’s Bay.
Fruitfed
Horticulture
Our Customers | FarmRight – Growing scale, capability, and partnership
60
|
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITEDANNUAL REPORT 2026
|
61
The relationship with Fruitfed Horticulture is built on more than product
supply. It is grounded in trusted technical expertise, open communication, and
a shared focus on achieving sustainable outcomes across complex large-scale
horticultural operations.
That relationship extends beyond a single point of contact.
Grant also works closely with Extension Advisor – Pipfruit Marcus
Fitzsimmons and is exploring collaborative trial opportunities at
the Hastings Research Station (see pages 54 to 57). Together, the
Fruitfed Horticulture team is helping ensure decisions are well
informed, technically sound, and aligned with long-term orchard
performance.
While Hawke’s Bay anchors FarmRight’s North Island presence,
the business is also investing significantly in new developments
in the South Island, including a large-scale orchard east of
Ashburton and two orchards located in Tasman.
Tōrea Orchard is being established on a 460-hectare dairy farm.
The development will ultimately see 250 hectares planted in
apples, with the balance remaining in dairy. During 2025, 150
hectares were planted in Rockit and Joli varieties, with a further
100 hectares planned for winter 2026. At full development, the
orchard will comprise approximately 900,000 trees grown on
V-trellis systems designed to maximise productivity.
Getting the fundamentals right has been a central focus
for Development Manager Damian Febery, with early work
centred on site preparation, irrigation infrastructure, nutrition
programmes, and establishing strong tree structure. As the
orchard transitions from establishment into its next phase,
Fruitfed Horticulture continues to play a key role. Technical
Horticultural Representative Rob Wards has been closely
involved, supporting pest and disease monitoring, spray
programmes, and tree nutrition from the outset.
Damian says Rob’s input has been instrumental to the
development. “From planning through to implementation, Rob’s
experience and knowledge have been invaluable,” he says.
“His level of technical expertise gives us confidence in our
decisions and helps set the orchard up for long-term success.”
Rob says being involved in the development of Tōrea Orchard
has been rewarding. “Projects of this scale are a unique
opportunity to get the fundamentals right from the outset. By
working closely with the FarmRight team, we can add value by
supporting strong long-term performance and confidence in
key decisions.”
The two Tasman orchards, located in Riwaka and Appleby,
span 200 hectares and grow Envy, Ambrosia, Evercrisp, and
Joli varieties. The orchards include both producing and
redevelopment blocks, with significant investment made to
align plantings with FarmRight’s long-term varietal strategy and
future market demand.
Working closely with the orchard team, Technical Horticultural
Representative Hayden French provides technical advice and
practical solutions tailored to the region's growing conditions.
Hayden enjoys being involved in the orchards’ ongoing
development. “FarmRight has made a significant commitment
to the Tasman region and it’s exciting to support a business that
is continually looking for ways to improve,” he says. “There’s a
strong focus on getting the best out of every hectare through
redevelopment, new varieties, and technology.”
For FarmRight, growth has never been about hectares alone.
The focus is on developing orchards that perform over the long
term, supported by good people, sound horticultural practices,
and a willingness to keep improving. As new developments
come online, that approach continues to guide investment and
operational decisions across the portfolio.
Consolidated Financial Statements
for the year ended 30 June 2026
Ngā Tauākī ā-Pūtea Tōpū
mō te tau i mutu i te 30 Hune 2026
Ngā Whakapuakanga Pūtea Hira
Key Financial
Disclosures
Mott’s Premium Produce harvesting parsnips
near Tangiwai, Manawatū-Whanganui.
Ambrosia apples growing on
a 2D system, at FarmRight’s
Appleby Orchard, near
Richmond, Tasman.
62
|
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT 2026
|
63
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED
Consolidated Statement of Profit or Loss
For the year ended 30 June 2026
2026 2025
NOTE $000 $000
Operating revenue 1 1,074,384 975,344
Cost of sales 2 (787,517) (720,347)
Gross profit 286,867 254,997
Other income 399 952
Employee expenses (161,290) (146,637)
Other operating expenses 3 (61,666) (53,181)
Operating EBITDA 28C 64,310 56,131
Non-operating gains/(losses) 4 221 1,119
Impairment and fair value gains/(losses) 5 - -
Depreciation and amortisation expense (34,791) (31,066)
EBIT 28C 29,740 26,184
Net interest expense 6 (10,780) (11,186)
Foreign exchange gain/(loss) 6 641 821
Fair value gain/(loss) on foreign exchange derivatives 6 1,430 (1,827)
Profit before income tax 21,031 13,992
Income tax expense 7 (5,460) (3,328)
Net profit after tax
15,571 10,664
Basic and diluted earnings per share (EPS)
2026 2025
NOTE $000 $000
Basic and diluted EPS 8 0.206 0.141
The accompanying notes form an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED
Directors’ Responsibility Statement
For the year ended 30 June 2026
The Directors are responsible for ensuring that the consolidated
financial statements give a true and fair view of the financial
position of PGG Wrightson Limited and its controlled entities
(together the “Group”) as at 30 June 2026 and the financial
performance and cash flows for the year ended on that date.
The Directors consider that the consolidated financial statements
of the Group have been prepared using appropriate accounting
policies, consistently applied and supported by reasonable
judgements and estimates and that all of the relevant financial
reporting and accounting standards have been followed.
The Directors believe that proper accounting records have been
kept which enable, with reasonable accuracy, the determination of
the financial position of the Group and facilitate compliance of the
consolidated financial statements with the Financial Reporting Act
2013 and the Financial Markets Conduct Act 2013.
The Directors are pleased to present the consolidated financial
statements for the Group set out on pages 63 to 108 for the year
ended 30 June 2026.
The consolidated financial statements contained on pages 63 to
108 have been authorised for issue on 10 August 2026.
For and on behalf of the Board.
John Nichol Wilson Liu
Chair Director and Audit
Committee Chair
ANNUAL REPORT 2026
|
6564
|
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED
Key Financial Disclosures | Ngā Whakapuakanga Pūtea Hira
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED
Consolidated Statement of Other Comprehensive Income
For the year ended 30 June 2026
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED
Segment Report
For the year ended / as at 30 June 2026
2026 2025
NOTE $000 $000
Net profit after tax 15,571 10,664
Other comprehensive income/(loss)
Items that will not be reclassified to profit or loss
Remeasurements of defined benefit liability (261) 585
Tax on remeasurements of defined benefit liability 7 (98) (273)
Total other comprehensive income/(loss) for the period (359) 312
Total comprehensive income for the period 15,212 10,976
The accompanying notes form an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
A. Operating segments
The Group has two primary operating segments, Agency and Retail
& Water, which are the Group's strategic divisions. These operating
segments operate within New Zealand.
The two operating segments offer different products and services,
and are managed separately because they require different skills,
technology and marketing strategies. Within each segment, further
business unit analysis may be provided to management where there
are significant differences in the nature of activities. The Chief Executive
Officer and Chairman of the Board review internal management
reports on each strategic business unit on at least a monthly basis.
The Group's segments are described below:
– Agency: This segment derives its revenue primarily from
commissions in respect of rural Livestock, Wool and Real Estate
transactions. This segment also derives revenue from wool and
velvet product sales, and interest revenue from its GO-STOCK
receivables (refer to Note 12 GO-STOCK Receivables for further
explanation regarding this programme).
– Retail & Water: This segment includes the Rural Supplies and
Fruitfed Horticulture retail operations, Agritrade, PGG Wrightson
Water, ancillary sales support and supply chain functions. This
segment derives its revenue primarily from the sale of goods as
well as the design, installation and servicing of irrigation solutions.
– Other (non-operating): Other relates to certain Group
Corporate activities including Governance, Finance, Treasury, Risk
and Assurance, and other support services (such as corporate
property services and marketing). The Marketing function derives
sales revenue from the Group's customer loyalty and on-charging
programmes.
Assets and liabilities allocated to each business unit combine to form
total assets and liabilities for the Agency and Retail & Water business
segments. Certain other assets and liabilities are held at a Corporate
level including those for the Corporate functions noted above. From 1
July 2025 the group transferred its intangible ERP asset internally from
the Other (non-operating) segment to the Agency and Retail & Water
operating segments.
The profit or loss for each business unit combines to form total profit or
loss of the Agency and Retail & Water business segments. Certain other
revenues and expenses are recorded at the Corporate level for the
Corporate functions noted above.
Corporate costs allocation
The Group allocates certain Corporate costs to an operating segment
where they can be directly attributed to that segment or using the
following methods:
– IT hardware, support, licence and other costs are allocated on a per
user basis.
– Property costs which are not directly attributable are allocated on
a property space utilisation basis.
– Business operations costs (Accounts Payable, Accounts Receivable,
Call Centre) are allocated based on FTE usage by each operating
segment or transactional volumes. Credit Services costs are
allocated to the operating segment to which the overdue
accounts relate.
From 1 July 2025, the Group began internally allocating interest
expense to the operating segments based on capital employed
(excluding equity) with this allocation recorded within net interest
expense. Comparative amounts have been updated to reflect this
change.
Other costs such as non-operating gains/losses, impairment and fair
value gains/losses, net interest expense, foreign exchange items and
income tax expense are not fully allocated by the Group across the
operating segments. The Group Governance, Finance, Treasury, and
Risk and Assurance functions continue to be reported outside of the
operating segments i.e. within Other (non-operating).
B. Geographical segment
The Group operates within New Zealand only and its revenue is
derived primarily from New Zealand.
ANNUAL REPORT 2026
|
6766
|
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED
Key Financial Disclosures | Ngā Whakapuakanga Pūtea Hira
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED
Segment Report (continued)
For the year ended / as at 30 June 2026
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED
Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows
For the year ended 30 June 2026
C. Operating segment information
OTHER
AGENCY RETAIL & WATER (NON–OPERATING) TOTAL
2026 2025 2026 2025 2026 2025 2026 2025
$000 $000 $000 $000 $000 $000 $000 $000
Sales revenue 86,383 84,977 830,398 759,215 1,429 1,157 918,210 845,349
Commission revenue 126,165 107,938 87 88 55 30 126,307 108,056
Construction contract revenue – – 18,900 12,368 – – 18,900 12,368
Interest revenue on GO-STOCK receivables 8,011 7,181 – – – – 8,011 7,181
Interest revenue on overdue debtor accounts 314 427 1,424 891 9 37 1,747 1,355
Sublease income 582 434 423 402 204 199 1,209 1,035
Total external operating revenues 221,455 200,957 851,232 772,964 1,697 1,423 1,074,384 975,344
Cost of sales (101,826) (98,086) (684,801) (621,575) (890) (686) (787,517) (720,347)
Gross profit 119,629 102,871 166,431 151,389 807 737 286,867 254,997
Other income 405 952 – – (6) – 399 952
Employee expenses (60,277) (51,367) (73,524) (68,780) (27,489) (26,490) (161,290) (146,637)
Other operating expenses (30,789) (28,994) (48,431) (40,459) 17,554 16,272 (61,666) (53,181)
Operating EBITDA 28,968 23,462 44,476 42,150 (9,134) (9,481) 64,310 56,131
Non-operating gains/(losses) 9 1,166 61 (112) 151 65 221 1,119
Impairment and fair value gains/(losses) – – – – – – – –
Depreciation and amortisation expense (10,641) (9,875) (21,048) (17,329) (3,102) (3,862) (34,791) (31,066)
EBIT 18,336 14,753 23,489 24,709 (12,085) (13,278) 29,740 26,184
Net interest expense (7,766) (8,470) (11,049) (10,938) 8,035 8,222 (10,780) (11,186)
Foreign exchange gain/(loss) 29 863 617 (46) (5) 4 641 821
Fair value gain/(loss) on
foreign exchange derivatives 387 (1,611) 1,042 (216) 1 – 1,430 (1,827)
Profit/(loss) before income tax 10,986 5,535 14,099 13,509 (4,054) (5,052) 21,031 13,992
Income tax benefit/(expense) (3,222) (2,196) (4,018) (5,786) 1,780 4,654 (5,460) (3,328)
Net profit/(loss) after tax 7,764 3,339 10,081 7,723 (2,274) (398) 15,571 10,664
Total segment assets 284,806 234,147 300,415 249,439 15,117 46,094 600,338 529,680
Total segment liabilities (153,092) (104,908) (166,727) (146,372) (97,952) (104,590) (417,771) (355,870)
Capital expenditure
(additions to non-current assets) 6,768 4,724 20,601 5,645 1,925 12,510 29,294 22,879
The accompanying notes form an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
2026 2025
NOTE $000 $000
Cash flows from operating activities
Cash was provided from:
Receipts from customers 1,023,492 916,631
Dividends received 7 6
Interest received 10,260 8,921
Income tax received – 44
1,033,759 925,602
Cash was applied to:
Payments to suppliers and employees (968,797) (903,108)
Lump sum contribution to the PGG Wrightson Employee Benefits Plan (459) (308)
Interest paid 6 (5,229) (5,379)
Interest paid on lease liabilities 6 (4,524) (4,410)
Income tax paid (2,157) –
(981,166) (913,205)
Net cash inflow/(outflow) from operating activities 52,593 12,397
Cash flows from investing activities
Cash was provided from:
Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment 1,561 2,808
Dividend received from jointly controlled entity 140 392
1,701 3,200
Cash was applied to:
Purchase of property, plant and equipment (5,654) (6,929)
Purchase of intangibles (931) (10,499)
Acquisition of subsidiary net of cash acquired 15 (19,660) –
Advance to jointly controlled entity – (17)
(26,245) (17,445)
Net cash inflow/(outflow) from investing activities (24,544) (14,245)
Cash flows from financing activities
Cash was provided from:
Increase in external borrowings 9 92,000 25,182
92,000 25,182
Cash was applied to:
Dividends paid to shareholders (6,455) (1,899)
Repayment of external borrowings 9 (88,182) –
Repayment of principal portion of lease liabilities (24,030) (22,608)
(118,667) (24,507)
Net cash inflow/(outflow) from financing activities (26,667) 675
Net increase/(decrease) in cash held 1,382 (1,172)
Opening cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of period 2,613 3,785
Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the period 9 3,995 2,613
The accompanying notes form an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
ANNUAL REPORT 2026
|
6968
|
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED
Key Financial Disclosures | Ngā Whakapuakanga Pūtea Hira
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED
Reconciliation of Net Profit After Tax with Net Cash Flow from Operating Activities
For the year ended 30 June 2026
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED
Consolidated Statement of Financial Position
As at 30 June 2026
2026 2025
$000 $000
Net profit after tax 15,571 10,664
Add/(deduct) non-cash/non-operating items:
Depreciation and amortisation 34,791 31,066
Impairment and fair value losses/(gains) – –
Net bad debts written off/(recovered) 146 716
Increase/(decrease) in provision for impaired trade receivables, GO-STOCK receivables and contract assets 4,622 (881)
Loss/(gain) on sale of assets, and lease terminations (141) (1,219)
Foreign exchange loss/(gain) (111) 237
Deferred tax expense/(benefit) (1,216) (886)
Defined benefit expense/(gain) (103) (24)
Pension contributions not expensed through profit or loss (459) (308)
Equity accounted earnings (392) (990)
Other non-cash/non-operating items (144) 21
Add/(deduct) movement in working capital items:
Change in working capital due to purchase of business 2,382 –
Change in inventories (5,243) (4,774)
Change in accounts receivable and prepayments (34,283) (23,097)
Change in GO-STOCK receivables (7,040) (29,139)
Change in trade creditors, provisions and accruals 40,882 25,749
Change in other current assets/liabilities (1,600) 1,004
Add/(deduct) movement in taxation items:
Change in income tax payable/receivable 4,931 4,258
Net cash flow from operating activities 52,593 12,397
Cash Flows Accounting Policies
In the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows, cash receipts and payments on behalf of customers, which reflect the activities of the
customers rather than those of the Group, are reported on a net basis.
The accompanying notes form an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
2026 2025
NOTE $000 $000
ASSETS
Current
Cash and cash equivalents 9 3,995 2,613
Short-term derivative assets 10 784 227
Trade and other receivables 11 186,471 156,949
GO-STOCK receivables 12 89,556 81,962
Inventories 13 105,492 100,074
Other current assets 4,341 4,329
Total current assets 390,639 346,154
Non-current
Deferred tax asset 7 6,167 7,115
Long-term derivative assets 10 1 13
Investments in equity accounted investees 1,507 1,256
GO-STOCK receivables 12 1,735 2,300
Other investments 242 242
Intangible assets and goodwill 14 53,340 38,706
Right-of-use assets 16 94,357 81,332
Property, plant and equipment 17 51,849 52,362
Defined benefit plan asset 19 501 200
Total non-current assets 209,699 183,526
Total assets
600,338 529,680
LIABILITIES
Current
Working capital debt 9 - -
Short-term derivative liabilities 10 663 1,425
Accounts payable and accruals 18 215,989 175,205
Short-term lease liabilities 16 23,185 21,359
Income tax payable 5,960 1,029
Total current liabilities 245,797 199,018
Non-current
Long-term debt 9 92,000 88,182
Long-term derivative liabilities 10 28 151
Long-term lease liabilities 16 77,291 65,789
Long-term provisions 18 2,655 2,730
Total non-current liabilities 171,974 156,852
Total liabilities
417,771 355,870
EQUITY
Share capital 29 372,318 372,318
Reserves 29 16,577 16,785
Retained earnings/(deficit) 29 (206,328) (215,293)
Total equity
182,567 173,810
Total liabilities and equity
600,338 529,680
The accompanying notes form an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
70
|
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED
Key Financial Disclosures | Ngā Whakapuakanga Pūtea Hira
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED
Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity
For the year ended 30 June 2026
REALISED
CAPITAL AND DEFINED RETAINED
SHARE REVALUATION BENEFIT PLAN EARNINGS/ TOTAL
CAPITAL RESERVES RESERVE (DEFICIT) EQUITY
$000 $000 $000 $000 $000
Balance as at 1 July 2024 372,318 24,662 (8,291) (223,956) 164,733
Total comprehensive income for the period
Net profit after tax – – – 10,664 10,664
Other comprehensive income
Defined benefit plan actuarial gain/(loss), net of tax – – 312 – 312
Total other comprehensive income – – 312 – 312
Total comprehensive income for the period – – 312 10,664 10,976
Transactions with shareholders recorded directly in equity
Contributions by and distributions to shareholders
Dividends to shareholders – – – (1,899) (1,899)
Total contributions by and distributions to shareholders – – – (1,899) (1,899)
Transfer to retained earnings – – 102 (102) –
Balance as at 30 June 2025 372,318 24,662 (7,877) (215,293) 173,810
Balance as at 1 July 2025 372,318 24,662 (7,877) (215,293) 173,810
Total comprehensive income for the period
Net profit after tax – – – 15,571 15,571
Other comprehensive income
Defined benefit plan actuarial gain/(loss), net of tax – – (359) – (359)
Total other comprehensive income – – (359) – (359)
Total comprehensive income for the period – – (359) 15,571 15,212
Transactions with shareholders recorded directly in equity
Contributions by and distributions to shareholders
Dividends to shareholders – – – (6,455) (6,455)
Total contributions by and distributions to shareholders – – – (6,455) (6,455)
Transfer to retained earnings – – 151 (151) –
Balance as at 30 June 2026 372,318 24,662 (8,085) (206,328) 182,567
The accompanying notes form an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
Lake Heron Station winter muster, photographed by
Anna Munro for the 2025 PGW LandMarks Photo Collection.
Ngā Whakapuakanga Pūtea Tāpiri
Additional
Financial Disclosures
Including Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
for the year ended 30 June 2026
Tae atu ki Ngā Pitopito Kōrero ki Ngā Tauākī Pūtea Tōpū
mō te tau i mutu i te 30 Hune 2026
ANNUAL REPORT 2026
|
71
ANNUAL REPORT 2026
|
73
Additional Financial Disclosures
| Ngā Whakapuakanga Pūtea Tāpiri
72
|
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
For the year ended 30 June 2026
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the year ended 30 June 2026
1 Operating Revenue
2026 2025
$000 $000
Revenue from contracts with customers
Sales revenue 918,210 845,349
Commission revenue 126,307 108,056
Construction contract revenue 18,900 12,368
Other operating revenue
Interest revenue on GO-STOCK receivables 8,011 7,181
Interest revenue on overdue debtor accounts 1,747 1,355
Sublease income 1,209 1,035
1,074,384 975,344
Income Recognition Accounting Policies
Revenue is recognised to the extent that it is probable that the economic benefits will flow to the Group and the revenue can be reliably
measured. The following specific recognition criteria must also be met before revenue is recognised.
Sales revenue
Sales revenue comprises the sale value of transactions where the Group acts as a principal; for example, retail store sales, and sales of wool
and velvet products. Revenue is measured at the transaction price when control is transferred to which an entity expects to be entitled in
exchange for transferring goods or services to a customer. For the sale of goods, the transfer of control occurs when the risks and rewards,
physical possession and the legal title of the goods have been transferred and accepted by the customer and the customer has a present
obligation to make payment in respect of the goods.
Customers may be entitled to discounts or rebates for certain items and/or volumes purchased, under varying categories. These discounts
or rebates are defined as variable consideration and are included in the transaction price as a component of operating revenue upon the
completion of the Group's performance obligations. These discounts or rebates are contractual in nature and known as at balance date,
therefore, no assumptions or estimates are required.
The Group offers a range of payment terms, and in some cases these can be up to 12 months. The Group does not recognise a financing
element for sales with terms of 12 months or less.
The Group offers warranties as required by New Zealand law and/or per the terms and conditions of the contracts with customers. The
Group recognises the obligations under these warranties as a provision.
Commission revenue
Commission revenue comprises commission for transactions where the Group acts as an agent. For agency commissions, the Group
does not take inventory risk or title for inventories, or for the Group's Livestock and Real Estate businesses, biological assets and properties
respectively. The Group generates commissions from acting as an agent for organising the sale of livestock or real estate.
Revenue is recognised at a point in time upon completion of the service.
Construction contract revenue
Construction services are provided to customers in the Water business to construct pivots and irrigation systems. Most contracts contain a
single performance obligation. The size and duration of the contracts can vary significantly, and customers are invoiced as work progresses.
Most contracts are completed within 12 months; therefore, the unearned revenue on these contracts is not disclosed.
The Group accounts for revenue over time, which best depicts the pattern of transfer of the construction services to the customer. The
Group uses an input method to recognise revenue based on a percentage of cost completed. This method involves judgements relating to
a contract's expected margin and its stage of completion.
Interest and similar income and expense
The Group recognises the fixed fees charged to customers under its GO-STOCK programme as interest revenue. Refer to Note 12 GO-STOCK
Receivables for further explanation regarding this programme. This interest revenue is recognised over the term of the GO-STOCK contracts
which can be for a term of up to 540 days.
The Group also recognises interest revenue on overdue receivables using the effective interest method. Refer to the accounting policies
under Note 6 Net Interest Expense and Foreign Exchange Items for further explanation on the effective interest method.
Sublease income
The Group recognises lease payments received under subleases as income on a straight-line basis over the lease term. Refer to Note 16
Right-of-Use Assets and Lease Liabilities for further explanation.
2 Cost of Sales
2026 2025
NOTE $000 $000
Depreciation and amortisation 52 75
Employee benefits (including commissions) 31,832 29,315
Inventories and consumables 13 736,080 670,417
Freight 12,091 13,331
Other 7,462 7,209
787,517 720,347
3 Other Operating Expenses
2026 2025
NOTE $000 $000
Audit of financial statements of the Company by Ernst & Young 450 430
Other assurance services provided by Ernst & Young:
Limited assurance on emissions reporting – 15
Other services provided by Ernst & Young:
Research and development tax incentive advisory 20 16
Directors' fees 612 660
Donations 72 10
Increase/(decrease) in provision for impaired trade receivables, GO-STOCK receivables and contract assets 11, 12 4,622 (881)
Net bad debts written off/(recovered) 146 716
IT and telecommunication costs 16,154 16,443
Marketing costs 4,846 4,515
Motor vehicle costs 8,122 7,397
Travel costs 3,864 3,461
Rental and operating lease costs 604 384
Occupancy costs (excluding rental and operating lease) 7,126 6,240
Other staff costs 7,015 6,198
Other expenses 8,013 7,577
61,666 53,181
Additional Financial Disclosures
| Ngā Whakapuakanga Pūtea Tāpiri
ANNUAL REPORT 2026
|
7574
|
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
For the year ended 30 June 2026
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
For the year ended 30 June 2026
4 Non-Operating Gains/(Losses)
2026 2025
$000 $000
Gain/(loss) on sale of property, plant and equipment 152 1,217
Other non-operating gains/(losses) 69 (98)
221 1,119
5 Impairment and Fair Value Gains/(Losses)
2026 2025
$000 $000
Net impairment reversal/(impairment) – property, plant and equipment – –
Fair value gains/(losses) – –
– –
Impairment Accounting Policies
The carrying value of the Group's assets are reviewed at each reporting date to determine whether there is any objective evidence of
impairment. An impairment loss is recognised whenever the carrying amount exceeds its recoverable amount. Impairment losses directly
reduce the carrying value of assets and are recognised in profit or loss unless the asset is carried at a revalued amount in accordance with
another standard.
Non-financial assets
The carrying amounts of the Group's non-financial assets (other than inventories and deferred tax assets) are reviewed at each reporting
date to determine whether there is any indication of impairment. If any such indication exists, then the recoverable amount of the asset or
the cash-generating unit (CGU) to which the asset relates is estimated. A CGU is the smallest identifiable asset group that generates cash
flows that are largely independent from other assets and groups.
The recoverable amount of an asset or CGU is the greater of its value in use and its fair value less costs to sell. Value in use is based on the
estimated future cash flows, discounted to their present value using a discount rate that reflects current market assessments of the time
value of money and the risks specific to the asset or CGU.
An impairment loss is recognised if the carrying amount of an asset or CGU exceeds its recoverable amount. Impairment losses are
recognised in profit or loss. An assessment is made at each reporting date to determine whether there is any indication that a previously
recognised impairment loss no longer exists or has reduced. If such indication exists, the Group estimates the asset’s or CGU’s recoverable
amount. A previously recognised impairment loss is reversed only if there has been a change in the assumptions used to determine the
asset’s recoverable amount since the last impairment loss was recognised.
An impairment loss is reversed only to the extent that the asset's carrying amount does not exceed the carrying amount that would have
been determined, net of depreciation or amortisation, if no impairment loss had been recognised.
6 Net Interest Expense and Foreign Exchange Items
2026 2025
$000 $000
Interest income 501 385
Interest funding expense:
Bank interest on loans and overdrafts (5,229) (5,379)
Bank facility fees (1,528) (1,782)
(6,757) (7,161)
Net interest income/(expense) excluding interest on lease liabilities (6,256) (6,776)
Interest on lease liabilities (4,524) (4,410)
Net interest expense
(10,780) (11,186)
Foreign exchange gain/(loss)
Net gain/(loss) on foreign denominated items 641 821
641 821
Fair value gain/(loss) on foreign exchange derivatives
Fair value gain/(loss) on foreign exchange derivatives 1,430 (1,827)
1,430 (1,827)
Net Interest Expense and Foreign Exchange Items Accounting Policies
Interest and similar income and expense
For all financial instruments measured at amortised cost, interest income or expense is recorded at the effective interest rate, which is the
rate that exactly discounts estimated future cash payments or receipts through the expected life of the financial instrument or a shorter
period, where appropriate, to the net carrying amount of the financial asset or financial liability. The calculation takes into account all
contractual terms of the financial instrument (for example, prepayment options) and includes any fees or incremental costs that are directly
attributable to the instrument and are an integral part of the effective interest rate, but not future credit losses. Once the recorded value of a
financial asset or a group of similar financial assets has been reduced due to an impairment loss, interest income continues to be recognised
using the original effective interest rate applied to the new carrying amount.
Fair value change on foreign exchange derivatives
The Group undertakes transactions denominated in foreign currencies and exposure to movements in foreign currency arises from these
activities. The Group uses forward foreign exchange contracts to manage these exposures. These derivatives are recorded at their fair
value with mark-to-market fair value movements flowing through fair value gain/(loss) on foreign exchange derivatives in the consolidated
statement of profit or loss. Although the derivatives have not been designated in a hedge relationship, they act as an economic hedge and
will offset the underlying transactions when they occur.
Refer to
Accounting
Policies
– page 78.
Refer to
Accounting
Policies
– page 78.
Additional Financial Disclosures
| Ngā Whakapuakanga Pūtea Tāpiri
ANNUAL REPORT 2026
|
7776
|
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
For the year ended 30 June 2026
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
For the year ended 30 June 2026
7 Income Taxes
A. Income tax recognised in profit or loss
2026 2025
$000 $000
Current tax benefit/(expense)
Current year (6,697) (4,333)
Adjustments for prior years 21 119
(6,676) (4,214)
Deferred tax benefit/(expense)
Origination and reversal of temporary differences 1,262 1,022
Adjustments for prior years (46) (136)
1,216 886
Income tax benefit/(expense) (5,460) (3,328)
Reconciliation
Profit before income tax 21,031 13,992
Income tax using the Company's tax rate (28%) (5,889) (3,917)
Non-deductible expenditure (250) (397)
Non-assessable income 286 779
Tax credits 181 213
Over/(under) provided in prior years (25) (17)
Other 237 11
Income tax benefit/(expense) (5,460) (3,328)
B. Income tax recognised directly in equity
2026 2025
$000 $000
Deferred tax on movement of actuarial gains/losses on employee benefit plans (98) (273)
Income tax benefit/(expense) recognised directly in equity (98) (273)
7 Income Taxes (continued)
C. Recognised deferred tax assets and liabilities
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are attributable to the following:
ASSETS ASSETS LIABILITIES LIABILITIES NET NET
2026 2025 2026 2025 2026 2025
$000 $000 $000 $000 $000 $000
Property, plant and equipment – – (1,034) (604) (1,034) (604)
Intangible assets – – (6,458) (2,033) (6,458) (2,033)
Right-of-use assets – – (26,426) (22,773) (26,426) (22,773)
Lease liabilities 28,201 24,493 – – 28,201 24,493
Employee benefits 7,714 5,446 – – 7,714 5,446
Provisions 4,170 2,586 – – 4,170 2,586
Deferred tax asset/(liability) 40,085 32,525 (33,918) (25,410) 6,167 7,115
RECOGNISED IN RECOGNISED IN RECOGNISED
RECOGNISED OTHER RECOGNISED OTHER AS PART OF
BALANCE IN PROFIT COMPREHENSIVE BALANCE IN PROFIT COMPREHENSIVE A BUSINESS BALANCE
1 JUL 2024 OR LOSS INCOME 30 JUN 2025 OR LOSS INCOME COMBINATION 30 JUN 2026
$000 $000 $000 $000 $000 $000 $000 $000
Property, plant
and equipment (404) (200) – (604) (430) – – (1,034)
Intangible assets (1,439) (594) – (2,033) (2,353) – (2,072) (6,458)
Right-of-use assets (25,354) 2,581 – (22,773) (3,653) – – (26,426)
Lease liabilities 26,775 (2,282) – 24,493 3,708 – – 28,201
Employee benefits 3,885 1,834 (273) 5,446 2,360 (98) 6 7,714
Provisions 3,038 (453) – 2,586 1,584 – – 4,170
6,501 886 (273) 7,115 1,216 (98) (2,066) 6,167
D. Unrecognised tax losses and temporary differences
At 30 June 2026, the Group has no unrecognised deferred tax assets relating to tax losses and temporary differences (2025: Nil).
E. Imputation credits
The Group has $5.95 million imputation credits as at 30 June 2026 (2025: $6.47 million).
Additional Financial Disclosures
| Ngā Whakapuakanga Pūtea Tāpiri
ANNUAL REPORT 2026
|
7978
|
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
For the year ended 30 June 2026
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
For the year ended 30 June 2026
7 Income Taxes (continued)
Income Tax Accounting Policies
Income tax expense comprises current and deferred taxation and is recognised in profit or loss except to the extent that it relates to items
recognised directly in other comprehensive income or equity, in which case it is recognised directly in other comprehensive income or
equity.
Current tax
Current tax is the expected tax payable on the taxable income for the year, calculated using tax rates enacted or substantively enacted at
the reporting date. Current tax includes any adjustment to tax payable with respect to previous periods. Current tax assets and liabilities are
offset only if certain criteria are met.
Deferred tax
Deferred tax is recognised in respect of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting
purposes and the amounts used for taxation purposes. Deferred tax is measured at the tax rates that are expected to be applied to the
temporary differences when they reverse, based on the laws that have been enacted or substantially enacted at the reporting date.
Deferred tax is not recognised for:
– taxable temporary differences arising on the initial recognition of goodwill;
– temporary differences relating to subsidiaries, associates and jointly controlled entities to the extent that the Group is able to control the
timing of the reversal of the temporary differences and it is probable they will not reverse in the foreseeable future;
– temporary differences on the initial recognition of assets or liabilities in a transaction that is not a business combination and that affects
neither accounting nor taxable profit or loss.
A deferred tax asset is recognised to the extent that it is probable that future taxable profits will be available against which temporary
differences can be utilised. Deferred tax assets are reviewed at each reporting date and are reduced to the extent that it is no longer
probable that the related tax benefit will be recognised.
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset only if certain criteria are met.
8 Earnings Per Share and Net Tangible Assets
A. Earnings per share (EPS)
The calculation of EPS is based on the following profit figures and number of authorised shares.
WEIGHTED AVERAGE
ISSUED ORDINARY SHARES NUMBER OF ORDINARY SHARES
2026 2025 2026 2025
000 000 000 000
Issued ordinary shares at 1 July 75,484 75,484 75,484 75,484
Balance at 30 June 75,484 75,484 75,484 75,484
There are no dilutive shares or options (2025: Nil).
2026 2025
$000 $000
Net profit after tax 15,571 10,664
2026 2025
$ $
Basic and diluted EPS 0.206 0.141
B. Net tangible assets (NTA)
The calculation of NTA per share, which is a required NZX disclosure, is based on the following NTA figure and the Company's issued ordinary
shares at the end of the period.
2026 2025
$000 $000
Total assets 600,338 529,680
Total liabilities (417,771) (355,870)
less Intangible assets and goodwill (53,340) (38,706)
less Deferred tax asset (6,167) (7,115)
Net tangible assets 123,060 127,989
2026 2025
$ $
NTA per issued ordinary shares at the end of period 1.630 1.696
Earnings Per Share Accounting Policies
The Group presents basic and diluted EPS data for its ordinary shares. Basic EPS is calculated by dividing the profit or loss attributable to
shareholders by the weighted average number of shares outstanding during the period. Diluted EPS is determined by adjusting the profit or
loss and the number of shares outstanding to include the effects of all potential dilutive shares.
Additional Financial Disclosures
| Ngā Whakapuakanga Pūtea Tāpiri
ANNUAL REPORT 2026
|
8180
|
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
For the year ended 30 June 2026
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
For the year ended 30 June 2026
9 Cash and Financing Facilities
2026 2025
NOTE $000 $000
Cash and cash equivalents 3,995 2,613
Current financing facilities 9A – –
Term financing facilities 9A (92,000) (88,182)
Net interest-bearing (debt)/cash and cash equivalents (88,005) (85,569)
GO-STOCK receivables (including accrued interest) 12 91,291 84,262
GO-STOCK receivables (accrued interest portion) 12 (2,951) (2,820)
Net interest-bearing (debt)/cash and cash equivalents after adjusting for GO-STOCK receivables 335 (4,127)
A. Financing facilities
The Company entered into a new syndicated facility agreement on 26 June 2026. The new agreement reorganises the Group's funding into three
distinct facilities more aligned with the Group's operations with increased total limits to provide a platform for future strategic growth, in particular
for GO-STOCK receivables which now operates under its own facility. The new facilities provide the following:
– GO-STOCK facilities of up to $115.00 million maturing on 30 September 2029. This facility had $75.00 million drawn at 30 June 2026. This new
facility is available to fund up to 90% of the GO-STOCK receivables balance.
– Core debt facilities of up to $50.00 million maturing on 30 September 2029 (2025: $100.00 million maturing on 30 June 2027). This facility had
$17.00 million drawn at 30 June 2026 (2025: $75.00 million drawn). This facility is to fund the core and general commercial activities of the
group along with the GO-STOCK receivables balance not specifically funded from the GO-STOCK facility.
– Working Capital facilities of up to $100.00 million maturing on 30 September 2029 (2025: $85.00 million maturing on 30 June 2027). This
facility was undrawn at 30 June 2026 (2025: $13.00 million drawn). This facility funds the Group's seasonal working capital requirements across
the financial year. The limits for this facility are sculpted throughout the year to align with the Group's seasonal working capital needs with
minimum and maximum limits of $35.00 million and $100.00 million respectively across the financial year. This facility is subject to an annual
clean down requirement.
Interest on these syndicated facilities is determined based on floating interest rates.
The Company has granted a general security deed and mortgage over all its wholly-owned New Zealand assets to a security trust. Bank of New
Zealand acts as facility agent and security trustee for the banking syndicate, which comprises Bank of New Zealand, Coöperatieve Rabobank U.A.
(New Zealand branch) and Westpac New Zealand Limited. The agreement contains various financial covenants and restrictions relevant to each
separate facility, including maximum permissible ratios for debt leverage and operating leverage, together with a Loan to Value Ratio (LVR) limit of
90% for drawings from the GO-STOCK facility. The agreement also contains annual limits on capital expenditure and asset disposals. Key operating
leverage and debt leverage covenants are reported to the facility agent on a quarterly basis with debt leverage for the Working Capital facilities
and the GO-STOCK LVR reported on a monthly basis.
The syndicated facility agreement allows the Group, subject to certain conditions, to enter into additional facilities outside of the Company's
syndicated facility. The additional facilities are guaranteed by the security trust. These facilities amounted to $4.77 million as at 30 June 2026 (2025:
$4.77 million) and included the following:
– Overdraft facilities of $3.00 million. This facility was undrawn at 30 June 2026 (2025: undrawn).
– Guarantees and letters of credit of $1.77 million.
10 Derivative Financial Instruments
The Group uses forward foreign exchange contracts to manage its exposure to foreign currency fluctuations. In accordance with the Group's
Treasury Policy, the Group does not hold any of these derivative instruments for trading purposes.
2026 2025
$000 $000
Derivative assets held for risk management
Current 784 227
Non-current 1 13
785 240
Derivative liabilities held for risk management
Current (663) (1,425)
Non-current (28) (151)
(691) (1,576)
Net derivative asset/(liability) held for risk management 94 (1,336)
Derivative Financial Instruments Accounting Policies
Derivative financial instruments are recognised initially at fair value and transaction costs are expensed immediately. Subsequent to initial
recognition, derivative financial instruments are stated at fair value, and changes therein are generally recognised in profit or loss. The fair
value of forward exchange contracts is based on broker quotes.
Where the Group enters into derivative transactions, these agreements do not meet the criteria for offsetting in the consolidated statement
of financial position. The fair value amounts recognised in the consolidated statement of financial position are recorded on a gross basis.
The Group does not currently apply hedge accounting.
Refer to
Accounting
Policies
– page 84.
Additional Financial Disclosures
| Ngā Whakapuakanga Pūtea Tāpiri
ANNUAL REPORT 2026
|
8382
|
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
For the year ended 30 June 2026
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
For the year ended 30 June 2026
11 Trade and Other Receivables
2026 2025
NOTE $000 $000
Accounts receivable due from unrelated parties 163,649 130,454
Accounts receivable due from related parties 25 2 –
Gross accounts receivable 163,651 130,454
less Provision for impaired debtors (6,027) (1,496)
Net accounts receivable 157,624 128,958
Contract assets 1,981 2,650
less Provision for impaired contract assets – –
Other receivables 23,141 20,882
Prepayments 3,725 4,459
Trade and other receivables 186,471 156,949
Analysis of movements in provisions for impaired debtors and contract assets
Balance at the beginning of year (1,496) (2,308)
Movement in provision (4,531) 812
Balance at the end of the year (6,027) (1,496)
The ageing status of the accounts receivable at the reporting date is as follows:
TOTA L TOTA L
ACCOUNTS ACCOUNTS
RECEIVABLE PROVISION RECEIVABLE PROVISION
2026 2026 2025 2025
$000 $000 $000 $000
Not past due 153,134 (613) 121,689 (505)
Past due 1 – 30 days 3,760 (13) 3,710 (71)
Past due 31 – 60 days 403 (382) 3,966 (424)
Past due 61 – 90 days 232 (20) 491 (33)
Past due 90 plus days 6,122 (4,999) 598 (463)
163,651 (6,027) 130,454 (1,496)
During the period the Group recognised a significant provision in respect of one customer which has entered liquidation / administration and this
reflects the increase in the provision held versus the comparative year.
12 GO-STOCK Receivables
The Group holds receivables in respect of its GO-STOCK range of livestock products. The GO-STOCK range allows farmers to defer payment for the
purchase of livestock. The counterparty farmer to the GO-STOCK product is fully exposed to the risks and rewards of ownership of the livestock.
To mitigate credit risk, the Group retains legal title to the livestock until its sale. Fee income received in respect of the GO-STOCK receivables
is recognised by the Group as interest income over the respective contract period and is included within operating revenue (refer to Note 1
Operating Revenue). Accrued interest income in respect of the GO-STOCK receivables is included within the GO-STOCK receivables balance and
amounts to $2.95 million as at 30 June 2026 (2025: $2.82 million).
2026 2025
$000 $000
GO-STOCK receivables – current 89,894 82,209
GO-STOCK receivables – non-current 1,735 2,300
91,629 84,509
less Provision for impairment – GO-STOCK receivables (338) (247)
91,291 84,262
GO-STOCK receivables – accrued interest portion 2,951 2,820
Analysis of movements in provisions for impaired GO-STOCK receivables
Balance at the beginning of the year (247) (316)
Movement in provision (91) 69
Balance at the end of the year (338) (247)
The ageing status of the GO-STOCK receivables at the reporting date is as follows:
GO-STOCK GO-STOCK
RECEIVABLES PROVISION RECEIVABLES PROVISION
2026 2026 2025 2025
$000 $000 $000 $000
Not past due 91,208 (200) 84,509 (247)
Past due 1 – 30 days – – – –
Past due 31 – 60 days – – – –
Past due 61 – 90 days 299 (16) – –
Past due 90 plus days 122 (122) – –
91,629 (338) 84,509 (247)
Refer to
Accounting
Policies
– page 86.
Additional Financial Disclosures
| Ngā Whakapuakanga Pūtea Tāpiri
ANNUAL REPORT 2026
|
8584
|
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
For the year ended 30 June 2026
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
For the year ended 30 June 2026
12 GO-STOCK Receivables (continued)
Trade and Other Receivables and GO-STOCK Receivables Accounting Policies
Recognition and measurement
A receivable without a significant financing component is initially measured at the transaction price and classified as financial assets
measured at amortised cost. Accounts receivable includes accrued interest.
Impairment
Specific provisions are maintained to cover identified impaired receivables. Judgement is required in determining the impairment provision.
The Group recognises loss allowances for the expected credit loss (ECL) on Trade and GO-STOCK receivables. The Group measures loss
allowances for Trade and GO-STOCK receivables at an amount equal to lifetime ECL.
When estimating ECLs, the Group considers reasonable and supportable information that is relevant and available without undue cost and
effort. This includes both qualitative and quantitative information and analysis, based on the Group's historical experience and informed
credit assessment, that includes forward-looking information. The Group assumes that the credit risk has increased significantly if the
receivable is more than 60 days past due. The Group considers a financial asset to be in default when the debtor is unlikely to pay its credit
obligations to the Group in full, without recourse by the Group to actions such as realising security (if any is held).
On a monthly basis, the Group via its Credit Committee, assesses whether Trade and GO-STOCK receivables are credit-impaired. All
individual instruments that are considered significant are subject to this approach. A financial asset is credit-impaired when one or more
events that have a detrimental impact on the estimated future cash flows of the financial asset have occurred. Evidence that a financial
asset is credit-impaired includes observable data such as significant financial difficulty of the debtor.
Loss allowances for financial assets measured at amortised cost are deducted from the gross carrying amount of the assets. The gross
carrying amount of a financial asset is written off when the Group has no reasonable expectations of recovering a financial asset in its
entirety or a portion thereof.
13 Inventory
2026 2025
$000 $000
Merchandise 89,125 87,167
Wool and velvet inventory 19,039 14,577
less Provision for inventory write-down (2,672) (1,670)
105,492 100,074
During the year, inventories of $736.08 million (2025: $670.42 million) are included in cost of sales in the profit or loss (refer to Note 2 Cost of Sales).
Included within this amount is a write-down of inventories of $1.89 million (2025: $1.30 million) to net realisable value and reversals of previously
recognised write-downs of $0.17 million (2025: $0.49 million).
Inventories Accounting Policies
Raw materials and finished goods are stated at the lower of cost or net realisable value. Cost is determined on a weighted average cost
basis. In the case of manufactured goods, cost includes direct materials, labour and production overheads. Judgement is required in
determining the net realisable value for inventories.
14 Intangible Assets and Goodwill
CAPITAL WORK
SOFTWARE RIGHTS GOODWILL IN PROGRESS TOTAL
NOTE $000 $000 $000 $000
Cost
Balance as at 1 July 2024 30,794 2,497 – 23,128 56,419
Additions 15 15 – 10,550 10,580
Transfers 32,578 – – (32,578) –
Disposals (107) – – (82) (189)
Balance as at 30 June 2025 63,280 2,512 – 1,018 66,810
Balance as at 1 July 2025 63,280 2,512 – 1,018 66,810
Additions 179 34 – 718 931
Added as part of a business combination 15 – 7,443 11,487 – 18,930
Transfers 222 75 – (297) –
Disposals – – – – –
Balance as at 30 June 2026 63,681 10,064 11,487 1,439 86,671
Amortisation
Balance as at 1 July 2024 24,331 2,065 – – 26,396
Amortisation 1,804 11 – – 1,815
Transfers (107) – – – (107)
Balance as at 30 June 2025 26,028 2,076 – – 28,104
Balance as at 1 July 2025 26,028 2,076 – – 28,104
Amortisation 4,224 1,003 – – 5,227
Disposals – – – – –
Balance as at 30 June 2026 30,252 3,079 – – 33,331
Carrying amounts
30 June 2025 37,252 436 – 1,018 38,706
30 June 2026 33,429 6,985 11,487 1,439 53,340
Additional Financial Disclosures
| Ngā Whakapuakanga Pūtea Tāpiri
ANNUAL REPORT 2026
|
8786
|
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
For the year ended 30 June 2026
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
For the year ended 30 June 2026
14 Intangible Assets and Goodwill (continued)
Intangible Assets and Goodwill Accounting Policies
Software
Software is a finite life intangible and is recorded at cost less accumulated amortisation and impairment. Amortisation is charged on a
straight-line basis over an estimated useful life between 1 and 15 years. The estimated useful life and amortisation method is reviewed at
the end of each annual reporting period and adjusted if appropriate.
Rights
Manufacturing and production rights are finite life intangibles and are recorded at cost less accumulated amortisation and impairment.
Amortisation is charged on a straight-line basis over an estimated useful life between 2 and 10 years. The estimated useful life and
amortisation method is reviewed at the end of each annual reporting period and adjusted if appropriate.
Capital Work in Progress
Capital work in progress includes the cost of materials, services, labour and direct production overheads and is stated net of impairments.
Goodwill
Goodwill arises on the acquisition of subsidiaries. Goodwill represents the excess of the cost of an acquisition over the fair value of the
Group’s share of the net identifiable assets of the acquired subsidiary at the date of acquisition. Separately recognised goodwill is tested
annually for impairment or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that it might be impaired. It is carried at cost less
accumulated impairment losses (if any). Impairment losses on goodwill are not reversed.
Goodwill is allocated to cash-generating units for the purpose of impairment testing. The allocation is made to those cash-generating units
or groups of cash generating units that are expected to benefit from the business combination in which the goodwill arose. The units or
groups of units are identified at the lowest level at which goodwill is monitored for internal management purposes.
Impairment
The carrying amounts of the Group's intangible assets are reviewed at each reporting date to determine whether there is any indication
of impairment. Impairment testing uses the higher of value-in-use or fair value less cost of disposal calculations for operational cash
generating units. If any such indication exists, then the recoverable amount of the asset is estimated. For intangible assets that have
indefinite lives, the recoverable amount is estimated at each reporting date. An impairment loss is recognised in the profit or loss if the
carrying amount of the asset exceeds the recoverable amount. Refer to the accounting policy under Note 5 Impairment and Fair Value
Gains/(Losses) for further explanation.
15 Acquisition of Subsidiary
Background of acquisition
On 7 July 2025 the Group announced the acquisition of Nexan Corporation Limited and its subsidiaries (Nexan), a leading New Zealand animal
health manufacturer that develops and markets a range of products for livestock. Nexan’s offering as an innovator aligns well with PGW’s strategic
objective of being the leader in bringing technical know-how and expertise to the market to benefit New Zealand farmers and growers.
The transaction completed on 31 July 2025.
The transaction resulted in the Group acquiring all of the shares and voting interests in Nexan for a purchase price of $19.91 million. A provisional
value of identifiable assets and liabilities acquired was reported as a subsequent event in the consolidated financial statements for the year ended
30 June 2025. At that time the Group had yet to perform a review of the fair value of assets and liabilities acquired. In accordance with NZ IFRS 3
Business Combinations, these amounts are able to be retrospectively updated for a period of up to 12 months from the date of acquisition, to reflect
new information obtained about facts and circumstances that existed as at the acquisition date.
The Group has now finalised its review of the fair value of the net assets and liabilities acquired. Subsequent to the Group's interim financial
statement disclosure Goodwill has increased by $0.12 million to $11.49 million. This is the result of confirmation of values attributed to intangibles
acquired.
Revenue and earnings information
11 MONTHS TO
JUNE 2026
$000
Revenue 8,095
Net profit after tax 1,039
Revenue recorded by the acquiree following acquisition relates to sales made to PGW Group entities which are eliminated for Group reporting
purposes.
Acquisition costs
Acquisition costs of $0.02 million were incurred in the period to 30 June 2026 (30 June 2025: $0.12 million). These costs have been included within
Non-operating gains/losses in the Consolidated Statement of Profit or Loss.
Consideration transferred
$000
Purchase price 19,914
Settlement of pre-existing relationships (1,963)
Total consideration paid to vendor
17,951
Refer to
Accounting
Policies
– page 91.
Additional Financial Disclosures
| Ngā Whakapuakanga Pūtea Tāpiri
ANNUAL REPORT 2026
|
8988
|
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
For the year ended 30 June 2026
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
For the year ended 30 June 2026
15 Acquisition of subsidiary (continued)
PROVISIONAL ADJUSTMENTS TO FAIR VALUE
31 JULY 2025 FAIR VALUE 31 JULY 2025
$000 $000 $000
Value of identifiable assets and liabilities acquired
Current assets
Cash and cash equivalents 254 – 254
Prepayments 13 2 15
Inventories 2,184 – 2,184
Non-current assets
Property, plant and equipment 540 (125) 415
Intangibles 165 7,278 7,443
Current liabilities
Trade and other payables (1,245) – (1,245)
Income tax payable (411) – (411)
GST payable (125) – (125)
Non-current liabilities
Deferred tax liability – (2,066) (2,066)
Net Assets Acquired 1,375 5,089 6,464
Goodwill acquired upon acquisition 16,576 (5,089) 11,487
Total net consideration 17,951 – 17,951
Plus Settlement of pre-existing relationships 1,963 – 1,963
Less cash and cash equivalents acquired (254) – (254)
Net cash outflow on acquisition 19,660 – 19,660
Intangibles
Intangibles relate to the fair value attributed to rights acquired for products that are produced by Nexan. Fair value has been determined using
a discounted cashflow approach. Rights are finite life intangible assets with an estimated useful life of seven years. The Group reviews estimated
useful lives at the end of each annual reporting period and adjusts where appropriate.
Goodwill
Goodwill arises on the acquisition of subsidiaries. Goodwill represents the excess of the cost of the acquisition over the Group’s interest in the net
fair value of the assets and liabilities of the acquiree. The Group sees synergies with the acquired company and the Group's existing operations,
including revenue growth opportunities and operational efficiencies. These synergies do not meet the criteria for separate recognition as
identifiable intangible assets. Goodwill has been attributed to the Nexan business CGU which is included within the Retail & Water Operating
Segment.
Following the Nexan acquisition, the Group has tested the carrying value of Goodwill at the reporting date. This was based on a value-in-use
calculation for the Nexan CGU using discounted future cash flow projections including the board approved 2027 budget. The calculations use past
experience and expectations for the future, and the recoverable amount of the cash generating units exceeds carrying value.
16 Right-of-Use Assets and Lease Liabilities
Group as a lessee
The Group leases many assets, including:
– leases of land and buildings from which it conducts operations. These leases range in length from one to twenty-one years with various rights
of renewal. Where surplus properties are unable to be exited, the Group subleases these properties where possible and derives sublease
revenue on a short-term temporary basis.
– leases of motor vehicles and forklifts for use by employees, agents and representatives. These leases range for a period of between three and
seven years.
The Group elects not to recognise right-of-use assets and lease liabilities for short-term or low-value property leases. The Group continues to
expense lease payments associated with these leases on a straight-line basis.
A. Right-of-use assets
PROPERTY VEHICLES TOTAL
$000 $000 $000
Balance as at 1 July 2024 75,693 15,877 91,570
Additions 160 5,307 5,467
Depreciation charge (15,951) (7,398) (23,349)
Reassessments, modifications and terminations 6,003 1,641 7,644
Balance as at 30 June 2025 65,905 15,427 81,332
Balance as at 1 July 2025 65,905 15,427 81,332
Additions 7,151 7,775 14,926
Depreciation charge (16,620) (7,839) (24,459)
Reassessments, modifications and terminations 21,728 830 22,558
Balance as at 30 June 2026 78,164 16,193 94,357
B. Lease liabilities
PROPERTY VEHICLES TOTAL
$000 $000 $000
Balance as at 1 July 2024 80,197 16,469 96,666
Additions 140 5,307 5,447
Reassessments, modifications and terminations 6,007 1,636 7,643
Interest on lease liabilities 3,294 1,116 4,410
Lease payments (18,668) (8,350) (27,018)
Balance as at 30 June 2025 70,970 16,178 87,148
Balance as at 1 July 2025 70,970 16,178 87,148
Additions 7,031 7,775 14,806
Reassessments, modifications and terminations 21,732 821 22,553
Interest on lease liabilities 3,508 1,016 4,524
Lease payments (19,731) (8,824) (28,555)
Balance as at 30 June 2026 83,510 16,966 100,476
Refer to
Accounting
Policies
– page 91.
Additional Financial Disclosures
| Ngā Whakapuakanga Pūtea Tāpiri
ANNUAL REPORT 2026
|
9190
|
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
For the year ended 30 June 2026
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
For the year ended 30 June 2026
16 Right-of-Use Assets and Lease Liabilities (continued)
B. Lease liabilities (continued)
A maturity analysis of lease liabilities is included in Note 20 Financial Instruments – Fair Values and Risk Management.
Where practicable, the Group seeks to include extension options in new leases to provide operational flexibility. Some of the Group's property
leases contain extension options exercisable by the Group up to one year before the end of the non-cancellable contract period. The extension
options are exercisable only by the Group and not by the lessors. The Group assesses at the lease commencement date whether it is reasonably
certain to exercise the extension options. A reassessment is made subsequently if there is any significant event or significant changes in
circumstances within the Group's control. The Group estimates that the potential future lease payments, should it exercise all the extension
options, would result in an increase in lease liabilities of $94.47 million (2025: $109.47 million).
C. Other disclosures
2026 2025
NOTE $000 $000
Amounts in the consolidated statement of profit or loss
Depreciation on right-of-use assets (24,459) (23,349)
Interest on lease liabilities 6 (4,524) (4,410)
Short-term or low-value lease expenses (678) (605)
Variable lease payments not included in the measurement of lease liabilities (122) (97)
Income from subleasing right-of-use assets 1,209 1,035
Amounts in the consolidated statement of cash flows
Total cash outflow for leases (28,554) (27,018)
16 Right-of-Use Assets and Lease Liabilities (continued)
Lease Accounting Policies
The Group assesses at the inception of a contract as to whether the contract is, or contains, a lease as defined in NZ IFRS 16 Leases.
(i) As a lessee
The Group recognises a right-of-use asset and a lease liability at the lease commencement date. The Group elects not to recognise right-
of-use assets and lease liabilities for short-term or low-value leases. The Group continues to expense lease payments associated with these
leases on a straight-line basis.
A number of judgements and estimates are made in calculating the right-of-use asset and lease liability amounts. The judgements and
estimates include the applicable lease terms (including any rights of renewal expected to be exercised) and the Group's incremental
borrowing rate.
Right-of-use assets
Right-of-use assets are initially measured at cost, which comprises the initial amount of lease liability adjusted for any prepaid lease
payments, plus any initial direct costs incurred and any estimated restoration costs, and less any lease incentives received. These assets are
depreciated using the straight-line method from the commencement date to the earlier of the end of the lease term or the asset's useful
life. Right-of-use assets are periodically reduced by impairment losses (if any) and adjusted for certain remeasurements of the lease liabilities.
Lease liabilities
Lease liabilities are initially measured at the present value of the lease payments that are not paid at the commencement date. Lease
payments included in the measurement of the lease liability comprise fixed payments, variable lease payments that are based on an index
or a rate, amounts expected to be payable under a residual value guarantee, and any exercise price the Group is reasonably certain to
exercise. The lease payments are discounted using the Group's incremental borrowing rate, being the rate that the Group would have to
pay to borrow the funds necessary to obtain an asset of similar value in a similar environment under similar terms and conditions.
After the commencement date, lease liabilities are increased to reflect interest on the lease liabilities and reduced to reflect the lease
payments made. Interest on lease liabilities is charged to the profit or loss and is the amount that produces a constant periodic rate of
interest on the remaining balance of the lease liabilities.
Lease liabilities are remeasured when there is a change in future lease payments arising from a change in an index or rate, a change in the
Group's estimate of any amount payable under a residual value guarantee, or if the Group changes its assessment of whether it will exercise
a purchase, extension or termination option. When the lease liabilities are remeasured, a corresponding adjustment is made to the carrying
amount of the right-of-use assets, or recorded in profit or loss if the carrying amount of the right-of-use asset has been reduced to zero.
(ii) As a lessor
When the Group is an intermediate lessor, it accounts for its interests in the head lease and the sublease separately. It assesses the lease
classification of a sublease with reference to the right-of-use asset arising from the head lease. The Group recognises lease payments
received under operating leases as income within the profit or loss on a straight-line basis over the lease term.
Refer to
Accounting
Policies
– page 93.
Additional Financial Disclosures
| Ngā Whakapuakanga Pūtea Tāpiri
ANNUAL REPORT 2026
|
9392
|
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
For the year ended 30 June 2026
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
For the year ended 30 June 2026
17 Property, Plant and Equipment
PLANT AND CAPITAL WORK
LAND BUILDINGS EQUIPMENT IN PROGRESS TOTAL
NOTE $000 $000 $000 $000 $000
Cost
Balance as at 1 July 2024 17,715 15,121 68,186 3,514 104,536
Additions – 759 1,626 4,555 6,940
Transfers – 782 3,345 (4,127) –
Disposals – – (1,086) (3) (1,089)
Balance as at 30 June 2025 17,715 16,662 72,071 3,939 110,387
Balance as at 1 July 2025 17,715 16,662 72,071 3,939 110,387
Additions – 1,657 3,239 1,152 6,048
Added as part of a business combination 15 – – 415 – 415
Transfers – 350 2,624 (2,974) –
Disposals (104) (1,405) (1,171) (196) (2,876)
Balance as at 30 June 2026 17,611 17,264 77,178 1,921 113,974
Depreciation
Balance as at 1 July 2024 – 5,269 47,669 – 52,938
Depreciation for the year – 851 5,050 – 5,901
Depreciation recovered to cost of goods sold – – 75 – 75
Transfers – 245 (245) – –
Disposals – – (889) – (889)
Balance as at 30 June 2025 – 6,365 51,660 – 58,025
Balance as at 1 July 2025 – 6,365 51,660 – 58,025
Depreciation for the year – 617 4,487 – 5,104
Depreciation recovered to cost of goods sold – – 52 – 52
Transfers – – – – –
Disposals – (150) (906) – (1,056)
Balance as at 30 June 2026 – 6,832 55,293 – 62,125
Carrying amounts
30 June 2025 17,715 10,297 20,411 3,939 52,362
30 June 2026 17,611 10,432 21,885 1,921 51,849
17 Property, Plant and Equipment (continued)
Property, Plant and Equipment Accounting Policies
Recognition and measurement
Capital work in progress is stated at cost, net of accumulated impairment losses. Items of property, plant and equipment are stated at cost
less accumulated depreciation and impairment. Cost includes expenditure that is directly attributable to the acquisition of the asset. The
cost of self-constructed assets includes the cost of materials and direct labour, any other costs directly attributable to bringing the asset
to a working condition for its intended use, and the cost of dismantling and removing the items and restoring the site on which they are
located. Purchased software that is integral to the functionality of the related equipment is capitalised as part of that equipment. When
parts of an item of property, plant and equipment have different useful lives, they are accounted for as separate items (major components)
of property, plant and equipment.
Any gain or loss on disposal of an item of property, plant and equipment is recognised in the profit or loss during the reporting period that
the item is disposed.
Subsequent expenditure
Subsequent expenditure is capitalised only if it is probable that the future economic benefits associated with the expenditure will flow to
the Group and the cost can be measured reliably. The costs of day-to-day servicing of property, plant and equipment is recognised in profit
or loss as incurred.
Depreciation
Depreciation is recognised in profit or loss on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of each item of property, buildings, plant
and equipment. Leasehold assets are depreciated over the shorter of the lease term and their useful lives. Land is not depreciated. The
estimated useful lives for the current and comparative periods are between 2 and 40 years for plant and equipment and between 5 and 50
years for buildings. Depreciation methods, useful lives and residual values are reassessed at each reporting date and adjusted if appropriate.
Assets held for sale
Non-current assets are classified as held for sale if their carrying amount will be recovered through a sale transaction rather than through
continuing use. The sale must be highly probable and the asset available for immediate sale in its present condition. Non-current assets held
for sale are measured at the lower of the asset’s carrying amount and its fair value less costs to sell.
Impairment
The carrying amounts of the Group's property, plant and equipment assets are reviewed at each reporting date to determine whether there
is any indication of impairment. If any such indication exists, then the recoverable amount of the asset is estimated. An impairment loss
is recognised in the profit or loss if the carrying amount of an asset exceeds the recoverable amount. Refer to the accounting policy under
Note 5 Impairment and Fair Value Gains/(Losses) for further explanation.
Refer to
Accounting
Policies
– page 97.
Additional Financial Disclosures
| Ngā Whakapuakanga Pūtea Tāpiri
ANNUAL REPORT 2026
|
9594
|
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
For the year ended 30 June 2026
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
For the year ended 30 June 2026
18 Trade and Other Payables
2026 2025
NOTE $000 $000
Trade creditors 160,899 125,549
Goods received but not invoiced 10,177 6,898
Contract liabilities 1,814 1,662
Employee entitlements 29,343 24,723
Accruals and other liabilities 11,675 14,860
Other provisions (including product warranty, client claim and make good provisions) 18A, 18B 2,888 2,618
Loyalty reward programme 22A 1,848 1,625
218,644 177,935
Payable within 12 months 215,989 175,205
Payable beyond 12 months 2,655 2,730
218,644 177,935
A. Make good provision on leased properties
During the year ended 30 June 2026, the Group recognised additional provisions of $0.12 million (2025: $0.02 million) in respect of new property
leases entered into during the year. These additional provisions have been capitalised to the right-of-use assets and are amortised over the life of
the right-of-use assets. The Group also released $0.18 million (2025: $0.08 million) of provision in respect to leased properties which it exited. At the
reporting date, the balance of the make good provision is $2.56 million (2025: $2.62 million). The Group expects to settle this liability over the next
10-21 years as the leases expire.
B. Client claims provision
The Group receives client claims from time to time as part of the ordinary course of business and these claims are reviewed on a case by case basis
to determine validity. As at balance date, the Group was in the process of reviewing certain claims for the supply of goods which are typically the
responsibility of suppliers under terms of trade. The Group recognises a provision for its best estimate of any obligation.
19 Defined Benefit Asset/(Liability)
The Group makes contributions to the PGG Wrightson Employee Benefits Plan (the "Plan"). The Plan is governed under one trust deed and the
assets of the Plan are unallocated to any of the Plan members. The Plan provides a range of superannuation and insurance benefits for employees
and former employees. The Plan is registered under the Financial Markets Conduct Act 2013. The Plan is not open to new members. Certain
retired employees of the Plan are entitled to receive an annual pension payment payable for their remaining life, and in some cases, for the
remaining life of a surviving partner.
The Group accounts for its interest in the Plan as a defined benefit plan with defined benefit obligations in accordance with NZ IAS 19 Employee
Benefits because the Group has a legal obligation to pay further contributions, if the Plan does not hold sufficient assets to pay all employee
benefits relating to employee service in the current and prior periods. The Group has an obligation to ensure the Plan has sufficient assets to pay
the benefits of all members of the Plan.
The actuarial calculations for the Plan are undertaken by Michael Chamberlain, a fellow of the New Zealand Society of Actuaries, for MCA NZ
Limited.
2026 2025 2024 2023 2022
$000 $000 $000 $000 $000
Present value of funded obligations
– Defined Benefit component (18,344) (20,147) (21,648) (22,723) (26,272)
– Other Contribution component (24,462) (24,904) (24,995) (23,886) (22,893)
Total Present value of funded obligations (42,806) (45,051) (46,643) (46,609) (49,165)
Fair value of plan assets
– Defined Benefit component 18,845 20,347 20,931 21,647 24,146
– Other Contribution component 24,462 24,904 24,995 23,886 22,893
Total Fair value of plan assets 43,307 45,251 45,926 45,533 47,039
Total defined benefit asset/(liability) 501 200 (717) (1,076) (2,126)
Refer to
Accounting
Policies
– page 97.
Additional Financial Disclosures
| Ngā Whakapuakanga Pūtea Tāpiri
ANNUAL REPORT 2026
|
9796
|
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
For the year ended 30 June 2026
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
For the year ended 30 June 2026
19 Defined Benefit Asset/(Liability) (continued)
A. Movement in net defined benefit asset/(liability)
NET DEFINED BENEFIT
DEFINED BENEFIT OBLIGATION FAIR VALUE OF PLAN ASSETS ASSET/(LIABILITY)
2026 2025 2026 2025 2026 2025
$000 $000 $000 $000 $000 $000
Balance as at 1 July (45,051) (46,643) 45,251 45,926 200 (717)
Included in profit or loss:
Current service costs (364) (411) – – (364) (411)
Interest costs (1,982) (2,079) 2,001 2,052 19 (27)
Included in other comprehensive income:
Gains/(losses) from change in demographic assumptions – – – – – –
Gains/(losses) from change in financial assumptions (208) (168) – – (208) (168)
Experience gains/(losses) 712 (963) – – 712 (963)
Expected return on plan assets – – (614) 1,818 (614) 1,818
Other:
Employer contributions – – 756 668 756 668
Member contributions (665) (470) 665 470 – –
Benefits paid by the Plan 4,752 5,683 (4,752) (5,683) – –
Balance as at 30 June (42,806) (45,051) 43,307 45,251 501 200
The Group expects to pay $0.34 million in contributions to the Plan during the 2027 reporting period (2026: expected $0.36 million and paid $0.76
million). Member contributions are expected to be $0.48 million in 2027 (2026: expected $0.51 million and paid $0.67 million).
As at 30 June 2026, the weighted average duration of the defined benefit obligation (DBO) is 10.58 years for the Plan (2025: 10.49 years).
B. Plan assets
2026 2025
% %
Consist of:
Equities 50 51
Fixed interest 34 24
Cash 16 25
100 100
Plan assets do not include any exposure to the Company's ordinary shares (2025: Nil).
C. Actuarial assumptions at the reporting date
2026 2025
% %
Discount rate used – Implied 10.58 year New Zealand Government Bond rate
(2025: Implied 10.49 year New Zealand Government Bond rate) 4.44 4.59
Inflation 2.00 2.00
Future salary increases 2.50 2.50
Future pension increases 1.65 1.65
19 Defined Benefit Asset/(Liability) (continued)
C. Actuarial assumptions at the reporting date (continued)
Assumptions regarding future mortality rates based on published statistics and experience:
2026 2026 2025 2025
MALE FEMALE MALE FEMALE
YEARS YEARS YEARS YEARS
Longevity at age 65 for current pensioners 21 24 21 24
Longevity at age 65 for current members aged 45 23 25 23 25
D. Sensitivity analysis
The sensitivity of the DBO to changes in the weighted principal assumptions is:
2026 2026 2025 2025
DBO (INCREASE) DBO (INCREASE) DBO (INCREASE) DBO (INCREASE)
/ DECREASE WITH / DECREASE WITH / DECREASE WITH / DECREASE WITH
INCREASE IN DECREASE IN INCREASE IN DECREASE IN
ASSUMPTION ASSUMPTION ASSUMPTION ASSUMPTION
$000 $000 $000 $000
Discount rate (0.50% movement) 685 (728) 721 (811)
Salary growth rate (0.50% movement) (22) 21 (45) 45
Pension growth rate (0.25% movement) (300) 342 (360) 360
Life expectancy (1 year movement) (1,327) 1,370 (1,397) 1,442
Employee Benefits Accounting Policies
Defined benefit plans
The Group's net obligation with respect to its defined benefit plan is calculated by estimating the amount of future benefit that employees
have earned in return for their service in the current and prior periods, discounting that amount and deducting the fair value of any plan
assets. The discount rate is the yield at the reporting date on bonds that have maturity dates approximating the terms of the Group's
obligations. The calculation is performed by a qualified actuary using the projected unit credit method. When the calculation results
in a potential asset for the Group, the recognised asset is limited to the lower of the net assets of the Plan or the current value of the
contributions holiday that is expected to be generated.
Remeasurement of the net defined benefit asset or liability, which comprise actuarial gains and losses and the return on plan assets, are
recognised directly in other comprehensive income and the defined benefit plan reserve in equity. Net interest expense and other expenses
related to defined benefit plans are recognised in profit or loss.
Short-term employee benefits
Short-term employee benefits are expensed as the related service is provided. A liability is recognised for the undiscounted amount of
short-term employee benefits expected to be paid if the Group has a present legal or constructive obligation to pay this amount as a result
of past service provided by the employee and the obligation can be estimated reliably.
Long-term employee benefits
Provisions made with respect to employee benefits which are not expected to be settled within 12 months are measured as the present
value of the estimated future cash outflows to be made by the Group with respect to services provided by employees up to the reporting
date. Remeasurements are recognised in profit or loss in the period in which they arise.
Refer to
Accounting
Policies
– page 103.
Refer to
Accounting
Policies
– page 103.
Additional Financial Disclosures
| Ngā Whakapuakanga Pūtea Tāpiri
ANNUAL REPORT 2026
|
9998
|
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
For the year ended 30 June 2026
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
For the year ended 30 June 2026
20 Financial Instruments – Fair Values and Risk Management
A. Accounting classifications and fair values
The tables below set out the Group's classification of each class of financial assets and liabilities, and their fair values.
FAIR VALUE
THROUGH AT AMORTISED TOTAL CARRYING
PROFIT OR LOSS COST AMOUNT FAIR VALUE
$000 $000 $000 $000
2026
Financial assets
Cash and cash equivalents – 3,995 3,995 3,995
Derivative assets 785 – 785 785
Trade and other receivables and contract assets – 182,746 182,746 182,746
GO-STOCK receivables – 91,291 91,291 91,291
Other investments – 242 242 242
785 278,274 279,059
Financial liabilities
Debt – (92,000) (92,000) (92,000)
Derivative liabilities (691) – (691) (691)
Trade creditors – (160,899) (160,899) (160,899)
Goods received but not invoiced – (10,177) (10,177) (10,177)
Lease liabilities – (100,476) (100,476)
(691) (363,552) (364,243)
2025
Financial assets
Cash and cash equivalents – 2,613 2,613 2,613
Derivative assets 240 – 240 240
Trade and other receivables and contract assets – 152,490 152,490 152,490
GO-STOCK receivables – 84,262 84,262 84,262
Other investments – 242 242 242
240 239,607 239,847
Financial liabilities
Debt – (88,182) (88,182) (88,182)
Derivative liabilities (1,576) – (1,576) (1,576)
Trade creditors – (125,549) (125,549) (125,549)
Goods received but not invoiced – (6,898) (6,898) (6,898)
Lease liabilities – (87,148) (87,148)
(1,576) (307,777) (309,353)
Management assessed that the fair values of cash and cash equivalents, trade receivables, trade creditors and other current liabilities approximate
their carrying amounts largely due to the short-term maturities of these instruments.
20 Financial Instruments – Fair Values and Risk Management (continued)
A. Accounting classifications and fair values (continued)
Fair value hierarchy
The table below analyses financial instruments carried at fair value by valuation method. The different levels have been defined as follows:
– Level 1: quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities
– Level 2: inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly (i.e. as prices) or
indirectly (i.e. derived from prices)
– Level 3: inputs for the asset or liability that are not based on observable market data (unobservable inputs)
LEVEL 1 LEVEL 2 LEVEL 3 TOTAL
$000 $000 $000 $000
2026
Derivative assets – 785 – 785
Derivative liabilities – (691) – (691)
2025
Derivative assets – 240 – 240
Derivative liabilities – (1,576) – (1,576)
B. Financial management risk
The Group's primary risks are those of liquidity and funding, credit and market (foreign currency, price and interest rate) risks.
The Group is committed to the management of risk to achieve sustainability of service, employment and profits, and therefore, takes on controlled
amounts of risk when considered appropriate. The Board of Directors is responsible for the review and ratification of the Group's systems of risk
management, internal compliance and control, code of conduct and legal compliance. The Board maintains a formal set of delegated authorities
(including policies for credit and treasury) that clearly define the responsibilities delegated to Management and those retained by the Board. The
Board approves these delegated authorities and reviews them annually.
The following Management committees review and manage key risks:
– The Senior Management Team meets regularly to consider new and emerging risks, review actions required to manage and mitigate key risks,
and to monitor progress.
– The Credit Committee, comprising of Management appointees, meets regularly to review credit risk, account limits and provisioning.
Management formally reports on all aspects of key risks to the Audit Committee at least two times each year.
(i) Liquidity and funding risks
Liquidity risk is the risk that the Group will encounter difficulties in raising funds at short notice to meet commitments associated with financial
instruments. Funding risk is the risk of over-reliance on a funding source to the extent that a change in that funding source could increase overall
funding costs or cause difficulty in raising funds.
The Group manages liquidity risk by forecasting daily cash requirements and future funding requirements, and maintaining an adequate liquidity
headroom. The Group monitors its liquidity daily, weekly and monthly and maintains appropriate liquid assets and committed bank funding
facilities to meet all obligations in a timely and cost efficient manner. The Group has a policy of funding diversification and utilises a banking
syndicate to limit concentration risk in relation to liquidity and funding. The funding policy augments the Group's liquidity policy with its aim to
ensure the Group has a stable diversified funding base without over-reliance on any one market sector.
The objectives of the Group's funding and liquidity policy is to:
– Ensure all financial obligations are met when due;
– Provide adequate protection, even under crisis scenarios; and
– Achieve competitive funding within the limitations of liquidity requirements.
Refer to
Accounting
Policies
– page 103.
Refer to
Accounting
Policies
– page 103.
Additional Financial Disclosures
| Ngā Whakapuakanga Pūtea Tāpiri
ANNUAL REPORT 2026
|
101100
|
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
For the year ended 30 June 2026
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
For the year ended 30 June 2026
20 Financial Instruments – Fair Values and Risk Management (continued)
B. Financial management risk (continued)
(i) Liquidity and funding risks (continued)
Contractual maturity analysis
The following schedule analyses the Group's financial liabilities into relevant maturity groupings based on the remaining period at the balance
date to the contractual maturity date (reported on an undiscounted basis). History demonstrates that such accounts provide a stable source of
long term funding for the Group.
CONTRACTUAL CASH FLOW
AMOUNT IN
STATEMENT OF
WITHIN BEYOND FINANCIAL
12 MONTHS 1 TO 5 YEARS 5 YEARS TOTAL POSITION
$000 $000 $000 $000 $000
2026
Debt 6,743 107,172 – 113,915 92,000
Derivative liabilities 663 28 – 691 691
Trade creditors 160,899 – – 160,899 160,899
Goods received but not invoiced 10,177 – – 10,177 10,177
Lease liabilities 27,597 63,878 32,514 123,989 100,476
206,079 171,078 32,514 409,671 364,243
2025
Debt 7,029 95,079 – 102,108 88,182
Derivative liabilities 1,425 151 – 1,576 1,576
Trade creditors 125,549 – – 125,549 125,549
Goods received but not invoiced 6,898 – – 6,898 6,898
Lease liabilities 24,869 62,971 8,954 96,794 87,148
165,770 158,201 8,954 332,925 309,353
Changes in liabilities arising from financing activities
LEASE
CHANGES IN ADDITIONS AND
1 JUL 2025 CASHFLOW FAIR VALUE MODIFICATIONS 30 JUN 2026
$000 $000 $000 $000 $000
Debt 88,182 3,818 – – 92,000
Lease liabilities 87,148 (24,030) – 37,358 100,476
Total liabilities from financing activities 175,330 (20,212) – 37,358 192,476
LEASE
CHANGES IN ADDITIONS AND
1 JUL 2024 CASHFLOW FAIR VALUE MODIFICATIONS 30 JUN 2025
$000 $000 $000 $000 $000
Debt 63,000 25,182 – – 88,182
Lease liabilities 96,666 (22,608) – 13,090 87,148
Total liabilities from financing activities 159,666 2,574 – 13,090 175,330
20 Financial Instruments – Fair Values and Risk Management (continued)
B. Financial management risk (continued)
(ii) Credit risk
Credit risk is the potential for loss that could occur as a result of a counterparty failing to discharge its obligations. This may be due to extreme
weather events or volatility in commodity prices.
Concentrations of credit risk
Financial instruments which potentially subject the Group to concentrations of credit risk principally consist of bank balances, trade receivables,
GO-STOCK receivables, other receivables, other investments and forward foreign exchange contracts. The Group places its cash with three major
trading banks. Concentrations of credit risk with respect to trade and GO-STOCK receivables are limited due to the large number of customers
included in the Group's farming customer base in New Zealand.
(iii) Market risk
Market risk is the potential for change in the value recorded in the Statement of Financial Position caused by a change in the value, volatility or
relationship between market risks and prices. Market risk arises from the mismatch between assets and liabilities, both on and off balance sheet.
Market risk includes price, foreign currency and interest rate risk which are explained as follows:
Concentrations of market risk
The Group has exposure to commodity pricing risk on wool and velvet inventories and forward wool and velvet sales and purchase contracts. This
is mitigated by the Group having policies around unmatched positions. Other inventory is of merchandise nature and the Group has a range of
suppliers or has entered into long-term supply agreements.
Foreign currency risk
The Group undertakes transactions denominated in foreign currencies and exposure to movements in foreign currency arises from these activities.
The Group manages this risk by using forward foreign exchange contracts to hedge foreign currency risks as they arise.
Foreign currency exposure risk
The Group's exposure to foreign currency risk is summarised below. The notional forward exchange cover includes forward foreign exchange
contracts entered into to economically hedge forward sale and purchase commitments.
GBP USD AUD CHF EURO
NZ$000 NZ$000 NZ$000 NZ$000 NZ$000
2026
Cash and cash equivalents – 1 1 – 2
Trade receivables 231 2,262 1 – 5,107
Trade creditors (1,762) (17,264) (322) – (2,718)
Net amount recorded within the Statement of Financial Position
(1,530) (15,000) (320) – 2,392
Forward exchange contracts on the above items
and forward sale and purchase commitments
Notional forward exchange cover 884 11,154 (563) (654) (17,943)
Net unhedged position
(2,414) (26,154) 243 654 20,334
2025
Cash and cash equivalents – – – – 346
Trade receivables 456 1,429 445 – 5,900
Trade creditors (2,035) (11,815) (790) – (3,956)
Net amount recorded within the Statement of Financial Position
(1,579) (10,386) (345) – 2,290
Forward exchange contracts on the above items
and forward sale and purchase commitments
Notional forward exchange cover 426 5,988 355 – (19,101)
Net unhedged position
(2,004) (16,374) (700) – 21,391
Refer to
Accounting
Policies
– page 103.
Additional Financial Disclosures
| Ngā Whakapuakanga Pūtea Tāpiri
ANNUAL REPORT 2026
|
103102
|
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
For the year ended 30 June 2026
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
For the year ended 30 June 2026
20 Financial Instruments – Fair Values and Risk Management (continued)
B. Financial management risk (continued)
(iii) Market risk (continued)
Interest rate risk
Floating rate borrowings are used for general funding activities. Interest rate risk is the risk that the value of financial instruments and the interest
margin will fluctuate as a result of changes in market interest rates. The risk is that financial assets may be repriced at a different time and/or by a
different amount than financial liabilities.
This risk is managed by operating within approved policy limits using an interest rate duration approach. Interest rate swaps, interest rate options
and forward rate agreements may be used to hedge the floating rate exposure as deemed appropriate. The Group had no interest rate derivatives
at 30 June 2026 (2025: Nil).
Interest rate repricing schedule
The following tables include the Group's liabilities at their carrying amounts, categorised by the earlier of contractual repricing or maturity dates:
WITHIN 1 TO 2 OVER NON-INTEREST
12 MONTHS YEARS 2 YEARS BEARING TOTAL
$000 $000 $000 $000 $000
2026
Debt – – 92,000 – 92,000
Derivative liabilities – – – 691 691
Trade creditors – – – 160,899 160,899
Goods received but not invoiced – – – 10,177 10,177
– – 92,000 171,767 263,767
2025
Debt – 88,182 – – 88,182
Derivative liabilities – – – 1,576 1,576
Trade creditors – – – 125,549 125,549
Goods received but not invoiced – – – 6,898 6,898
– 88,182 – 134,023 222,205
Sensitivity analysis
The Group's Treasury Policy effectively insulates earnings from the effect of short-term fluctuations in either foreign exchange or interest rates. Over
the longer term however, permanent changes in foreign exchange rates and interest rates will have an impact on the profit or loss. A 2% change in
interest rate has been modelled as it is considered a reasonably possible change (2025: 2%). The sensitivity of net profit after tax for the year ended
30 June 2026 and 30 June 2025, and shareholders equity as at those dates, to reasonably possible changes in conditions is shown below.
INTEREST RATES INTEREST RATES INTEREST RATES INTEREST RATES
INCREASE BY 2% INCREASE BY 2% DECREASE BY 2% DECREASE BY 2%
2026 2025 2026 2025
$000 $000 $000 $000
Increase/(decrease) in net profit after tax and shareholders' equity (1,887) (1,475) 1,927 1,458
Other market risks such as pricing and foreign exchange are not considered likely to lead to material change over the next reporting period. The
Group's financial assets and liabilities are predominantly held in New Zealand Dollars (NZD). For this reason, a sensitivity analysis of these market
risks is not included.
C. Capital management
The capital of the Group consists of share capital, reserves, and retained earnings. The policy of the Group is to maintain a strong capital base so
as to maintain investor, creditor and market confidence while providing the ability to develop future business initiatives. This policy has not been
changed during the period.
20 Financial Instruments - Fair Values and Risk Management (continued)
Non-Derivative Financial Instruments Accounting Policies
(i) Non-derivative financial assets
Non-derivative financial assets comprise cash and cash equivalents, trade and other receivables, GO-STOCK receivables and investments in
equity and debt securities.
The Group initially recognises financial assets on the date at which the Group becomes a party to the contractual provisions of the
instrument, although trade receivables are initially recognised when they are originated.
Financial assets are initially measured at fair value. If the financial asset is not subsequently measured at fair value through profit or loss, the
initial investment includes transaction costs that are directly attributable to the asset's acquisition or origination. The Group subsequently
measures financial assets at either fair value or amortised cost.
Financial assets measured at amortised cost
A financial asset is subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method and net of any impairment loss, if:
– the asset is held within a business model with an objective to hold assets in order to collect contractual cash flows; and
– the contractual terms of the financial asset give rise, on specified dates, to cash flows that are solely payments of principal and interest.
Financial assets measured at fair value
Financial assets other than those classified as financial assets measured at amortised cost are subsequently measured at fair value with all
changes recognised in the profit or loss. However, for investments in equity instruments that are not held for trading, the Group may elect at
initial recognition to present gains and losses through other comprehensive income. For instruments measured at fair value through other
comprehensive income gains and losses are never reclassified to profit or loss and no impairments are recognised in profit or loss.
Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents include cash on hand and deposits held on call with banks. Bank overdrafts that are repayable on demand and
form an integral part of the Group's cash management are included as a component of cash and cash equivalents.
Trade and other receivables and GO-STOCK receivables
Trade and other receivables and GO-STOCK receivables are stated at their amortised cost less impairment losses.
(ii) Non-derivative financial liabilities
Interest-bearing borrowings
Interest-bearing borrowings are classified as other financial liabilities and are initially recognised at fair value plus any directly attributable
transaction costs. Subsequent to initial recognition, these liabilities are measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method.
Trade and other payables
Trade and other payables are recognised at cost and are subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method after
initial recognition.
(iii) Determination of fair values for non-derivative financial instruments
Fair value, which is determined for disclosure purposes, is calculated based on the present value of future principal and interest cash flows,
discounted at the market rate of interest at the reporting date.
Additional Financial Disclosures
| Ngā Whakapuakanga Pūtea Tāpiri
ANNUAL REPORT 2026
|
105104
|
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
For the year ended 30 June 2026
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
For the year ended 30 June 2026
21 Commitments
A. Capital expenditure not provided for
The Group has capital commitments of $0.53 million as at 30 June 2026 (2025: $0.48 million).
B. Forward purchase commitments
The Group as part of its ordinary course of business enters into forward purchase agreements with wool and velvet growers. These commitments
extend for periods of up to 2 years and are at varying stages of execution. There remains uncertainty associated with yield, quality and market
price. Therefore, the Group is unable to sufficiently quantify the value of these commitments.
C. Forward sales commitments
The Group as part of its ordinary course of business enters into forward sales agreements with wool and velvet customers. These commitments
extend for periods of up to 2 years and are at varying stages of execution. There remains uncertainty associated with yield, quality and market
price. Therefore, the Group is unable to sufficiently quantify the value of these commitments.
22 Contingent Liabilities
A. PGG Wrightson Loyalty Reward Programme
The Group recognises a provision for the expected level of points redemption from the PGG Wrightson Max Rewards loyalty reward programme. At
the reporting date, the balance of live points which does not form part of the recognised provision total $0.12 million (2025: $0.10 million). Losses
are not expected to arise from this contingent liability. Revenue in respect of the loyalty reward programme is deferred until such time as the
reward is claimed by the customer.
B. Claims
The Group receives client claims as part of the ordinary course of business in the supply of goods and services. The Group will pursue recovery
of claims with suppliers where appropriate under terms of trade. Accordingly, the amount of any potential obligation in respect of these claims
cannot be estimated with sufficient reliability.
23 Seasonality of Operations
The Group is subject to significant seasonal fluctuations. The Group's earnings are weighted towards the first half of the financial year and are
primarily related to the Retail business, as demand for New Zealand farming inputs are generally weighted towards the spring season. The second
half earnings predominantly relate to Livestock trading as farmers seek to maximise their income following New Zealand's spring calving and
lambing season. Other business units have similar but less material seasonal fluctuations. The Group recognises that this seasonality is the nature
of the industry and plans and manages its business accordingly.
24 Subsequent Events
Dividend
On 10 August 2026, the Directors of PGG Wrightson Limited resolved to pay a final dividend of 5.5 cents per share on 6 October 2026 to
shareholders on the Company's share register as at 5.00pm on 11 September 2026. This dividend will be fully imputed.
25 Related Parties
A. Key management personnel compensation
2026 2025
$000 $000
Short-term employee benefits 4,980 4,779
Post-employment benefits 203 114
5,183 4,893
B. Other transactions with key management personnel
Certain key management personnel (including one director) or their related parties have transacted with the Group during the reporting period.
The aggregate value of these transactions and outstanding balances (on a GST inclusive basis) were as follows:
TRANSACTION BALANCE TRANSACTION BALANCE
VALUE OUTSTANDING VALUE OUTSTANDING
KEY MANAGEMENT 2026 2026 2025 2025
PERSONNEL TRANSACTION $000 $000 $000 $000
Nick Berry Purchase of retail goods 2 – 2 –
Julian Daly Purchase of retail goods – – 1 –
Stephen Guerin Purchase of retail goods, power on-charge
transactions and livestock transactions 63 – 13 –
Peter Newbold Purchase of retail goods and fuel
on-charge transactions 3 – 31 –
Peter Scott Fuel on-charge transactions 2 – 4 –
John Nichol Purchase of retail goods
(appointed 14 October 2025)
130 2 – –
26 Reporting Entity
PGG Wrightson Limited (the "Company") is a company domiciled in New Zealand and registered under the Companies Act 1993 in New Zealand.
The Company's registered office is at 1 Robin Mann Place, Christchurch. The Company is listed on the New Zealand Stock Exchange and is an FMC
Reporting Entity for the purposes of the Financial Markets Conduct Act 2013.
The consolidated financial statements of PGG Wrightson for the year ended 30 June 2026 comprise the Company and its subsidiaries (together
referred to as the "Group"). The Group is primarily involved in the provision of goods and services within the agricultural and horticultural sectors.
OWNERSHIP INTEREST
COUNTRY OF 2026 2025
SIGNIFICANT SUBSIDIARIES INCORPORATION DIRECT PARENT % %
Bidr Limited New Zealand PGG Wrightson Limited 100 100
Bloch & Behrens Wool (NZ) Limited New Zealand PGG Wrightson Limited 100 100
NZ Agritrade Limited New Zealand PGG Wrightson Limited 100 100
PGG Wrightson Employee Benefits Plan Trustee Limited New Zealand PGG Wrightson Limited 100 100
PGG Wrightson Investments Limited New Zealand PGG Wrightson Limited 100 100
PGG Wrightson Real Estate Limited New Zealand PGG Wrightson Limited 100 100
Nexan Corporation Limited New Zealand PGG Wrightson Limited 100 –
Nexan Limited New Zealand PGG Wrightson Limited 100 –
Additional Financial Disclosures
| Ngā Whakapuakanga Pūtea Tāpiri
ANNUAL REPORT 2026
|
107106
|
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
For the year ended 30 June 2026
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
For the year ended 30 June 2026
27 Basis of Preparation
A. Statement of compliance
These consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with New Zealand Generally Accepted Accounting Practice ("NZ
GAAP"). They comply with International Financial Reporting Standards ("IFRS") issued by the International Accounting Standards Board, the New
Zealand equivalents to International Financial Reporting Standards ("NZ IFRS") and other applicable Financial Reporting Standards, as appropriate
for a Tier 1 for-profit entity. These consolidated financial statements have also been prepared in accordance with the requirements of the Financial
Markets Conduct Act 2013 and the Financial Reporting Act 2013.
B. Basis of measurement
The consolidated financial statements have been prepared on the historical cost basis except for the following:
– Derivative financial instruments are measured at fair value.
C. Functional and presentation currency
These consolidated financial statements are presented in New Zealand dollars ($), which is the functional currency of each of the Group entities. All
amounts have been rounded to the nearest thousand, unless otherwise indicated.
D. Use of estimates and judgements
In preparing these consolidated financial statements, Management has made judgements, estimates and assumptions that affect the application
of the Group's accounting policies and the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, income and expenses. Actual results may differ from these
estimates and assumptions.
Estimates and assumptions are reviewed on an ongoing basis. Revisions to accounting estimates are recognised prospectively.
Information about critical judgements made in applying accounting policies, assumptions and estimation uncertainties that have the most
significant effect on the amounts recognised in the financial statements is included in the following notes:
Note
11 Carrying value of trade and other receivables
12 Carrying value of GO-STOCK receivables
13 Carrying value of inventories
15 Acquisition of subsidiary
19 Measurement of defined benefit asset/(liability) – key actuarial assumptions
E. Comparative information
Certain comparative amounts have been reclassified to conform with the current reporting period’s presentation.
28 Other Material Accounting Policies
The accounting policies set out in these consolidated financial statements have been applied consistently to all reporting periods presented in
these consolidated financial statements, and have been applied consistently by Group entities.
A. Basis of consolidation
Subsidiaries
Subsidiaries are entities controlled by the Group. The Group controls an entity when it is exposed to, or has rights to, variable returns from its
involvement with the entity and has the ability to affect those returns through its power over the entity. The financial statements of subsidiaries are
included in the consolidated financial statements from the date on which control commences until the date on which control ceases.
Transactions eliminated on consolidation
Intra-group balances, and any unrealised income or expenses arising from intra-group transactions, are eliminated in preparing the consolidated
financial statements. Unrealised gains arising from transactions with equity accounted investees are eliminated against the investment to the
extent of the Group's interest in the investee. Unrealised losses are eliminated in the same way as unrealised gains, but only to the extent that there
is no evidence of impairment.
B. Foreign currency
Transactions in foreign currencies are translated to the respective functional currencies of the group entities at the exchange rates at the dates of
the transactions.
Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are translated to the functional currency at the exchange rate at the reporting
date. Non-monetary assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value in a foreign currency are translated to the functional currency at the
exchange rate at the date that fair value was determined. Non-monetary items that are measured based on historical cost in a foreign currency
are translated to the functional currency at the exchange rate at the date of the transaction. Foreign currency differences arising are recognised in
profit or loss.
C. Disclosure of non-GAAP financial information
Non-GAAP reporting measures have been presented in the consolidated statement of profit or loss or referenced to in the notes to the
consolidated financial statements. The following non-GAAP measures are relevant to the understanding of the Group's financial performance:
– Operating EBITDA represents earnings before net interest expense, foreign exchange items, income tax, depreciation, amortisation, the results
from discontinued operations, impairments and fair value adjustments and non-operating items.
– EBIT represents earnings before net interest expense, foreign exchange items, income tax expense and the results from discontinued
operations.
The Directors and Management believe the Operating EBITDA and EBIT measures provide useful information as they provide valuable insight
on the underlying performance of the business. They are used internally to evaluate the underlying performance of the business and to analyse
trends.
These measures are not uniformly defined or utilised by all companies. Accordingly, these measures may not be comparable with similarly titled
measures used by other companies. Non-GAAP financial measures should not be viewed in isolation nor considered as a substitute for measures
reported in accordance with NZ IFRS.
D. Standards issued but not yet effective
The new and amended standards and interpretations that are issued, but have not yet commenced to apply, up to the date of issuance of the
Group’s financial statements are disclosed below. The Group intends to adopt these standards, if applicable, when they become effective.
NZ IFRS 9 and NZ IFRS 7 – Amendments to the Classification and Measurement of Financial Instruments
Amendments have been issued which clarify requirements relating to the classification and measurement of financial instruments and introduce
additional disclosure requirements. These amendments are effective for reporting periods beginning on or after 1 January 2026, with earlier
application permitted. The Group does not expect these amendments will have a material impact on the Group's financial statements and/or
notes to the financial statements.
Additional Financial Disclosures
| Ngā Whakapuakanga Pūtea Tāpiri
108
|
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT 2026
|
109
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
For the year ended 30 June 2026
28 Other Material Accounting Policies (continued)
D. Standards issued but not yet effective (continued)
IFRS 18 Presentation and Disclosure in Financial Statements
In May 2024, the XRB issued NZ IFRS 18 – Presentation and Disclosure in Financial Statements to improve reporting of financial performance. NZ
IFRS 18 replaces NZ IAS 1 – Presentation of Financial Statements. It carries forward many requirements from NZ IAS 1 unchanged and introduces
increased disclosure of management defined performance measures as well as new principles for aggregation and disaggregation of information
included in the consolidated statement of profit or loss. NZ IFRS 18 is effective for reporting periods beginning on or after 1 January 2027, but
earlier application is permitted for accounting periods that end after 20 June 2024 and must be disclosed. NZ IFRS 18 will apply retrospectively.
The Group continues to work to identify all impacts the amendments will have on the primary financial statements and notes to the financial
statements.
There were no new standards, amendments or interpretations adopted during the year that had a material impact on the Group's financial
statements.
29 Capital and Reserves
Share capital
All shares are ordinary fully paid shares with no par value, carry equal voting rights and share equally in any profit on the winding up of the Group.
Realised capital and revaluation reserve
The realised capital reserve comprises the cumulative net capital gains that have been realised. The revaluation reserve relates to historic
revaluations of property, plant and equipment.
Defined benefit plan reserve
The defined benefit plan reserve contains actuarial gains and losses on plan assets and defined benefit obligations. During the year ended 30 June
2026, an amount of $0.15 million, which represents the Employee Superannuation Contribution Tax (ESCT ) on the lump sum cash contribution,
was transferred from the defined benefit reserve to retained earnings (30 June 2025: $0.10 million).
Retained earnings/deficit
The retained earnings or deficit equals accumulated undistributed profits or losses.
Dividends
The following dividends were declared and paid by the Company.
PAYMENT DATE $ PER SHARE
2026 interim dividend – fully imputed 08-Apr-26 0.045
2025 final dividend – fully imputed 03-Oct-25 0.040
Share Capital Accounting Policies
Ordinary shares
Ordinary shares are classified as equity. Incremental costs directly attributable to the issue of ordinary shares are recognised as a deduction
from equity.
Repurchase of ordinary shares
When shares recognised as equity are repurchased, the amount of the consideration paid, including directly attributable costs, is recognised
as a deduction from equity. Repurchased shares are cancelled. However, treasury stock for which unrestricted ownership has not yet been
transferred are not cancelled.
Independent auditor’s report to the shareholders of PGG Wrightson Limited
Opinion
We have audited the financial statements of PGG Wrightson Limited (the “Company”) and its
subsidiaries (together the “Group”) on pages 63 to 108, which comprise the consolidated statement
of financial position of the Group as at 30 June 2026, and the consolidated statement of
comprehensive income, consolidated statement of changes in equity and consolidated statement of
cash flows for the year then ended of the Group, and the notes to the consolidated financial
statements including material accounting policy information.
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements on pages 63 to 108 present fairly, in all material
respects, the consolidated financial position of the Group as at 30 June 2026 and its consolidated
financial performance and cash flows for the year then ended in accordance with New Zealand
Equivalents to International Financial Reporting Standards and International Financial Reporting
Standards.
This report is made solely to the Company’s shareholders, as a body. Our audit has been undertaken
so that we might state to the Company’s shareholders those matters we are required to state to them
in an auditor’s report and for no other purpose. To the fullest extent permitted by law, we do not
accept or assume responsibility to anyone other than the Company and the Company’s shareholders,
as a body, for our audit work, for this report, or for the opinions we have formed.
Basis for opinion
We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on Auditing (New Zealand). Our
responsibilities under those standards are further described in the Auditor’s responsibilities for the
audit of the
financial statements section of our report. We are independent of the Group in accordance
with Professional and Ethical Standard 1 International Code of Ethics for Assurance Practitioners
(including International Independence Standards) (New Zealand) issued by the New Zealand Auditing
and Assurance Standards Board as applicable to audits of financial statements of public interest
entities. We have also fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities in accordance with Professional and
Ethical Standard 1.
We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis
for our opinion.
Ernst & Young provides research and development taxation incentive services to the Group. Partners
and employees of our firm may deal with the Group on normal terms within the ordinary course of
trading activities of the business of the Group. We have no other relationship with, or interest in, the
Group.
Key audit matters
Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgment, were of most significance in
our audit of the consolidated financial statements of the current year. These matters were addressed
in the context of our audit of the consolidated financial statements as a whole, and in forming our
opinion thereon, but we do not provide a separate opinion on these matters. For each matter below,
our description of how our audit addressed the matter is provided in that context.
A member fir m of Ernst & Yo ung Global Limited
A member firm of Ernst & Young Global Limited
110
|
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT 2026
|
111
A member firm of Ernst & Young Global Limited
We have fulfilled the responsibilities described in the Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the
financial statements section of the audit report, including in relation to these matters. Accordingly,
our audit included the performance of procedures designed to respond to our assessment of the risks
of material misstatement of the financial statements. The results of our audit procedures, including
the procedures performed to address the matters below, provide the basis for our audit opinion on the
accompanying consolidated financial statements.
Provisions for impairment of trade and GO-STOCK receivables
Why significant How our audit addressed the key audit matter
At 30 June 2026, the consolidated statement of
financial position includes trade and GO-STOCK
receivables of $277.8 million, representing 46%
of the Group’s total assets. The receivables
balance is reported net of impairment
provisions for trade and GO-STOCK receivables
of $6.4 million.
This is a key audit matter because of the
judgement involved in assessing the adequacy of
the impairment provisions. Management’s
assessment of recoverability requires
consideration of historical loss experience,
customer-specific circumstances, and forward-
looking economic information, all of which
involve estimation uncertainty.
Disclosures in relation to trade and GO-STOCK
receivables and the related impairment
provisions are included in notes 11 and 12 of
the Group financial statements.
Our audit procedures included the following:
• obtained an understanding of
management’s receivables provisioning
process;
• assessed management’s provisioning
methods and whether they comply with
NZ IFRS 9 Financial Instruments;
• considered the inputs, assumptions and
estimates used or made by
management;
• tested the ageing of receivables by
agreeing the recorded ageing of a
sample of trade receivables to sales
documentation;
• considered sector-based performance
indicators, including commodity price
movements for beef and sheep and sector
outlooks, to:
o assess the appropriateness of
management’s considerations and
judgements in receivables
provisioning, and
o consider indications of any
material change in credit risk on
trade and GO-STOCK receivables;
• considered the appropriateness and
sufficiency of the disclosures related to
trade and GO-STOCK receivables
provisioning.
Inventory valuation
Why significant How our audit addressed the key audit matter
At 30 June 2026, the consolidated statement of
financial position includes inventory totalling
$105.5 million, net of a provision for inventory
write-down of $2.7 million.
Inventories are valued at the lower of cost and
the net realisable value (‘NRV’). The NRV of
inventories is the estimated selling price in the
ordinary course of business less estimated cost
to sell. In assessing this provision, consideration
of the realisable value of slow moving or
obsolete inventories is required.
This is a key audit matter because of the
significance of inventory to the Group’s financial
position and because the cost of inventory
includes adjustments to reflect variable pricing
arrangements with suppliers, which require
estimation.
Disclosures in relation to inventory and the
inventory provision are included in note 13 to
the Group financial statements.
Our audit procedures included the following:
•tested a sample of recorded inventory
cost to supplier invoices;
•assessed the inputs into, and calculation
of, adjustments to inventory value to
take account of variable pricing
arrangements with suppliers;
•confirmed with a sample of suppliers the
amount of purchases from them subject
to variable pricing arrangements for the
year, and the amounts receivable from
them at year end;
•tested a sample of inventory items to
subsequent sales and evaluated the
appropriateness of management’s
provision for inventory write-down,
which takes account of slow-moving and
obsolete inventory;
•considered the appropriateness and
sufficiency of the disclosures related to
the valuation of inventory.
Information other than the financial statements and auditor’s report
The directors of the Company are responsible for the other information. The other information
comprises the annual report, but does not include the financial statements and our auditor’s report
thereon. The other information is expected to be made available to us after the date of this auditor’s
report.
Our opinion on the consolidated financial statements does not cover the other information and we do
not express any form of assurance conclusion thereon.
In connection with our audit of the consolidated financial statements, our responsibility is to read the
other information and, in doing so, consider whether the other information is materially inconsistent
with the consolidated financial statements or our knowledge obtained during the audit, or otherwise
appears to be materially misstated.
When we read the annual report, if we conclude that there is a material misstatement therein, we are
required to communicate the matter to those charged with governance and, if uncorrected, to take
appropriate action to bring the matter to the attention of users for whom our auditor’s report was
prepared.
Directors’ responsibilities for the financial statements
The directors are responsible, on behalf of the entity, for the preparation and fair presentation of the
consolidated financial statements in accordance with New Zealand Equivalents to International
Financial Reporting Standards and International Financial Reporting Standards, and for such internal
A member firm of Ernst & Young Global Limited
A member firm of Ernst & Young Global Limited A member firm of Ernst & Young Global Limited
112
|
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED
Mana Whakahaere Rangatōpū me te Tūtohi a te Poari
Corporate Governance
and Board Charter
Incorporating Disclosure of Compliance with the
NZX Corporate Governance Code
Te Whakauru Mai i Ngā Whakapuakanga Tautuku me
Ngā Tikanga Mana Whakahaere Rangatōpū a NZX
control as the directors determine is necessary to enable the preparation of financial statements that
are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.
In preparing the consolidated financial statements, the directors are responsible for assessing on
behalf of the entity the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern, disclosing, as applicable,
matters related to going concern and using the going concern basis of accounting unless the directors
either intend to liquidate the Group or cease operations, or have no realistic alternative but to do so.
Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements
Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial
statements as a whole are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to
issue an auditor’s report that includes our opinion. Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance,
but is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with International Standards on Auditing
(New Zealand) will always detect a material misstatement when it exists. Misstatements can arise from
fraud or error and are considered material if, individually or in the aggregate, they could reasonably
be expected to influence the economic decisions of users taken on the basis of these consolidated
financial statements.
A further description of the auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements is
located at the External Reporting Board’s website: https://www.xrb.govt.nz/standards/assurance-
standards/auditors-responsibilities/audit-report-1-1/. This description forms part of our auditor’s
report.
The engagement partner on the audit resulting in this independent auditor’s report is Brendan
Summerfield.
Chartered Accountants
Christchurch
10 August 2026
A member fir m of Ernst & Yo ung Global Limited
Coastal Walk, Canterbury,
photographed by Janine McIvor for the
2025 PGW LandMarks Photo Collection.
ANNUAL REPORT 2026
|
113
A member firm of Ernst & Young Global Limited
ANNUAL REPORT 2026
|
115
Corporate Governance and Board Charter | Mana Whakahaere Rangatōpū me te Tūtohi a te Poari haere tonu
114
|
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED
Introduction
The Board of PGG Wrightson Limited is committed to acting with integrity and expects high
standards of behaviour and accountability from all of PGG Wrightson’s officers and staff. As part of this
commitment, the Board has adopted this Corporate Governance Code which incorporates the Board
Charter in section 2 below.
PGG Wrightson complies with the Recommendations in the NZX 31 March 2026 Corporate
Governance Code (NZX Code) except where specifically disclosed. This Corporate Governance
section is current as at 30 June 2026 and has been approved by PGG Wrightson’s Board of Directors.
The Board’s primary objective is the creation of shareholder value and ensuring effective and
innovative use of PGG Wrightson’s resources in providing customer satisfaction. PGG Wrightson will
be a good employer and a responsible corporate citizen.
The Code of Conduct is intended to guide Directors and
employees in carrying out their duties and responsibilities.
It supports decision-making that is consistent with PGG
Wrightson’s values and obligations. It reflects expectations that
Directors and employees of the PGG Wrightson Group will:
Comply with appropriate standards including all applicable
laws, regulations, codes, policies and procedures and lawful
and reasonable directions;
Behave in an ethical and professional manner in a way that
upholds the PGG Wrightson Group Values and maintains
public confidence in our professionalism, honesty and
integrity;
Use PGG Wrightson resources, assets, time, funds and
information only for their authorised/intended purpose;
Treat customers, suppliers, other PGG Wrightson personnel
and third parties with respect, courtesy, dignity, and taking
account of interests of shareholders and other stakeholders;
Ensure their own and others’ health, safety and wellbeing in
the workplace, and protect the environment;
Avoid and/or disclose any Conflicts of Interest (real or
apparent). PGG Wrightson Group has a detailed Conflicts
of Interest Policy which contains good practice guidelines
surrounding the identification, disclosure and management
of staff conflicts of interest;
Follow company policy on receiving and giving gifts and
gratuities;
Protect PGG Wrightson Group assets and comply with our
Group Fraud Prevention Policy;
Give proper attention to all matters and create an open
communication environment that results in all material
items being brought to the attention of Directors and the
appropriate management; and
Protect the confidentiality and intellectual property rights
of all non-public information relating to our customers,
suppliers, PGG Wrightson personnel and business.
The Code of Conduct, and where to find it, is communicated to
all staff and is included in regular staff training and inductions.
The Code of Conduct provides mechanisms to report breaches
of the Code including unethical behaviour and specifies the
disciplinary procedures in place for any breaches. It is the
responsibility of the Board to review the Code of Conduct, to
implement the Code and to monitor compliance. If there has
been a material breach of the Code of Conduct, the Board will be
notified by the Chief Executive. No instances of material breaches
have been reported during the course of the financial year to 30
June 2026.
PGG Wrightson has a Whistle-Blower Policy that allows any
reports of serious wrongdoing to be made on a protected
disclosure basis, which contains a process for direct access to an
Independent Director, to help encourage a culture of promoting
ethical behaviour and being able to speak up.
PGG Wrightson maintains a Directors and Officers Interests
Register which is regularly updated, documenting interests
disclosed by all Board members and senior management.
The statutory disclosures section in the 2026 Annual Report is
compiled from entries in the Directors Interests Register during
the reporting period. Directors may not participate in Board
discussions nor vote on matters in which they have a personal
interest.
1.2 Securities Trading Policy
In compliance with NZX Code Recommendation 1.2, the
Company has a detailed financial product trading policy
applying to all Directors and staff which incorporates insider
trading restraints and rules. The Securities Trading Policy, which
is available at www.pggwrightson.co.nz under Our Company
> Sustainability, specifies that no Director or employee may
buy or sell PGG Wrightson shares while in possession of inside
information. Inside information is material information that is
not generally available to the market. The policy also states
that Directors and staff in possession of inside information
cannot directly or indirectly advise or encourage any person to
deal in PGG Wrightson shares. Compliance with the Securities
Trading Policy is monitored through the consent process, by
education and notification by PGG Wrightson’s share registrar
Computershare when a Director or Officer with a shareholding
engages in trading activities. Trading in PGG Wrightson shares by
Directors and Officers is disclosed to the NZX.
PRINCIPLE 1 – Ethical Standards
“Directors should set high standards of ethical behaviour, model this behaviour and hold management accountable for these
standards being followed throughout the organisation.”
1.1 PGG Wrightson Code of Conduct
Directors recognise that it is their role to set high standards of
ethical behaviour, model this behaviour and hold management
accountable for observing, fostering and delivering high ethical
standards throughout the PGG Wrightson Group. Directors and
employees are expected to act honestly and in the best interests
of PGG Wrightson, as required by law, and taking account of
interests of shareholders and other stakeholders.
In compliance with NZX Code Recommendation 1.1, the Board
has several documents that codify minimum standards of ethical
behaviour, being the Code of Conduct, which is available at
www.pggwrightson.co.nz under Our Company > Sustainability;
and the Conflict of Interest Policy, Fraud Prevention and
Response Policy, Whistle Blower Policy and the Board Charter
outlined in section 2 below.
The Code of Conduct requires all members of the PGG Wrightson
Group, including Directors and employees, to observe the
highest of standards of ethics and conduct, in alignment with
these PGG Wrightson Group Values:
Accountability:
Stand by our word and meet commitments.
Be accountable to our customers and each other.
Leadership:
Set standards and exceed expectations.
Take action and strive to excel.
Lead through innovation.
Integrity:
Operate ethically and with integrity.
Treat others with respect.
Act professionally.
Smarter:
Find ways to be more effective and efficient.
Think, decide and act quickly without compromising quality.
Learn from mistakes and celebrate successes.
Teamwork:
Share knowledge and information.
Work together to create solutions.
Think and act as One Team.
ANNUAL REPORT 2026
|
117
Corporate Governance and Board Charter | Mana Whakahaere Rangatōpū me te Tūtohi a te Poari haere tonu
116
|
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED
PRINCIPLE 2 – Board Composition & Performance incorporating PGG Wrightson’s Board Charter
“To ensure an effective Board, there should be a balance of independence, skills, knowledge, experience and perspectives.”
2.1 This section 2 outlines the Board’s Charter which is in compliance
with NZX Code Recommendation 2.1. The Board is committed
to the principle that there should be a balance of independence,
skills, knowledge and experience among Directors so that the
Board works effectively. Directors are, except where permitted by
law, required to act in the best interests of PGG Wrightson and to
give proper attention to the matters before them. Directors are
entitled to seek independent professional advice to assist them
in meeting their responsibilities. The Board is responsible for:
Overall governance;
Employing the Chief Executive Officer;
Providing strategic leadership and overseeing the
development, adoption and communication of a clear
strategy for the business;
Overseeing management’s implementation of PGG
Wrightson’s strategic objectives and performance;
Overseeing accounting and reporting systems (including
the external audit) and PGG Wrightson’s compliance with its
continuous disclosure obligations;
Adopting and reviewing a risk management framework;
Approval of PGG Wrightson’s operating budgets/major
capital expenditure;
Adoption of PGG Wrightson’s Remuneration Policy and other
corporate governance documents; and
Overseeing PGG Wrightson’s due diligence and impacts on
the economy, environment, and people.
There is a clear understanding of the division of responsibilities
between, and the respective roles of, the Board and
management. To ensure efficiency, the Board has delegated to
the Chief Executive Officer and subsidiary company Boards the
day to day management and leadership of the PGG Wrightson
Group operations. The Company has a formal delegated
authority framework and policy that sets out matters reserved
for the Board and sub-delegates certain authorities to the Chief
Executive Officer and Managers within defined limits.
2.2 In compliance with NZX Code Recommendation 2.2 that
every issuer should have a procedure for the nomination
and appointment of Directors to the Board, this is done as
circumstances require. PGG Wrightson has a formal and
transparent method for the nomination and appointment of
Directors to the Board – nominations are publicly called for
by notice on the NZX and considered at the Annual Meeting.
Checks will be done and key information about a candidate
provided to shareholders in the Notice of Annual Meeting,
including any adverse material information disclosed in the
checks where a candidate is standing for the first time or the
term of office if seeking re-election. Directors may be appointed
by the Board between Annual Meetings as permitted by the
Constitution but are required to seek re-election at the next
Annual Meeting. The Constitution contains no provisions for
compulsory retirement or a fixed tenure for Directors, although
Directors must periodically retire and seek re-election in
accordance with the Constitution and NZX Listing Rules.
2.3 In compliance with NZX Code Recommendation 2.3 that an
issuer should enter into written agreements with each newly
appointed Director establishing the terms of their appointment,
the Board has a template Director Letter of Appointment
available for use which sets out the written expectations of
Directors and which is used for all new Directors.
2.4 In compliance with NZX Code Recommendation 2.4,
information about each Director is disclosed in the 2026 Annual
Report, including a profile of experience, length of service,
independence, ownership interests and attendance at Board
meetings. As at 30 June 2026, the Board had four Directors,
comprising three independent Directors and one Non-
independent Director. Their experience, qualifications, and the
value that the Directors contributed to the Board are listed in the
Board of Directors biographies set out on pages 26 to 27 in the
2026 Annual Report. The Board has an appropriate mix of tenure,
skills, diversity, and experience. The Board skills matrix below
outlines the qualifications, capabilities, tenure, and gender of
each member of the Board.
The Board is structured so each Director brings a range of
specialist skills and backgrounds, and they contribute relevant
knowledge and experience that complements each other.
Each Director has expertise that is relevant to the Company’s
operations and aligns to our strategic goals.
The Board Skills Matrix identifies the key skill that each Director brings to the Board.
SKILLS / EXPERIENCE
JOHN NICHOL*
CHAIR & INDEPENDENT
DIRECTOR
MARK ALLISON†
DIRECTOR
WILSON LIU
INDEPENDENT DIRECTOR
U KEAN SENG
DIRECTOR
DR CHARLOTTE SEVERNE
INDEPENDENT DIRECTOR
Tertiary QualificationsCAB.Agr.Sc, B.Econ, GDM,
FAICD, AMP (HBS),
DUniv (hc) (Adel)
BCom, CA, CPALLB (Hons), B.EcMSc, PhD (Geology),
ONZM
Accounting & Finance
Agri-business experience
Audit & Risk
Government Relations & Regulations
Health, Safety, & Wellbeing
Iwi Relations
Innovation & Technology
Legal
Listed Company & Markets Experience
Sustainability
Tenure as PGW Director (years)1<11135
Year joined the BoardFY26FY27FY26FY13FY21
GenderMMMMF
High capability
Medium capability
* PGG Wrightson director and member of the audit committee from 22 October 2013 to 30 April 2019
† Joined the Board 1 July 2026
The current Directors and their experience and qualifications are listed on our website www.pggwrightson.co.nz under Our Company > Our
Leadership Team. The full Board met eight times during the year ended 30 June 2026, including Special Board Meetings, Audio calls and Teams
meetings. The Board Health, Safety and Environment Committee also convenes during the course of all Board meetings (excluding Special Board
Meetings) with all Directors attending. Directors also met on other occasions for strategic planning and held conference calls from time to time.
The attendance at Board meetings of all Directors who served during the financial year to 30 June 2026 is set out below, including attendance in
part:
DIRECTOR
NUMBER OF
BOARD MEETINGS
ATTENDED
NUMBER OF
AUDIT COMMITTEE
MEETINGS ATTENDED
NUMBER OF
REMUNERATION,
APPOINTMENTS
AND
NOMINATIONS
COMMITTEE MEETINGS
ATTENDED
NUMBER OF HEALTH,
SAFETY AND
ENVIRONMENT COMMITTEE
MEETINGS ATTENDED
Garry Moore3112
John Nichol5334
Sarah Brown3112
Dr Charlotte Severne8-46
U Kean Seng7435
Wilson Liu8346
Meng Foon––––
ANNUAL REPORT 2026
|
119
Corporate Governance and Board Charter | Mana Whakahaere Rangatōpū me te Tūtohi a te Poari haere tonu
118
|
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED
PGG WRIGHTSON LTD’S
BOARD OF DIRECTORS AS
AT 30 JUNE 2026
PGG WRIGHTSON LTD’S
BOARD OF DIRECTORS AS
AT 30 JUNE 2025
PGG WRIGHTSON LTD’S
OFFICERS
AS AT 30 JUNE 2026
PGG WRIGHTSON LTD’S
OFFICERS
AS AT 30 JUNE 2025
PGG WRIGHTSON GROUP
WORKFORCE*
AS AT 30 JUNE 2026
PGG WRIGHTSON GROUP
WORKFORCE*
AS AT 30 JUNE 2025
Number of Males 3
355818825
Percentage of Males 75%60%71%71%53%53%
Number of Females 1222713737
Percentage of Females 25%40%29%29%47%47%
Number of Gender Diverse ––––01
Not Disclosed ––––12
* Calculation methodology excludes casuals, fixed term employees and independent commission agents/independent contractors.
2.5 In compliance with NZX Code Recommendation 2.5, the Board
has a Diversity, Equity and Inclusion Policy which is available at
www.pggwrightson.co.nz under Our Company > Sustainability.
PGG Wrightson recognises that a diverse and inclusive workplace
culture will result in enhanced relationships with all stakeholders,
better customer service and improved financial performance.
The Board has evaluated PGG Wrightson’s performance against
its Diversity, Equity and Inclusion Policy objectives which
relate to the working environment, employment and selection
opportunities, Board appointment recommendations, equal
and fair treatment under employment policies and a culture of
diversity and inclusion and considers that these objectives have
been met.
The table above lists the numerical breakdown of the gender
composition of PGG Wrightson’s Board of Directors and its
Officers as at 30 June 2026 and comparative figures for 30 June
2025. An Officer means a person, however designated, who is
concerned or takes part in the management of PGG Wrightson
Limited’s business but excludes a person who does not report
directly to the Board or who does not report directly to a person
who reports to the Board.
2.6 In compliance with NZX Code Recommendation 2.6, Directors
are expected to undertake appropriate training to remain current
on how best to perform their duties as a Director of a listed
company. Directors are regularly updated on relevant industry
and company issues, undertake visits to PGG Wrightson and
customer branches and operations, and receive briefings from
Executive Managers from all Business Units. Directors are able
to attend PGG Wrightson Business Unit conference sessions to
further their training.
2.7 In compliance with NZX Code Recommendation 2.7, the Board
has a process to regularly assess the performance of each
Director, the Board as a whole, and Board Committees.
2.8 In compliance with NZX Code Recommendation 2.8, a majority
of the Board are Independent Directors, with three out of the
four Directors as at 30 June 2026 being independent as listed in
the 2026 Annual Report. The current number and independence
status of Directors is set out on the Board of Directors section of
our website www.pggwrightson.co.nz under Our Company >
Our Leadership Team. In accordance with NZX requirements, no
less than one third of the total number of Directors are required
to be Independent Directors. The Board meets this requirement.
The Board defines an Independent Director as one who:
Is not an executive of the Company; and
Has no disqualifying relationship within the meaning of the
NZX Listing Rules.
The statutory disclosures section in the 2026 Annual Report
lists the Company’s Directors’ independence status. The
Board reviews any determination that it makes on a Director’s
independence on becoming aware of any information
that indicates that a Director may have a relevant material
relationship. Directors are required to immediately advise of any
new or changed relationships so the Board can consider and
determine its materiality. Directors’ interests including other
relevant directorships that they hold are listed on page 125 of
the 2026 Annual Report. None of the Directors sit on any PGG
Wrightson Group companies apart from the parent company,
PGG Wrightson Limited.
2.9 In compliance with NZX Code Recommendation 2.9, the Chair is
an Independent Director.
2.10 The Board’s Remuneration, Appointments and Nominations
Committee approves the Group’s Remuneration Policy. The
Committee also reviews and recommends to the Board for
approval the remuneration of the Chief Executive Officer and the
remuneration of the executives who report directly to the Chief
Executive Officer.
2.11 In compliance with NZX Code Recommendation 2.10 the Chair
and the CEO are different people.
PRINCIPLE 3 – Board Committees
“The Board should use committees where this will enhance its effectiveness in key areas, while still retaining Board responsibility.”
The Board has delegated some of its powers to Board
Committees where it will enhance its effectiveness in key areas
while still retaining Board responsibility. As at 30 June 2026 the
Board had three standing Committees – the Audit Committee,
the Remuneration, Appointments and Nominations Committee
and the Health, Safety and Environment Committee.
The Committees are made up of a minimum of three Non-
executive Director members and each Committee has a written
Board-approved charter which outlines that Committee’s
role, rights, responsibilities, membership requirements and
relationship with the Board. In compliance with NZX Code
Recommendation 2.7, the Board has a process to formally
review the performance of each Committee from time to time
in accordance with the relevant Committee’s written charter.
Proceedings of Committees are reported back to the full Board to
allow other Directors to question Committee members.
3.1 Audit Committee
In compliance with NZX Code Recommendation 3.1, as explained
below, the Audit Committee operates under a written charter,
membership is majority independent and comprises solely Non-
executive Directors, and the Chair of the Audit Committee Wilson
Liu is an Independent Director and is not the Chair of the Board.
The Audit Committee Charter is available on PGG Wrightson’s
website at www.pggwrightson.co.nz under Our Company >
Sustainability.
The members of the Audit Committee during the year were Sarah
Brown (Chair until 14 October 2025), Wilson Liu (Member from
12 August 2025 and Chair from 16 October 2025), Garry Moore,
(until 14 October 2025), John Nichol (from 16 October 2025) and
U Kean Seng (Member to 12 August 2025 and Member from 16
October 2025). The Audit Committee has appropriate financial
expertise, with three current members having an accounting or
financial background as per 3.4 of the Audit Committee Charter.
The Audit Committee met four times during the financial year.
The main responsibilities of the Audit Committee are:
Ensuring effectiveness of the accounting and internal control
systems;
Ensuring the Board is properly and regularly informed and
updated on corporate financial matters;
Monitoring and reviewing the external and internal auditing
practices;
Recommending the appointment and removal of the
external auditor and considering a change in the lead audit
partner where the auditors continue in office for a period
exceeding five years;
Ensuring the ability and independence of the auditors to
carry out their statutory audit role is not impaired or could
reasonably be perceived to be impaired;
To interface with management, internal audit function
and the external auditor, and review the financial reports,
as well as advising all Directors whether they comply with
appropriate financial reporting laws and regulations;
Overseeing matters relating to the values, ethics and financial
integrity of PGG Wrightson Group; and
To report Audit Committee proceedings back to the Board.
The Audit Committee has the authority to appoint outside legal
or other professional advisors, if considered necessary. The Audit
Committee on occasions meets with the internal auditor and
external auditor without the management present.
3.2 In compliance with NZX Code Recommendation 3.2, employees
only attend Committee meetings at the invitation of the
Committee as is considered appropriate.
3.3 Remuneration, Appointments and Nominations Committee
In compliance with NZX Code Recommendation 3.3, the
Remuneration, Appointments and Nominations Committee
operates under a written Charter, and the majority of members
are Independent Directors as the Committee is comprised of
the full Board. In compliance with NZX Code Recommendation
4.2 the Charter is available on PGG Wrightson’s website at www.
pggwrightson.co.nz under Our Company > Sustainability. The
Remuneration, Appointments and Nominations Committee
during the financial year was chaired by Garry Moore (until 14
October 2025) and John Nichol (from 16 October 2025). The
Remuneration, Appointments and Nominations Committee
met three times during the financial year as part of a full Board
meeting. Employees only attend Committee meetings at the
invitation of the Committee as is considered appropriate.
The main responsibilities of the Remuneration, Appointments
and Nominations Committee are:
To undertake an annual performance appraisal of the Chief
Executive Officer and review the appraisal of direct reports to
the Chief Executive Officer;
To review compensation policy and procedures, including
employee benefits and superannuation, and recommend
to the Board remuneration changes for the Chief Executive
Officer and direct reports to the Chief Executive Officer;
To review succession planning and senior management
development plans; and
To report Committee proceedings back to the Board.
The role of the Remuneration, Appointments and Nominations
Committee as set out in its Charter includes recommending
remuneration for Directors to shareholders when
recommendations are put forward.
3.4 In relation to NZX Code Recommendation 3.4, the Remuneration,
Appointments and Nominations Committee also includes the
responsibilities for Board nominations.
ANNUAL REPORT 2026
|
121
Corporate Governance and Board Charter | Mana Whakahaere Rangatōpū me te Tūtohi a te Poari haere tonu
120
|
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED
3.5 Health, Safety and Environment Committee
In compliance with NZX Code Recommendation 3.5 the Health,
Safety and Environment Committee operates under a written
Charter and the Committee is comprised of the full Board. In
compliance with NZX Code Recommendation 4.2 the Charter is
available on PGG Wrightson’s website at www.pggwrightson.
co.nz under Our Company > Sustainability. The Health, Safety and
Environment Committee was chaired by Dr Charlotte Severne
during the financial year. The Health, Safety and Environment
Committee met six times during the financial year as part of a full
Board meeting. Employees attend Committee meetings at the
invitation of the Committee as is considered appropriate.
The main responsibilities of the Health, Safety and Environment
Committee are:
To assist the Board to provide leadership and policy
in consistently discharging their responsibilities in
the governance of Health, Safety and safety related
environmental considerations at PGG Wrightson.
To define the activities, processes, and supporting structures
that the Board will adopt to meet its responsibilities in
relation to health, safety and environmental matters (as they
relate to safety e.g., hazardous substances) arising out of the
activities of PGG Wrightson.
The Committee’s approach to managing health, safety
and safety related environmental risks is to be based on a
continuous improvement methodology to achieve increasing
maturity in our health and safety culture and embed
strong environmental management across PGG Wrightson.
The management of these risks includes a preventative
management approach as well as a compliance focus to
ensure all obligations are being met.
Health and safety is a standing Board agenda item that is
given priority at all Board meetings.
The Board established a Strategy Committee on 10 August
2026. The Strategy Committee is Chaired by Mark Allison and
the Committee otherwise comprises the full membership of
the Board.
In compliance with NZX Code Recommendation 3.5, the Board
has considered but does not think it is currently necessary to
have any other Board committees as standing Board committees.
Other committees are formed as and when required.
3.6 In relation to NZX Code Recommendation 3.6, if and when
necessary, the Board will establish appropriate protocols that set
out the procedure to be followed if there is a 'control transaction’
for the issuer including the procedure for any communication
between the issuer’s board and management and the bidder. The
protocols will disclose the scope of independent advisory reports
to shareholders, the option of establishing an independent
control transaction committee, and the likely composition
and implementation of an independent control transaction
committee. The Board does not consider it necessary to establish
such protocols in advance as standing protocols but will do so if
the need arises.
PRINCIPLE 4 – Reporting and Disclosure
“The Board should demand integrity in financial and non-financial reporting, and in the timeliness and balance of corporate disclosures.”
4.1 The Board endorses the principle that it should demand integrity
both in financial and non-financial reporting and in the provision
by management of information of sufficient content, balance,
quality and timeliness to enable the Board to effectively discharge
its disclosure duties.
In compliance with NZX Code Recommendation 4.1, the Board
has adopted a Continuous Disclosure Policy which is available
on PGG Wrightson’s website at www.pggwrightson.co.nz
under Our Company > Sustainability. The Company will provide
timely and adequate disclosure of information on matters of
material impact to shareholders and comply with the continuous
disclosure and other listing requirements of the NZX relating to
shareholder reporting. PGG Wrightson has established and will
maintain processes for the provision of information to the Board
by management of sufficient content, quality and timeliness, as
the Board considers necessary to enable the Board to effectively
discharge its duties.
4.2 In compliance with NZX Code Recommendation 4.2, PGG
Wrightson’s Code of Conduct, Board and Committee Charters,
Diversity and Inclusion Policy and other key governance policies
are available to view on PGG Wrightson’s website at www.
pggwrightson.co.nz under Our Company > Sustainability.
4.3 Regarding NZX Code Recommendation 4.3, PGG Wrightson
considers that its financial reporting is balanced, clear and
objective. The Board receives assurances from the Chief Executive
Officer and Chief Financial Officer that the Directors’ declaration
provided in accordance with International Financial Reporting
Standards (IFRS) and NZ IFRS is founded on a sound system of
risk management and internal control, and that the system is
operating effectively in all material respects in relation to financial
reporting risks.
4.4 PGG Wrightson considers that its non-financial reporting is
informative, contains forward-looking assessment, and aligns with
key strategies and metrics monitored by the Board. In compliance
with NZX Code Recommendation 4.4, non-financial disclosures
are included in the Annual Report and the Sustainability
Report, including material environmental, economic and social
sustainability factors and practices, climate-related disclosures,
key risks, risk management, and relevant internal controls. The
Company also communicates through releases to the NZX and
media, and on its website at www.pggwrightson.co.nz under
Investor Centre.
4.5 PGG Wrightson does not make political donations as a matter of
policy.
PRINCIPLE 5 – Remuneration
“The remuneration of directors and executives should be transparent, fair and reasonable.”
5.1 The Board is committed to the policy that remuneration of
Directors and Officers/Executives should be transparent, fair
and reasonable. The Board’s Remuneration Policy for Directors
is that Directors’ fees in aggregate must be formally approved
by shareholders. The total fee pool available for Directors is
$875,000 approved by shareholders at the 21 October 2005
Annual Meeting. There are no retirement or ‘special exertion’
benefits paid or available for Directors. In compliance with NZX
Code Recommendation 5.1, the remuneration report section
in the 2026 Annual Report lists the Company’s Directors’ actual
remuneration including any Board Committee fees paid. There
are no performance incentives for any Directors. The Board
has not elected to create a performance-based Equity Security
Compensation Plan. Further the Board supports Directors
investing in shares in the Company but this is a personal decision
for Directors.
5.2 The Board considers that it partially complies with NZX Code
Recommendation 5.2, being that PGG Wrightson’s policy for
remuneration of Officers outlines the relative weightings of
remuneration components and relevant performance criteria.
Directors’ remuneration does not have performance criteria
attached to it. All Executive Officer remuneration incentives align
with financial and non-financial performance measures relating
to PGG Wrightson’s objectives and are compatible with PGG
Wrightson’s risk management policies and systems.
5.3 In compliance with NZX Code Recommendation 5.3, the
remuneration arrangements in place for the Chief Executive
Officer during the year ended 30 June 2026 including the base
salary, short-term incentive and the performance criteria used
to determine performance-based payments, are outlined in the
remuneration report section in the 2026 Annual Report.
PRINCIPLE 6 – Risk Management
“Directors should have a sound understanding of the material risks faced by the issuer and how to manage them. The Board should
regularly verify that the issuer has appropriate processes that identify and manage potential and material risks.”
6.1 In compliance with NZX Code Recommendation 6.1, PGG
Wrightson has in place a risk management policy and framework
for its business to manage existing risks and to report the
material risks facing the business and how these are being
managed.
PGG Wrightson has in place a Risk Policy and associated
framework for its business. The policy and framework allow
the business to identify and assess new risks, manage existing
risks and regularly report the material risks to the Board. It is the
responsibility of the Board to monitor the effectiveness of the
broad risk management processes in place.
Key aspects of how risks are managed, as described in the Risk
Policy, include:
A commitment to applying effective risk management
for all PGG Wrightson business operations. This includes
the integration of risk management into PGW’s strategy,
procedures, projects, and decision making;
That risks and controls are owned, managed, and monitored
by the business unit in which they exist, and/or by a
member of the Executive Team for material and strategic
risks;
Risks should be proactively identified and managed by
all PGG Wrightson employees as part of their day-to-day
activities. Staff should apply the appropriate controls and
monitor them regularly, in a manner that is also aligned with
PGG Wrightson Values and risk appetite; and
Effective and timely risk reporting, communication, and
escalation are critical to support good decision making.
Minimum reporting requirements have been defined for
Strategic and Business Unit level risks.
ANNUAL REPORT 2026
|
123
Corporate Governance and Board Charter | Mana Whakahaere Rangatōpū me te Tūtohi a te Poari haere tonu
122
|
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED
Directors receive regular reporting on PGG Wrightson's strategic risks, which include the following areas:
TITLEGENERAL RISK DESCRIPTIONGENERAL DESCRIPTION OF RISK MANAGEMENT (HIGH LEVEL OVERVIEW ONLY,
INCLUDING EXAMPLES)
Artificial intelligence (AI)Ability to effectively leverage AI opportunities, whilst
ensuring appropriate and responsible use of AI, striking
the right balance between AI opportunities and
controls.
AI policy in place, controlled use of AI within PGG Wrightson's technology
environment, alignment with existing policies (such as IT security and
privacy policies), staff training and awareness, Data Governance Group,
recognition of the opportunities and emerging use cases.
InnovationThe ability to identify, prioritise, and adopt the right
digital technologies and innovations to empower
staff, generate revenue and enhance the customer
experience.
Various innovation and technology initiatives within business units, an
Insights & Innovation Manager appointed within the Group Technology
team, creation of an Innovation Fund, building digital adoption and
capability.
BiosecurityImpacts of a biosecurity events / incident response and
downstream events (e.g. regulatory response, customer
behaviour) and biosecurity compliance requirements.
Compliance with NAIT regulations (including OSPRI audits), internal
policies (including Quality Assurance Programmes), and signing up to
the ‘Biosecurity Pledge’. Response planning includes PGG Wrightson's
Incident Management Plan, Business Continuity Plans, and a requirement
to follow MPI guidelines for any specific event.
Liability and claim eventsOperational errors and omissions that can lead to
liability claims that can potentially impact adversely on
PGG Wrightson’s performance and reputation.
Regular review of risks, input and training provided by the PGG Wrightson
Legal team, mandatory training courses, good oversight of legislative
changes, robust processes to respond when potential issues are
identified, supplier audits, quality control, and training for staff.
Portfolio offeringEnsuring that the portfolio of goods and services that
PGG Wrightson offer keeps pace with the evolving
needs of our customers and ways they want to transact
(risk of disintermediation).
Strategic planning, staying in touch with clients and understanding their
needs, exploring new opportunities, review of existing business units
and performance, investing in new technology, and a broad range of
offerings.
Health, Safety and WellbeingProactively addressing the Health, Safety and Wellbeing
of our staff, contractors and other stakeholders that
have contact and involvement with PGG Wrightson's
operations.
A dedicated team within PGG Wrightson's People and Safety group who
partner with all Business Units and Teams. Comprehensive governance
oversight by a management Committee and Board Committee. Systems,
tools and processes, supported by training, control checks, Health and
Safety Representatives, and ongoing improvement opportunities.
Information and cyber securityProtecting the confidentiality, integrity and availability
of our business systems, including managing
vulnerabilities, and ability to respond to cyber-events.
A dedicated team within PGG Wrightson's Technology team, who deliver
a broad range of activities including prevention, detection, training, and
incident response capabilities.
Key peopleProactively managing succession planning and key
person risks across our business and operations.
A Talent Acquisition & Management programme, backed by policies,
training, succession plans, data analytics, and SOPs within Business Units.
ESG / GRI elements included in the Annual Report.
Large scale disaster eventsPGG Wrightson’s business continuity planning and
readiness to respond to natural disasters and other
material adverse events (e.g. emergencies, crises,
business interruption and disasters).
An established Business Continuity Policy with supporting guidelines,
processes, templates, and testing. Regular reporting to the Risk and
Compliance Committee, through to the Audit Committee. Insurance
coverage of PGG Wrightson's physical assets.
Market attractiveness and customer
profitability
PGG Wrightson’s adaptability and ability to respond to
market changes (including land use change, farmland
conversion to forestry, farmer and grower profitability
and associated spend patterns).
Diversity of PGG Wrightson's offerings and geographic coverage, to
manage localised events and sector specific volatility. Management
oversight, new technologies, and monitoring customer demand and
market changes.
Regulatory complianceCompliance with current and evolving regulatory
requirements.
Policies, procedures, mandatory staff training, input from PGG Wrightson's
Legal team, Delegations of Authority, and compliance frameworks.
Oversight is provided by the Risk and Compliance Committee.
Climate changeThe impact of climate change on PGG Wrightson's
operations (including extreme weather events, fires,
water shortages and flooding events, adjusting to a low
carbon economy etc.).
A dedicated role of Sustainability Manager, supported by key staff
throughout the business. Business Continuity Plans (as noted in ‘large
scale disaster events risk’) and a Sustainability Strategy.
Social License to Operate
(including ESG)
Responding proactively to ESG reporting and market
expectations to ensure PGG Wrightson delivers and
meets the expectations of its stakeholders.
Sustainability Manager coordinating activities, including a group wide
Sustainability Committee. The Sustainability Report now includes
application of GRI Standards.
In discharging the Board’s risk management responsibilities, the
Board has:
In conjunction with the Chief Executive Officer, Audit
Committee, internal and external audit, set up and
monitored rigorous processes for risk management and
internal controls to ensure that management prudently and
efficiently manage resources, and the identification of the
nature and magnitude of the Company’s material risks. PGG
Wrightson has a comprehensive Group Risk Policy (including
Principles, Risk Management Framework, and processes) that
aligns with ISO Risk Management guidelines;
Considered the nature and extent of risks the Board is willing
to take to achieve its strategic objectives. The Company
is committed to the management of risk to achieve
sustainability of service, employment and profits, and
therefore takes on controlled amounts of risk as considered
appropriate;
In conjunction with the Chief Executive Officer and Audit
Committee, reviewed the effectiveness and integrity of
compliance and risk management systems within the
business. The Board receives and reviews regular reports that
includes policies and internal control processes, as well as
any developments in relation to key risks. Reports include
oversight of the Company’s Group risk register and highlight
the main risks to the Company’s performance and the steps
being taken to manage these; and
Established a separate management Risk and Compliance
Committee that is responsible for the oversight of business
risks, compliance and business continuity.
The Board maintains insurance coverage with reputable insurers
for relevant insurable risks and annually renews its insurance
policies in accordance with the policy approach determined by
the Board.
6.2 In compliance with NZX Code Recommendation 6.2, PGG
Wrightson has on page 20 of the 2026 Annual Report disclosed
how it manages its health and safety risks and has reported on
our health and safety risks, performance and management.
PRINCIPLE 7 – Auditors
“The Board should ensure the quality and independence of the external audit process.”
7.1 In compliance with NZX Code Recommendation 7.1, the Board
has established a framework as set out below for the Company’s
relationship with its external auditors. This includes procedures:
(a) for sustaining communication with the external auditors;
(b) to ensure that the ability of the external auditor to carry out
their statutory audit role is not impaired, or could reasonably
be perceived to be impaired;
(c) to address what, if any, services (whether by type or level)
other than their statutory audit roles may be provided by the
external auditor; and
(d) to provide for the monitoring and approval by the Audit
Committee of any service provided by the external auditor
other than in their statutory audit role.
The Board subscribes to the principle that it has a key function
to ensure the quality and independence of the external audit
process. The Board operates formal and transparent procedures
for sustaining communication with PGG Wrightson’s external
and internal auditors. The Board seeks to ensure that the ability,
objectivity and independence of the external auditor to carry
out their statutory audit role is not compromised or impaired or
could reasonably be perceived to be compromised or impaired.
The external auditor is invited to attend all Audit Committee
meetings (except where auditor remuneration or performance
is discussed). This attendance, from time to time includes
invitations for private sessions between the Audit Committee
and the external auditor without management being present. In
addition, the lead audit partner of the external auditor is rotated
at least every five years.
To ensure there is no conflict with other services that may be
provided by the external auditor, the Company has adopted a
policy whereby the external auditor will not provide any other
services unless specifically approved by the Audit Committee.
The external auditor Ernst & Young was appointed on 13 April
2021 and the lead audit partner retired after four years with
a new lead audit partner appointed. Ernst & Young provided
additional non-audit work to the Group in the year ended
30 June 2026. The remuneration paid by the Group for audit
work is disclosed on page 73 of the 2026 Annual Report. The
remuneration paid by the Group for non-audit work was $20,000.
The nature and value of the non-audit services provided by Ernst
& Young is disclosed on page 73 of the 2026 Annual Report. The
external auditor confirmed in their audit report on pages 109
to 112 of the 2026 Annual Report the nature of the non-audit
services provided to the Group.
7.2 In compliance with NZX Code Recommendation 7.2, the external
auditor attends the Annual Meeting to answer questions from
shareholders in relation to the audit.
7.3 In compliance with NZX Code Recommendation 7.3, PGG
Wrightson’s internal audit functions are disclosed here. The
internal audit function sits within the Risk and Assurance team,
which is comprised of a functional leader and supported by
a panel of co-source partners. The internal audit function is
responsible for carrying out internal audits in accordance
with the internal audit plan approved annually by the
Audit Committee. The function reviews and reports on the
effectiveness of internal control systems and processes for the
Company. The Group’s internal audit function has unfettered
access to the Board.
ANNUAL REPORT 2026
|
125
Corporate Governance and Board Charter | Mana Whakahaere Rangatōpū me te Tūtohi a te Poari haere tonu
124
|
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED
Statutory Disclosures | Ngā Whakapuakanga ā-Ture
The following particulars of notices were given by Directors of the Company pursuant to section 140(2) of the Companies Act 1993
for the year 1 July 2025 to 30 June 2026
DIRECTOR INTEREST ORGANISATION
John Nichol Chair Optica Life Accessories Limited
Optica Limited
Director Flour Cask Holdings Limited
Nichol Holdings Limited
The Trigger Limited
Boomfa Limited
U Kean Seng No Disclosures
Dr Charlotte Severne Chair Whenua Haumanu – Programme Governance Group, Massey University
NZFM (2022) General Partner Limited
Deputy Chair Māori Soldiers Trust
Director Tuaropaki Power Company
TPC Holdings Limited
Agricultural Leaders Health & Safety Action Group Inc. (Safer Farms)
Trustee The Māori Trustee
Severne Whanau Trust
Pott Severne Family Trust
Panellist Severe Weather Events Recovery Review Panel
Wilson Liu Independent Non
Executive Chair Foran Energy Group Co Limited
Valuetronics Holdings Limited
Guotai Junan International Holdings Limited
Garry Moore Chair Garry Moore Limited
Dairycool Limited
Reflex Nominees Limited
Debt Discounting (NZ) Limited
Purecool Limited
Trustee Burnett Valley Charitable Trust
The Moore Family Trust
Sarah Brown Director Horizon Meats NZ Limited
Blue Sky Meats (NZ) Limited
Howie Johns Limited
Morton Mains Dairy Limited
Meng Foon Chair Hokotehi Moriori Trust
Te Pukenga Equity Experts Group
Director/Shareholder MY Gold Investments Limited
Trustee/Beneficiary MY Trust
Trustee Atawahi Charitable Trust
NZ Philanthropic Foundation
CEO Rawhiti Mediation Services
Partner Foon Partnership
President Gisborne Chinese Society
Executive Member NZ Chinese Society
Committee Member Hauiti Incorporation
Mangaheia 2D Corporation
PRINCIPLE 8 – Shareholder Rights & Relations
“The Board should respect the rights of shareholders and foster constructive relationships with shareholders that encourage them to
engage with the issuer.”
8.1 While the Company does not have a formal shareholder
or stakeholder relations policy, the Board actively fosters
constructive relationships with its shareholders, as appropriate.
The Board is at all times cognisant of the need to protect and act
in the best interests of the Company’s shareholders.
In compliance with NZX Code Recommendation 8.1, PGG
Wrightson’s website www.pggwrightson.co.nz has an Investor
Centre where investors and interested stakeholders can access
financial and operational information and key corporate
governance information. This contains key governance
documents and policies, contact details for investor matters,
current and past Annual Reports, notices of meetings and
other key dates in the investor schedule, the constitution,
media releases and NZX announcements, periodic financial
information, dividend histories and other information. PGG
Wrightson lists its Business Unit descriptions and key activities
on its website, and its releases contain information on business
goals and performance. The Company encourages shareholder
participation at the Annual Meeting, by providing as an item of
General Business, the conducting of a shareholder discussion,
where a reasonable opportunity is given for shareholders to
question, discuss or comment on the management of the
Company.
8.2 In compliance with NZX Code Recommendation 8.2, PGG
Wrightson allows investors the ability to easily communicate
with it, including providing the option to receive
communications electronically. The Company has continued to
seek to improve shareholder participation, efficiency and cost
effectiveness of communication with shareholders by offering
them its e-comms programme, where shareholders can elect to
receive their security holder communications electronically.
8.3 In compliance with NZX Code Recommendation 8.3,
shareholders have the right to vote on major decisions which
may change the nature of the Company.
8.4 If PGG Wrightson was seeking additional equity capital in the
future, it would consider the recommendation in NZX Code
Recommendation 8.4 to offer further equity securities to existing
equity security holders of the same class on a pro rata basis and
no less favourable terms before further equity securities are
offered to other investors.
8.5 In compliance with NZX Code Recommendation 8.5, the
shareholders’ Notice of Annual Meeting is posted on the
website as soon as possible and at least 20 working days prior to
meetings.
9 Annual Review
9.1 A review of this Corporate Governance Code and associated
processes and procedures is completed on an annual basis
to ensure the Company adheres to best practice governance
principles (as promulgated by the relevant authoritative bodies)
and maintains high ethical standards.
ANNUAL REPORT 2026
|
127
Statutory Disclosures | Ngā Whakapuakanga ā-Ture haere tonu
126
|
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED
Letter from the Remuneration, Appointments and Nominations Committee Chair
As Chair of the PGG Wrightson Remuneration, Appointments and Nominations Committee, I am pleased to present PGG
Wrightson’s Remuneration Report, covering the Financial Year Ended 30 June 2026.
The Remuneration, Appointments and Nominations Committee is a Committee of the Board of Directors (who are all
members) governed by written charter. The charter requires members to be appointed by the Board of Directors from
amongst the Non-executive Directors of PGG Wrightson Limited. All current Directors are Non-executive Directors.
The Committee is responsible for the overview of the Company’s People and Safety strategy and the direction of PGG
Wrightson’s Remuneration Policy and Framework.
PGG Wrightson operates a mature, consistent, transparent and fairly applied Remuneration Policy and Framework which
covers all employees at PGG Wrightson, including our Chief Executive Officer and Executive Leadership Team. Our
framework is structured to ensure it aligns to our strategy, culture and values.
With support from our remuneration partner, Strategic Pay, all roles at PGG Wrightson are evaluated using Strategic Pay’s
“SP10” Job Evaluation Methodology which allocates bands or grades, which are then compared against private sector
benchmarking. This ensures our employees receive market competitive remuneration for the work they undertake, which
assists us in retaining and attracting the best talent. All PGG Wrightson employees are paid the equivalent of that year’s
Living Wage, or at least 85% of the private sector market mid-point for their role, whichever is the higher.
PGG Wrightson does not have any employees covered by collective bargaining agreements, each employee is engaged
under an “Individual Employment Agreement”.
The Remuneration, Appointment and Nominations Committee set PGG Wrightson’s Chief Executive Officer, Executive and
Senior Management Incentive Plans to include targeted financial, strategic and/or operational and safety Key Performance
Indicators (KPIs) which drive business performance and provide shareholder value – these then filter down into front line
incentive and commission plans. This ensures our framework can recognise individual, team and company performance
whilst maintaining business performance and shareholder value.
John Nichol
Chair
Remuneration, Appointments and Nominations Committee
Remuneration Report | Pūrongo Utu
Directors’ Shareholdings
As at 30 June 2026, the following Directors of PGG Wrightson Limited held a beneficial interest in shares in PGG Wrightson Limited:
DIRECTORREGISTERED HOLDERNUMBER OF SHARES
Dr C SeverneCharlotte Marewa Severne, Joachim Helmut Pott and Richard William
Lucy as Trustees of the Pott Severne Family Trust
7,500
J NicholJohn Ernest Nichol30,000
U Kean Seng is an associated person of substantial product holder Agria (Singapore) Pte Limited holding 33,463,399 shares.
Directors’ Share Transactions
The following Directors of PGG Wrightson Limited notified the Company of on-market share transactions between 1 July 2025 and 30 June 2026.
DIRECTORREGISTERED HOLDERDATE OF DISCLOSURENUMBER OF SHARES
J NicholJohn Ernest Nichol2 December 20255,000
J NicholJohn Ernest Nichol24 February 202615,000
J NicholJohn Ernest Nichol1 April 202610,000
Directors’ Independence
The Board has determined that as at 30 June 2026:
The following Directors are Independent Directors: J Nichol, Dr C Severne, W Liu
The following Director is not an Independent Director by virtue of his association with a substantial product holder: U Kean Seng.
NZX Waivers
There were no NZX Waivers applying to PGG Wrightson Limited during the financial year.
Directors’ Indemnity and Insurance
In accordance with section 162 of the Companies Act 1993 and the Constitution of the Company, the Company has insured Directors and Officers
against liabilities to other parties that may arise from their positions as Directors and Officers of the Company, Subsidiaries and Associates. This
insurance does not cover liabilities arising from criminal actions and deliberate and reckless acts or omissions.
Use of Company Information by Directors
The Board has implemented a protocol governing the disclosure of Company information to its substantial product holders. In accordance with
this protocol and section 145 of the Companies Act 1993, U Kean Seng gave notice that while Directors they may disclose certain information to
Agria Corporation in order to seek, and inform the Board of, its view as to the governance and operation of the Company and in order to enable
Agria Corporation to comply with certain statutory obligations.
ANNUAL REPORT 2026
|
129
Remuneration Report | Pūrongo utu
128
|
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED
FY26 Remuneration
PGG Wrightson provided a budget for salary increases in FY26 which was aligned to both the private sector market movements over the previous
12 months, future predicted movements of the market, and what remains affordable to the Company to ensure it can support shareholder value
and reflect business performance.
Chief Executive Officer Remuneration
In compliance with the NZX Code Recommendation 5.3, this section lists disclosure of the remuneration arrangements in place for PGG
Wrightson’s Chief Executive Officer Stephen Guerin. The Board of Directors’ general policy for Chief Executive remuneration is payment of a base
salary and an annual at-risk short-term incentive. The short-term incentive has a threshold EBITDA target which must be met for the scheme to
open. The target amount of the short-term incentive payment is a percentage of base salary, being 20% for the financial year, with the maximum
payable being 150% of the target amount. The short-term incentive is payable on the achievement of certain key performance criteria focused
on PGG Wrightson’s financial performance (meeting of EBITDA and Cashflow targets), delivery of strategic objectives and Safety and Wellbeing
performance for the respective financial year.
In FY26, PGG Wrightson met 100% of the threshold EBITDA target for the short-term incentive scheme, which opened at 100% of opportunity.
PGG Wrightson has not paid any Chief Executive Officer severance benefits (‘golden parachutes’ or ‘handshakes’) within FY26 and PGG Wrightson
has no contractual obligation to pay these under existing arrangements.
During FY26 the salary of the Chief Executive Officer was reviewed by the Remuneration, Appointments and Nominations Committee to reflect
the movement of the private sector market specific to the Chief Executive Officer role, and the performance of the incumbent, and an increase of
2.35% was supported.
As at 30 June 2026 the total number of PGG Wrightson shares owned by the Chief Executive Officer was 3,842.
The Chief Executive Officer’s overall remuneration relating to the year ended 30 June 2026 is as follows:
YEAR FIXED REMUNERATION
TOTAL FIXED
REMUNERATIONSHORT TERM INCENTIVE (STI)
DISCRETIONARY
PAYMENT TOTA L
BASE SALARY OTHER BENEFITS* EARNED
AMOUNT EARNED AS A %
OF MAXIMUM AWARDS
(FIXED REM + STI EARNED +
DISCRETIONARY PAYMENT )
FY26$1,200,000$46,893$1,246,893$210,000100%$0$1,456,893
FY25 $1,117,050 $35,247 $1,152,297 $251,336 112.5%$0 $1,403,633
FY24$1,116,950$39,363$1,156,313 $00%$50,000$1,206,313
FY23 $1,014,968
$38,825
$1,053,793 $194,97499%$0 $1,248,767
* K
iwiSaver employer contribution paid during the year.
The Chief Executive Officer does not have any long-term incentives.
Environmental, Social and Governance Disclosures
PGG Wrightson’s ratio of the annual total compensation for the organisation’s highest-paid individual to the median annual total compensation for
all employees (excluding the highest-paid individual) is 19.8.
PGG Wrightson’s ratio of the percentage increase in annual total compensation for the organisation’s highest-paid individual to the median
percentage increase in annual total compensation for all employees (excluding the highest-paid individual) is 5.7.
In calculating these ratios PGG Wrightson has excluded casuals, contractors and commission agents given they are not guaranteed hours. Full time
equivalent pay rates are used for each part time employee. The following types of compensation have been included:
Cash compensation paid during the reporting period (base salary, bonus/discretionary payments, incentive payments, other variable cash
payments, other allowances, commission where applicable to employees); and
Employer contributions to retirement schemes.
The title of the highest paid individual at PGG Wrightson is the Chief Executive Officer.
Gender Pay Gap Disclosures
PGG Wrightson is a signatory to “Mind the Gap” and will be reporting on its gender pay gap again in FY26.
The robustness of PGG Wrightson’s Remuneration Framework is based on role, not individual, which shows the Company has broad pay equity on
equivalent roles at PGG Wrightson, which have been broken down below for operations (business facing) roles and business support roles.
The gender pay gap is presented as the difference in median hourly rate of female staff compared to male staff (meaning a +5% difference would
represent female median hourly rate below males, whereas a -5% difference would represent female median hourly earnings above males). The
gender pay gap is calculated using the median hourly base rate (the exact middle value) because this provides a realistic picture of typical earnings
for men and women.
OPERATIONS – ROLE MIDPOINT
NUMBER OF EMPLOYEES
IDENTIFYING AS FEMALE
NUMBER OF EMPLOYEES
IDENTIFYING AS MALEGENDER PAY GAP
$60,000 - $80,0004662410%
$80,001 - $100,0001221064%
$100,001 - $150,000793295%
$150,000+8321%
Total67570825%
BUSINESS SUPPORT – ROLE MIDPOINT
NUMBER OF EMPLOYEES
IDENTIFYING AS FEMALE
NUMBER OF EMPLOYEES
IDENTIFYING AS MALEGENDER PAY GAP
$60,000 - $80,0004711-1%
$80,001 - $100,0003616-4%
$100,001 - $150,0003535-5%
$150,000+613-3%
Total1247526%
This data shows employees identifying as female have greater representation in the lower pay band, and less representation in higher pay bands,
which contributes to PGG Wrightson's overall gender pay gap of 28%, as explained by the table below.
CATEGORY
NUMBER OF EMPLOYEES
IDENTIFYING AS FEMALE
NUMBER OF EMPLOYEES
IDENTIFYING AS MALEGENDER PAY GAP
Executive2524%
Leadership1078-13%
Operations67570825%
Business Support1247526%
All Staff81186628%
A working group is continuing to develop strategies to address the lower representation of females in higher pay bands, predominantly leadership
roles.
ANNUAL REPORT 2026
|
131
Remuneration Report | Pūrongo utu
130
|
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED
BANDCOUNTBANDCOUNT
$100,000 – $110,000 87
$110,001 – $120,000 96
$120,001 – $130,000 74
$130,001 – $140,000 57
$140,001 – $150,000 45
$150,001 – $160,000 41
$160,001 – $170,000 36
$170,001 – $180,000 28
$180,001 – $190,000 21
$190,001 – $200,000 21
$200,001 – $210,000 23
$210,001 – $220,000 17
$220,001 – $230,000 22
$230,001 – $240,000 7
$240,001 – $250,000 4
$250,001 – $260,000 5
$260,001 – $270,000 8
$270,001 – $280,000 7
$280,001 – $290,000 6
$290,001 – $300,000 7
$300,001 – $310,0001
$310,001 – $320,000 3
$320,001 – $330,000 1
$330,001 – $340,0003
$340,001 – $350,0001
$360,001 – $370,0002
$370,001 – $380,0001
$380,001 – $390,0003
$390,001 – $400,0001
$400,001 – $410,0002
$430,001 – $440,0001
$440,001 – $450,000 3
$450,001 – $460,0001
$500,001 – $510,000 1
$510,001 – $520,000 2
$520,001 – $530,0001
$530,001 – $540,0002
$600,001 – $610,0001
$620,001 – $630,0001
$650,001 – $660,0001
$660,001 – $670,000 1
$680,001 – $690,0001
$840,001 – $850,000 1
$900,001– $910,0001
$940,001 – $950,0001
$1,550,001 – $1,560,0001
Total 650
Remuneration Bands
This Remuneration Report contains disclosure of the employees (other than employees who are Directors) who received remuneration and any
other benefits in their capacity as employees of the Company and its subsidiaries, the value of which was or exceeded $100,000 per annum, in
brackets of $10,000, as required by the Companies Act 1993.
The schedule includes:
All monetary payments actually made during the year, including termination payments and the face value of any short-term and any at-risk long-
term incentives granted, where applicable;
The employer’s contributions to superannuation funds, retiring entitlements, health insurance schemes and other payments to terminating
employees (e.g. long service leave); and
Livestock employees who are remunerated on a commission basis and whose remuneration fluctuates materially from year to year. Livestock
remuneration includes incentives paid in the current year that were earned in respect of the prior year’s performance.
The schedule excludes:
Amounts paid post 30 June 2026 that related to services provided in the 2026 financial year;
Telephone concessions to some employees that can include free telephone line rental, national and international phone calls and online services;
Independent real estate/livestock commission agents; and
Any benefits received by employees that do not have an attributable value.
No employees appointed as a Director of a subsidiary company of PGG Wrightson Limited receives or retains any remuneration or other benefits
from PGG Wrightson Limited for acting as such.
Director Remuneration
The following persons held office as a Director during the year to 30 June 2026 and received the following remuneration (including the value of
any benefits). Fees are not paid for membership of the Remuneration, Appointments and Nominations Committee, or for the Health, Safety and
Environment Committee (except for the Chair). The total fee pool available for Directors is $875,000 approved by shareholders at the 21 October
2005 Annual Meeting. The Directors did not receive additional fees or benefits to those fees listed in the table below and did not have any shares
issued or transferred to them as Director remuneration. The Directors’ shareholdings in PGG Wrightson Limited are disclosed under the Statutory
Disclosures section of the Annual Report. Figures are gross, rounded and exclude GST (if any):
When determining the fees for Non-executive Directors, the Board considers benchmarked data from other NZX listed companies, the
performance of the company and the time and effort required to fulfil Directors’ responsibilities.
Director remuneration outcomes
A breakdown of Board and Committee fees for the period are set out in the table below:
DIRECTOR NAMEFEE
FEE FOR AUDIT
COMMITTEE
FEE FOR HEALTH AND
SAFETY COMMITTEE
TOTAL REMUNERATION
RECEIVED
G Moore $59,918$2,853 $62,772
S Brown$31,386$11,413 $42,799
M Foon$25,679 $25,679
Dr C Severne$90,000 $10,000$100,000
U Kean Seng$90,000$8,233 $98,233
J Nichol$150,081$7,146$157,227
W Liu$90,000$30,136$120,136
Total$537,064$59,781$10,000$606,846
Annual Fee Schedule as at 30 June 2026
ANNUAL FEE
Chair$210,000
Deputy Chair$110,000
Director$90,000
Audit Committee Chair$40,000
Audit Committee Member$10,000
Health and Safety Committee Chair$10,000
ANNUAL REPORT 2026
|
133132
|
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED
Subsidiary Company Directors
The following persons held the office of Director of the respective subsidiaries (as defined in the Companies Act 1993) during the year or part year
as indicated on behalf of the Group. Directors appointed (A) or who resigned (R) during the year or part year are indicated. Staff appointments do
not receive Director fees or other benefits as a Director. Unless otherwise indicated, Group ownership is 100%.
LEGAL COMPANY NAMEPGG WRIGHTSON APPOINTED DIRECTORS
Ag Property Holdings LimitedJS Daly, SJ Guerin
Bidr LimitedSJ Guerin, PC Scott, RJ Shearer
Bloch & Behrens Wool (NZ) LimitedJS Daly, SJ Guerin, RJ Shearer
National Saleyards Limited (66.67%)JS Daly, PJ Newbold
NZ Agritrade LimitedJS Daly, SJ Guerin
Nexan Corporation LimitedNPJ Berry (A), JS Daly (A), SJ Guerin (A)
Nexan LimitedNPJ Berry (A), JS Daly (A), SJ Guerin (A)
PGG Wrightson Employee Benefits Plan Trustee LimitedCD Adam (R), JS Daly (Alternate Director), SJ Guerin, JA O’Neill, PR Drury
PGG Wrightson Investments LimitedJS Daly, SJ Guerin
PGG Wrightson Real Estate LimitedJS Daly, SJ Guerin
Sheffield Saleyards Co Limited (53.5%)RG Nordstrom
Vet Direct LimitedNPJ Berry (A), JS Daly (A), SJ Guerin (A)
General Disclosures | Ngā Whakapuakanga ArowhānuiShareholder Information | Ngā Mōhiohio Kaipupurihea
PGG Wrightson Limited is quoted on the New Zealand Stock Market of NZX Limited (code PGW).
As at 30 June 2026, PGG Wrightson Limited had 75,484,083 ordinary shares on issue.
Substantial Product Holders
At 30 June 2026, the following security holders had given notices in accordance with the Financial Markets Conduct Act 2013 that they were a
substantial product holder in the Company. The number of shares shown below are as recorded in the Company’s share register.
SHAREHOLDER
NUMBER OF SHARES
AT 30 JUNE 2026DATE OF NOTICE
Elders Limited
9,409,29614 December 2022
Agria (Singapore) Pte Limited
33,463,39910 April 2019
Agria Group*
33,463,39917 December 2018
* Agria Group being Agria Group Limited, Agria Corporation, Agria Asia Investments Limited, Agria (Singapore) Pte Ltd, New Hope International and New
Hope Group Co., Ltd as listed in the substantial security product notice.
Twenty Largest Registered Shareholders
The 20 largest shareholders in PGG Wrightson as at 31 July 2026 were:
SHAREHOLDERNUMBER OF SHARES HELD
% OF SHARES HELD
(ROUNDED)
1.Agria (Singapore) Pte Limited33,463,399 44.33
2.Elders Limited9,409,29612.47
3.New Zealand Depository Nominee Limited1,949,5582.58
4.Accident Compensation Corporation 1,329,9881.76
5.HSBC Nominees (New Zealand) Limited1,112,0131.47
6.Custodial Services Limited819,2761.09
7.Forsyth Barr Custodians Limited662,9060.88
8.JBWere (NZ) Nominees Limited577,8330.77
9.GMH 38 Investments Limited500,0000.66
10.FNZ Custodians Limited316,7360.42
11.Elizabeth Beatty Benjamin & Michael Murray Benjamin300,0000.40
12.H & G Limited295,0000.39
13.Leveraged Equities Finance Limited273,8820.36
14.Ian David McIlraith270,0000.36
15.NZX WT Nominees Limited250,7050.33
16.Anthony Joseph Ryan230,3220.31
17.Neil Douglas Waites225,5880.30
18.Citibank Nominees (New Zealand) Limited221,5860.29
19.Andrew Paul Lissaman Everist211,5000.28
20.Colin Robert Beaven208,1000.28
ANNUAL REPORT 2026
|
135
134
|
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED
Shareholder Information | Ngā Mōhiohio Kaipupurihea
Analysis of Shareholdings
Distribution of ordinary shares and shareholdings at 31 July 2026 was:
RANGETOTAL HOLDERSNUMBER OF SHARES% OF SHARES
1 – 4994,730763,6101.01
500 – 999951643,0740.85
1,000 – 1,9999381,227,8701.63
2,000 – 4,9999883,008,5483.99
5,000 – 9,9994382,855,5573.78
10,000 – 49,9995069,400,52912.45
50,000 – 99,999513,469,8104.60
100,000 – 499,999254,524,7035.99
500,000 – 999,99942,326,1283.08
1,000,000 Over647,264,25462.61
Total8,63775,484,083100.00
The Tables of Twenty Largest Registered Shareholders and Shareholding Analysis may differ, as certain shareholders may hold shares through more than
one registered entity.
Registered addresses of shareholders as at 31 July 2026 were:
ADDRESS
NUMBER OF
SHAREHOLDERS
% OF
SHAREHOLDERS
NUMBER OF
SHARES
% OF
SHARES
Singapore
80.0933,525,87344.41
New Zealand
8,39297.1631,748,88342.06
Australia
1411.639,872,61813.08
Other
961.12336,7090.45
Total
8,637100.0075,484,083100.00
Glossary | Rārangi Kupu
ACRONYM / TERMDEFINITION
$New Zealand dollar
$/headNew Zealand dollar per head
$/kgMSNew Zealand dollar per kilogram of milk solids
$/trayNew Zealand dollar per tray
%Per cent
AIArtificial Intelligence
APVMAAustralian Pesticides and Veterinary Medicines
Authority
Base SalarySalary paid to an employee, excluding any
additional compensation or benefits
BoardBoard of Directors for PGG Wrightson Limited
c/kgCents per kilogram
CEOChief Executive Officer
CFOChief Financial Officer
CGUCash-generating unit
CompanyPGG Wrightson Limited
cpsCents per share
DBODefined Benefit Obligation
DirectorA director of PGG Wrightson Limited
EBITEarnings before Interest and Tax
EBITDAEarnings before Interest, Tax, Depreciation, and
Amortisation
ESGEnvironment, Social, and Governance
ECLExpected Credit Loss
EPSEarnings Per Share
ERPEnterprise Resource Planning
ESCTEmployer Superannuation Contribution Tax
EVElectric vehicle
FY
Financial Year ended or ending 30 June of the
relevant year
GRIGlobal Reporting Initiative
GroupPGG Wrightson Limited and its subsidiaries
GSTGoods and Services Tax
haHectares
HSWHealth, Safety and Wellbeing
IASInternational Accounting Standard
IFRSInternational Financial Reporting Standard
ISOInternational Organization for Standardization
ACRONYM / TERMDEFINITION
ITOIndustry Training Organisation
JLVJoint Law Venture
KPIKey Performance Indicator
KGKilogram
LLPLimited Liability Partnership
LtdLimited
LVRLoan to Value Ratio
MPIMinistry for Primary Industries
NAITNational Animal Identification and Tracing
NIBDNet Interest-Bearing Debt
N PATNet Profit After Tax
NPSNet Promoter Score
N TANet Tangible Assets
NZNew Zealand
NZDNew Zealand dollar
NZ GAAPNew Zealand Generally Accepted Accounting
Practice
NZ IFRSNew Zealand equivalents to International Financial
Reporting Standards
NZXNew Zealand Stock Exchange
NZX CODENZX Corporate Governance Code 2025
NZX50GNew Zealand Stock Exchange Gross 50 Index
PGWPGG Wrightson Limited
PTEPrivate
OSPRIOperational Solutions for Primary Industries
(New Zealand) Limited
PtyProprietary Company
RANRemuneration, Appointments and Nominations
R&DResearch and Development
ROCEReturn on Capital Employed
SEHKHong Kong Stock Exchange
SGXSingapore Stock Exchange
SOPStandard Operating Procedure
STIShort-Term Incentive
SZSEShenzhen Stock Exchange
TRIFRTotal Recordable Injury Frequency Rate
TSRTotal Shareholder Return
XRBExternal Reporting Board
Trademark notice:
Blue AG™, Wool Integrity NZ™, and other identified marks are trademarks of PGG Wrightson Limited. bidr® is a registered trademark of PGG Wrightson Limited.
136
|
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED
Corporate Directory | Whaiaronga Rangatōpū
Company number 142962 NZBN 9429040323497
Board of Directors
as at 30 June 2026
John Nichol
Chair
Audit Committee member and
Independent Director
Wilson Liu
Independent Director
Chair of Audit Committee
U Kean Seng
Director
Audit Committee member
Dr Charlotte Severne
Chair of Health, Safety and Environment
Committee and Independent Director
Appointed 1 July 2026
Mark Allison
Director
Executive Team
as at 30 June 2026
Stephen Guerin
Chief Executive Officer
Nick Berry
General Manager Retail & Water
Julian Daly
General Manager Corporate Affairs
Company Secretary
Sarah Mears
General Manager People & Safety
Peter Newbold
General Manager Livestock & Real Estate
Peter Scott
Chief Financial Officer
Rachel Shearer
General Manager Wool
Registered Office
PGG Wrightson Limited
1 Robin Mann Place
Christchurch Airport
Christchurch 8053
PO Box 292
Christchurch 8140
Telephone:
0800 10 22 76 (NZ only)
+64 3 372 0800 (International)
Email:
enquiries@pggwrightson.co.nz
Auditors
Ernst & Young
Level 4
93 Cambridge Terrace
PO Box 2091
Christchurch 8140
Telephone: +64 3 379 1870
Managing your shareholding online
Te whakahaere tuihono i tō pānga hea
www.investorcentre.com/nz
General enquiries can be directed to:
Computershare Investor Services Limited
Level 2, 159 Hurstmere Road Takapuna, Auckland 0622
To change your address, update your
payment instructions and to view
your investment portfolio, including
transactions, please visit:
enquiry@computershare.co.nz
Private Bag 92119, Auckland 1142, New Zealand
Telephone +64 9 488 8777
Please assist our registrar
by quoting your CSN or
shareholder number.
Megan Shirley, PGW Technical Field
Representative, and Graham Ward, owner
of Morton Mains farm, near Invercargill,
Southland discuss his satisfaction with
the performance of his ewes grazing
herbicide-tolerant swedes over winter,
particularly their scanning results.
138
|
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED
---
For the year ended 30 June 2026 | Mō te tau i mutu i te 30 Hune 2026
Sustainability Report
and Climate Statement
Pūrongo Toitū me te Tauākī Āhuarangi
E
Cover image: Fence height by Christmas, photographed by Caitlin Hayes for the
2026 PGW Landmarks Photo Collection.
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED
PAGE 01
|
SUSTAINABIL
ITY REPORT 2026
PGG Wrightson Limited (PGW) is pleased to present
its Sustainability Report and Climate Statement
for the year ending 30 June 2026.
Contents Ngā Kaupapa
About this Report Tenei Purongo 3
Climate-Related Disclosures Ngā Whakapuakanga ā-Āhuarangi4
Key Information
Ngā Mōhiohio Hira 4
External Assurance
Whakaūnga ā-Waho4
Sustainability Reporting Standards
Ngā Paerewa Pūrongo Toitūtanga4
Material Topics
Ngā Take Kōrero4
About PGW
Mō PGW5
United Nations Sustainable Development Goals
Ngā Whāinga Whanaketanga Toitū
a te Kotahitanga o Ngā Iwi o te Ao
6
Memberships and Associations
Ngā Mematanga me ngā Hononga6
Stakeholder Engagement
Te Whai Wāhitanga o te Hunga Whaipānga8
Statement from the Directors
Tauākī a ngā Whakataka9
Statement from the Chief Executive Officer
Tauākī a te Tumu Whakahaere9
Climate Āhuarangi 10
Governance Mana Whakahaere10
Strategy
Rautaki12
Risk Management
Whakahaere Mōrea18
Metrics and Targets
Ngā Inenga me Ngā Ūnga19
Environment Taiao 20
Energy Pūngao20
Water
Wai 22
Waste
Para22
Social Pāpori 23
Employment Statistics Ngā Tauanga Whiwhi Mahi23
Education and Training
Te Mātauranga me te Whakangungu25
PGW Academy
Te whare wānanga o PGW 26
Remuneration and Benefits
Te Utu me ngā Painga26
Gender Pay
Utu ā-ira26
Parental Leave
Te Whakamatuatanga ā-Matua27
Health, Safety and Wellbeing
Te Hauora, te haumarutanga, me te toiora 28
Sponsorships
Ngā Tautoko ā-Pūtea30
Governance Mana Whakahaere 33
Policy Kaupapahere 34
Supply Chain
Mekameka tuku35
Agricultural Chemicals
Matū ahuwhenua35
Research and Development
Rangahau me te Whanaketanga35
GRI Content Index
Kaupapa Pūrongo Aowhānui 37
Glossary Rārangi Kupu 38
This report provides our stakeholders with an overview of our sustainability
performance and activities over the year, including our climate-related disclosures.
This report covers activities for the 12 months from 1 July 2025 to 30
June 2026 and information aligns with the reporting period for PGW’s
financial reporting, unless otherwise stated. This report focuses on the
activities of PGW and all its controlled entities. The PGW Board reviews
and approves the content contained within this report.
PGW has voluntarily restated its greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions for all
reporting years following the identification of an additional emissions
source and the separation of a previously aggregated emissions source
within the inventory. The resulting change is not considered material,
as it remains below PGW's established materiality threshold of 5%.
Further details of the restatement are provided in the GHG Disclosure
Report 2026.
This report is designed to reflect the interests and expectations of
our stakeholders. We welcome your feedback and encourage you to
share any comments or questions about the content by contacting
us at enquiries@pggwrightson.co.nz. Your input helps us continue to
improve and ensure our reporting remains relevant and valuable.
Each year PGW discloses information relating to our most material sustainability impacts.
This is the fifth consecutive year of formal sustainability reporting and the third year of climate-
related disclosures for the business.
When sun meet moon, photographed by Chihui Tang
for the 2026 PGW Landmarks Photo Collection.
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED
PAGE 02
|
SUSTAINABILITY REPORT 2026
About this Report
Tenei Purongo
Climate-Related Disclosures | Ngā Whakapuakanga ā-Āhuarangi
The climate-related disclosures included in this report have been prepared with reference to the Aotearoa New Zealand Climate
Standards (NZ CS) issued by the External Reporting Board (XRB). While PGW is no longer required to provide mandatory climate-related
disclosures, we have elected to continue reporting on climate-related matters (including scope 1 & 2 emissions) using elements of the
NZ CS that are most relevant and material to our business.
These disclosures are provided on a voluntary basis following the New Zealand Government's decision in 2025 to increase the climate
reporting threshold for listed issuers from $60 million to $1 billion in market capitalisation. As a result, PGW no longer meets the
definition of a Climate Reporting Entity. PGW is relying on the ‘no action’ relief issued by the Financial Markets Authority (FMA) on 28
October 2025 in relation to the announced, but not yet legislated, change in reporting thresholds.
Sustainability Reporting Standards | Ngā Paerewa Pūrongo Toitūtanga
The content of this reporting is prepared in the following:
With reference to the NZ CS using elements that are most relevant and material to our business.
In accordance with the Global Reporting Initiative (GRI) Standards.
The NZ CS closely align with the Task Force on Climate-related Financial Disclosures framework and has a high degree of interoperability with
the International Sustainability Standards Board's IFRS S1 and IFRS S2 standards.
A reporting Index is included at the back of this report and provides an overview of the disclosures under the GRI Standards and the location
within this report.
In drafting the Sustainability Report and Climate Statement PGW applied the reporting principles from both NZ CS and the GRI Standards:
Aotearoa New Zealand Climate StandardsGlobal Reporting Initiative
Principles – Information
Relevance
Accuracy
Verifiability
Comparability
Consistency
Timeliness
Principles – Presentation
Balance
Understandability
Completeness
Coherence
Reporting Principles
Accuracy
Balance
Clarity
Comparability
Completeness
Sustainability context
Timeliness
Verifiability
External Assurance | Whakaūnga ā-Waho
PGW’s GHG Emissions Inventory has been externally assured.
Oxygen Consulting NZ Limited was engaged to provide limited
assurance over the scope 1 and scope 2 (location and market-
based) components of the GHG Inventory for FY26. A summary
of the GHG emissions for PGW are provided within this Report
and readers are advised to refer to the latest PGW GHG Disclosure
Report, containing detailed GHG information including reporting
boundaries and operational control assessments. A full copy of
Oxygen Consulting NZ Limited’s Independent Limited Assurance
Report for the period is available within the GHG Disclosure Report.
Broader disclosures contained within this Sustainability Report and
Climate Statement have not been externally assured.
Material Topics | Ngā Take Kōrero
Sustainability reporting has been informed by a materiality assessment completed in 2022 that was undertaken to prioritise which
environmental, social, and governance (ESG) topics that are most material to our stakeholders. The concept of double materiality was
applied, which looked across both the ‘impact on’ the business as well as the ‘impact of ’ the business. These allow our audience to
understand the two-way interaction between PGW and our wider operating environment.
The following issues were identified as the most material according to both their stakeholder and business impacts:
Workplace Health and Safety
Product Traceability, Assurance and Lifecycle Management
Waste and Hazardous Materials
GHG Emissions and Decarbonisation
Partnerships and Supporting Communities
Ecological Impacts of Agri-Chemicals
Compliance with Legal and Regulatory Requirements
Continuing voluntary
climate reporting
beyond regulatory
requirements
Our third year of climate-related
reporting and an evolution in our
management of climate-related risks
and opportunities.
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED
PAGE 03
|
SUSTAINABILITY REPORT 2026
|
ABOUT THIS REPORT
Retail & Water | Rōpū Hokohoko me te Wai
PGW has a network of 88 retail stores across New Zealand split
between Rural Supplies and Fruitfed Horticulture branded
locations. Through the retail store network PGW offers a range
of products and services across farming and horticulture,
sourcing from New Zealand and international suppliers, as well
as through PGW’s wholesale division, Agritrade. PGW’s Water
& Irrigation business operates out of four dedicated water
branches, providing a complete service for water and irrigation
from design and planning through to maintenance and repair.
Supporting the retail network is a team of technical experts
specialising in a range of specialised services including
agronomy, soil science, animal health, animal nutrition, crop
specialists, crop monitoring, irrigation solutions and broader
technical advice.
Agritrade is PGW's wholesale business division, representing
rural, horticulture and water products sourced within New
Zealand and from around the world. Agritrade sells products
through PGW's retail stores, as well as to other retailers and
distributors who then on sell these products to farmer and
grower customers. Agritrade also includes the Nexan Group
(acquired on 31 July 2025), which is a leading manufacturer of
a portfolio of high-quality animal health products and solutions
for customers across New Zealand.
PGW is an agent for Ballance Agri-Nutrients for the sale of
fertilisers and has a key business relationship with Valmont
Industries through the design, sale and servicing of precision
irrigation solutions from Valley Irrigation.
About PGW | Mō PGW
Company name: PGG Wrightson Limited
Head Office Location: 1 Robin Mann Place,
Christchurch Airport 8053, New Zealand
PGW is a publicly listed company on the New Zealand stock exchange (NZX).
In 2026, PGW celebrates helping grow the country for 175 years, since May 1851
when George Gould opened Christchurch's first general store. PGW, and the
businesses that came before, have walked alongside New Zealand farmers and
growers, adapting to changing markets, new technologies, and the shifting needs of
rural communities.
As we celebrate our 175
th
anniversary, with a nationwide footprint of retail stores,
saleyards, wool stores, real estate offices, distribution centres, South Island water
branches, a specialist research and development laboratory, and a dedicated
research station, that same spirit of progress continues. To read more in-depth
information see:
PGW / Our Company / Our History.
PGW is a market leading, full service agricultural and horticultural supplies and
services business operating across the supply chain throughout New Zealand. The
business is split between two operating divisions: Retail and Water, and Agency. The
two areas are then split into seven main business units - Retail & Water includes Rural
Supplies, Fruitfed Horticulture, Water & Irrigation and Agritrade. Agency includes
Livestock, Wool and Real Estate For the purposes of this report any reference to ‘PGW’
or the ‘PGW Group’ refer to the entire business.
Agency | Kapa Umanga
Livestock |
Ngā Kararehe
PGW is the largest industry service provider, offering agency
services for the sale and purchase of livestock through auctions,
private sales, on-farm sales and specialist stud stock sales.
Supporting these services is a nationwide team specialising in
handling a range of livestock, offering on-farm assessments,
trade representation, strategic livestock selection through
genetics expertise and trade facilitation of wool and deer velvet.
PGW also offers a number of innovative services and products
including:
bidr® - New Zealand's market leading virtual saleyard
offering real-time, live auctions online.
agOnline™ - a key source of livestock listings across the
country to facilitate private sales.
GO-STOCK™ - a livestock grazing contract alternative to
finance to assist farmers to manage cashflow.
Defer-A-Bull™ - allowing farmers to secure a bull with no
upfront cost.
SkyCount™ - utilising advanced drone technology and
sophisticated artificial intelligence (AI) for livestock auditing.
Wool | Wūru
PGW has been supporting New Zealand sheep farmers
nationwide for 175 years, offering agency services for transacting
wool through auction, private sale and forward contracts. PGW
Wool provides comprehensive support from the farm gate to
markets worldwide.
Bloch & Behrens Wool (NZ) Ltd (BBNZ) is a PGW subsidiary
company that procures this wool and arranges for it to be
scoured and exported primarily through logistics service
providers to worldwide processors, predominantly based in
Europe. In turn these manufacturers make products which are
sold either directly, or through retail outlets to end consumers.
BBNZ provides a transparent supply chain with most products
being able to be traced back to farm. The wool is produced
to strict assurance standards and BBNZ holds a number of
certifications including the Global Organic Textile Standard,
Ecolabel, Responsible Wool Standard, NZ Farm Assurance
Programme and PGW's own Wool Integrity
TM
brand.
Real Estate | Hokohoko Whenua
PGG Wrightson Real Estate Limited is a nation-wide non-
franchised real estate company assisting customers throughout
the country and across the globe to buy and sell New Zealand
property. The PGW Real Estate Team specialises in the purchase
and sale of farms, rural properties, lifestyle blocks and provincially
located residential homes and commercial buildings. The team
is responsible for around a quarter of all New Zealand’s farm
transactions and more than 150 licensed real estate salespeople.
Please visit Our History | PGG Wrightson
to explore these stories and discover
the legacy that continues to
influence our business today.
Significant Changes Since Last Year
PGW commenced operations from its Hastings research station.
The Nexan Group was acquired and integrated into the PGW group structure, with an existing operational lease in Auckland assumed.
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED
PAGE 04
|
SUSTAINABILITY REPORT 2026
|
ABOUT THIS REPORT
Rural SuppliesFruitfed HorticultureWater & Irrigation
Agritrade
LivestockWoolReal Estate
United Nations Sustainable Development Goals | Ngā Whāinga Whanaketanga Toitū a te Kotahitanga o Ngā Iwi o te Ao
The United Nations Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs) provide a globally recognised framework for addressing environmental, social and economic challenges.
PGG Wrightson is committed to supporting Māori participation, partnership and leadership across our sustainability journey and the delivery of the Sustainable Development Goals. We
recognise the important contribution of Māori perspectives, knowledge and aspirations in creating sustainable outcomes for our people, customers, communities and the environment.
PGW has assessed the SDGs against our business strategy, material sustainability topics and operational activities to identify where we can have the greatest impact. Through this
assessment, we identified the SDGs most relevant to our business and mapped how our activities contribute to specific SDG targets. The targets referenced below align with those
published by the United Nations and highlight the areas where PGW can make a meaningful contribution.
Memberships and Associations | Ngā Mematanga me ngā Hononga
PGW is committed to supporting the advancement of the agricultural and
horticultural sectors through active engagement with industry bodies and
associations. These relationships provide opportunities to contribute to industry
advocacy, encourage innovation, share knowledge, develop talent, and address
challenges facing the sector. PGW is currently a member of, or affiliated with, the
following organisations:
A Lighter Touch
AgRecovery
Animal & Plant Health New Zealand
Business Leaders Health and Safety Forum
Campaign for Wool
Deer Industry of New Zealand
International Wool Textile Organisation
National Council of New Zealand Wool Interests
New Zealand Association of Accredited Employers
New Zealand Council of Wool Exporters
New Zealand Elk and Wapiti Society
New Zealand Institute of Directors
New Zealand Institute of Safety Management
New Zealand Stock & Station Association
New Zealand Wool Brokers Association
Plasback
Real Estate Institute of New Zealand
Safer Farms
Wool Research Organisation of New Zealand
SDGPGW Contributions
Zero Hunger
Through the products we supply and the technical expertise we provide, PGW helps New Zealand farmers and growers improve productivity
(Target 2.3), strengthen the resilience and sustainability of agricultural systems (Target 2.4), and support the preservation of genetic diversity
across agricultural and horticultural operations (Target 2.5).
Good Health and
Well-being
As one of New Zealand's largest rural employers, we play an important role in supporting the wellbeing of our people and the communities
in which we operate. Through employee health and wellbeing programmes, community partnerships, sponsorships and local engagement
initiatives, we contribute to improved health outcomes (Target 3.8) and promote wellbeing (Target 3.4) across rural New Zealand.
Gender Equality
A diverse and inclusive workforce is critical to the long-term success of our business and the communities we serve. We are committed to
increasing workforce diversity and fostering a more gender-balanced organisation through initiatives that support the full and effective
participation of women in leadership and decision-making roles (Target 5.5).
Decent Work and
Economic Growth
With operations spanning rural communities throughout New Zealand, PGW contributes to economic productivity and growth (Target 8.2) while
creating employment opportunities across the country. We are committed to fair employment practices, including equal pay for equal work
(Target 8.5), the protection of labour rights and safe working environments (Target 8.8), and addressing modern slavery risks within our supply
chains (Target 8.7). These principles are fundamental to how we conduct business and create long-term value.
Industry, Innovation and
Infrastructure
Innovation and technical expertise play an important role in supporting productive and sustainable farming systems. We invest in research
and development (Target 9.5), including conducting more than 50 product trials annually, while our technical and sales teams work alongside
customers to improve resource efficiency and encourage the adoption of environmentally sustainable practices (Target 9.4).
Responsible
Consumption
and Production
Working alongside industry partners including AgRecovery and Plasback, we support initiatives to reduce waste and improve resource recovery
across the agricultural sector (Target 12.5). We also encourage suppliers and customers throughout our value chain to adopt more sustainable
business practices and reporting approaches (Target 12.6).
Climate Action
Building resilience to climate change is an important priority for our business. We have completed a comprehensive climate risk assessment
to strengthen our ability to respond to climate-related challenges and opportunities (Target 13.1). We are also progressing initiatives to reduce
operational greenhouse gas emissions and report transparently on our performance (Target 13.2), while continuing to build awareness and
capability across the organisation through education, action and reporting (Target 13.3).
Life on Land
Through our partnership with A Lighter Touch and our promotion of biological solutions, we support efforts to reduce pressure on natural
habitats and encourage more sustainable approaches to pest and disease management (Target 15.5). We also provide products that help manage
invasive species and weeds, supporting the protection of productive landscapes and ecosystems (Target 15.8).
Partnerships for
the Goals
PGW has strong partnerships with key suppliers and is a member of a number of agricultural and horticultural sector bodies (Target 17.16),
encouraging strong public-private partnerships (Target 17.17).
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED
PAGE 05
|
SUSTAINABILITY REPORT 2026
|
ABOUT THIS REPORT
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED
PAGE 06
|
SUSTAINABILITY REPORT 2026
|
ABOUT THIS REPORT
A fine crop, photographed by Dianne Martin
for the 2026 PGW Landmarks Photo Collection.
Stakeholder Engagement | Te Whai Wāhitanga o te Hunga Whaipānga
PGW takes the following approach to stakeholder engagement:
StakeholderWhy they are importantWays we engageKey issues
Employees
PGW employs around 1,800 people across New Zealand. Our people are central to our success,
and we recognise that strong business outcomes are achieved through a safe, engaged and
high-performing workforce. We use a range of channels and engagement initiatives to connect
with employees across our geographically dispersed operations.
Email communications
I ntranet updates
CEO updates
Face-to-face meetings
Phone calls and messaging platforms
Team meetings and briefings
Health, safety and wellbeing
Remuneration and benefits
Business performance and strategic direction
Learning and development opportunities
Sustainability and ESG performance
Customers
As a leading agricultural and horticultural supplies and services business, our customers are
integral to our success and value chain. Understanding and responding to their evolving needs
enables us to deliver products, services and expertise that support their businesses and help
build long-term relationships
Day-to-day customer interactions
Customer perception and satisfaction research
Retail sales and customer insights data
Field days and industry events
Technical support and advisory services
Product value and competitiveness
Product range and availability
Technical expertise and advice
Service quality and responsiveness
Sustainability of products and supply chains
Suppliers
Strong supplier relationships are essential to maintaining a reliable supply of high-quality
products and services. Collaboration with suppliers helps ensure availability, quality and timely
delivery, enabling us to meet customer expectations and support operational resilience.
Supplier meetings
I ndustry conferences and events
Category management discussions
Product trials, research and development activities
Supplier performance reviews
Cost pressures and market conditions
Supply chain resilience
Sustainabilit
y and ethical sourcing
Product quality and innovation
Demand forecasting and planning
Shareholders
Shareholders provide the capital that supports our business and long-term growth. They
have a strong interest in PGW's strategy, performance and governance, and value transparent
communication regarding the delivery of sustainable shareholder value.
Half Year and Annual Reports
Annual Shareholders' Meeting
NZX announcements
I nvestor communications and presentations
Company website
Financial performance
Strategy and long-term growth
Governance and risk management
Capital allocation
Reporting and disclosure
Communities
PGW operates throughout New Zealand, with a significant presence in many rural
communities. Building and maintaining strong community relationships supports our social
licence to operate and enables us to contribute positively to the regions in which we live and
work.
Provision of essential products and services
Community investment and sponsorships
Rural and regional events
Employee volunteering and local initiatives
Ongoing customer and community interactions
Community wellbeing and resilience
Environmental sustainability
Local economic contribution
Employment and career opportunities
Responsible business practices
iwi Māori
As a business operating across New Zealand, PGW recognises the importance of engaging with
iwi. Through meaningful relationships, engagement with industry stakeholders, and support
for iwi Māori agribusiness, we seek to uphold ahuwhenua principles and foster enduring
whanaungatanga that creates shared value for iwi Māori, Māori people and communities.
Dedicated Māori Agribusiness team
Direct engagement with Māori agribusiness customers and partners
Sponsorship of the Ahuwhenua Trophy
Representation at Māori agribusiness forums and industry events
Collaboration with iwi Māori, Māori people and communities
Sustainable farming and land management practices
Knowledge sharing and capability building
Support for Māori agribusiness development
Product value and service offering
Access to products, services and expertise
Industry, partnerships and
memberships
Industry partnerships and memberships provide valuable opportunities to collaborate,
share knowledge, influence positive change and address sector-wide challenges. Through
active participation, PGW contributes expertise, supports industry advancement and helps
strengthen the agricultural and horticultural sectors.
Participation in industry forums and advisory groups
I ndustry conferences and events
Membership associations
Collaborative projects and initiatives
Scholarships and industry development programmes
I ndustry development and innovation
Market opportunities for products and services
Regulatory and policy developments
Sector sustainability and resilience
Sharing knowledge and best practice
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED
PAGE 07
|
SUSTAINABILITY REPORT 2026
|
ABOUT THIS REPORT
Statement from the Directors | Tauākī a ngā Whakataka
At PGW, we recognise the important role we play in supporting the long-term sustainability and resilience
of New Zealand's agricultural and horticultural sectors. As a trusted partner to farmers and growers, we are
committed to helping our customers improve productivity, adapt to changing conditions, and build resilient
businesses that can thrive in an increasingly complex operating environment.
Sustainability remains an important strategic consideration for the Board and is integrated into our approach
to governance, risk management and long-term business planning. Although PGW is no longer required
to prepare mandatory climate-related disclosures following changes to New Zealand's climate reporting
framework, we have elected to continue reporting voluntarily. We believe transparent disclosure provides
stakeholders with meaningful insight into how we are managing sustainability-related risks and opportunities,
while supporting accountability and informed decision-making.
We recognise that sustainability extends beyond environmental matters and includes our broader
responsibilities to employees, customers, suppliers and communities. This includes maintaining high standards
of ethical conduct throughout our operations and supply chain. We maintain a zero-tolerance approach to
modern slavery, forced labour and human rights abuses. During the year, we formalised our Modern Slavery
Policy, progressed supplier due diligence processes, and continued to strengthen our understanding of
potential supply chain risks. This work supports our commitment to responsible sourcing and positions PGW to
respond to evolving stakeholder expectations and regulatory developments.
We are pleased to present this Sustainability Report and Climate Statement alongside our Annual Report,
reflecting our commitment to transparency, accountability and continuous improvement. While challenges
remain, we are focused on delivering practical, evidence-based action and supporting the ongoing success of
New Zealand's primary industries through strong partnerships, innovation and responsible leadership.
John Nichol
Chair and Independent Director
15 September 2026
Dr Charlotte Severne
Independent Director
15 September 2026
Statement from the Chief Executive Officer | Tauākī a te Tumu Whakahaere
PGW is pleased to present our third standalone Sustainability Report and Climate Statement. While this is our third
dedicated sustainability publication, it marks our fifth year of formal sustainability reporting. This report builds on
the foundations established through our earlier disclosures and reflects on the progress, challenges and learnings
of the past 12 months. Sustainability remains a core strategic priority for PGW and continues to be embedded
across our operations, decision-making and long-term business planning.
Importantly, this report includes our voluntary climate disclosures following proposed changes to the reporting
thresholds. While it is no longer mandatory for PGW to report under New Zealand's climate-related disclosure
regime, we believe there is significant value in maintaining transparency and accountability through continued
reporting informed by with the Climate Standards.
During FY26, PGW delivered a strong financial result, supported by favourable commodity prices across several
sectors and the resilience of New Zealand's agricultural and horticultural industries. However, the year also
highlighted the challenges facing rural communities as many regions across the country experienced significant
weather-related disruption. The number of days that regions spent under a declared state of emergency increased
almost fivefold compared with the previous year, reflecting the growing frequency, scale and duration of severe
weather events affecting communities, infrastructure and businesses nationwide.
As a business deeply connected to rural New Zealand, we see firsthand the impacts that extreme weather can
have on farming and growing businesses. In late 2025 severe windstorms affected homes, businesses, power
networks and rural infrastructure across Southland, Otago and Canterbury. This was followed in January 2026 by
the significant rainfall event across parts of the North Island caused widespread flooding, which tragically resulted
in loss of life and severe infrastructure damage to the region. These events serve as a reminder that building
resilience is not simply an environmental challenge but also an economic and social imperative.
This Sustainability Report and Climate Statement, prepared in accordance with the GRI Standards, provides
a transparent view of our sustainability journey and climate response. It outlines the actions we have taken,
the progress we have made against our commitments, and the areas where further work is required. Through
ongoing collaboration with our stakeholders, we remain committed to supporting New Zealand's transition to a
more sustainable, resilient, and productive economy.
Stephen Guerin
Chief Executive Officer
15 September 2026
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED
PAGE 08
|
SUSTAINABILITY REPORT 2026
|
ABOUT THIS REPORT
Governance | Mana Whakahaere
The role an entity’s governance body plays in overseeing climate-related risks and
climate-related opportunities, and the role management plays in assessing and
managing those climate-related risks and opportunities.
PGW's governance framework is established through its
Constitution, Corporate Governance Code and Board Charter,
which are aligned with the NZX Listing Rules and NZX
Corporate Governance Code (as at 31 March 2026).
The Board of Directors is responsible for the overall
governance of PGW and has ultimate accountability for the
oversight of climate-related risks and opportunities. This
includes overseeing PGW's risk management framework
and ensuring that material climate-related matters are
appropriately identified, assessed and managed.
The Board's composition is guided by the Board Charter
and is designed to provide a diverse mix of skills, experience
and perspectives relevant to PGW's operations and strategic
objectives. PGW publishes a Board Skills Matrix annually in
its Annual Report, which identifies sustainability as a key
area of Board capability. The Board receives periodic updates
on climate-related developments, emerging regulatory
requirements and sustainability matters to support the
ongoing development of climate-related governance
capability.
Management supports the Board by identifying, assessing
and managing climate-related risks and opportunities across
the business. The Chief Executive Officer (CEO) is primarily
responsible for reporting operational matters to the Board,
including emerging climate-related issues, progress against
sustainability initiatives, significant risks and opportunities,
and developments that may impact the economy,
environment, people or the business. These matters are
formally recorded in Board meeting minutes.
The Board's performance is ultimately accountable to
shareholders, who evaluate and influence Board composition
through director elections held at the Annual Shareholders'
Meeting (ASM). Information relating to the ASM, including
meeting minutes, is available at:
PGW / Investor Centre.
The Board meets at least six times each year and provides
strategic oversight of climate-related risks and opportunities
as part of its broader governance responsibilities. A key
mechanism supporting this oversight is the Strategic Risk
Register.
PGW defines strategic risks as those with the greatest
potential to affect the achievement of its strategic objectives
and business performance. Strategic risk registers are
reviewed and updated at least every six months by relevant
subject matter experts across the Group. The climate-
related risk and opportunity register is reviewed by the
Sustainability Committee, with material matters reported
through established governance channels to management
and the Board. Climate-related considerations are integrated
into strategic decision-making and are considered in the
development and execution of the Group Strategy.
The Board is also responsible for setting, monitoring and
overseeing sustainability objectives and targets, including
those relating to climate-related matters. These objectives
and targets are informed by the PGW Sustainability
Strategy, which guides PGW's approach to managing its
environmental, social and governance responsibilities.
Progress against sustainability objectives and targets is
reported annually through disclosures aligned with the
GRI Standards and other relevant reporting frameworks.
At present, climate-related performance measures are not
incorporated into remuneration review processes.
Guarded by the peaks, photographed by Chihui Tang
for the 2026 PGW Landmarks Photo Collection.
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED
Climate
Āhuarangi
PAGE 09
|
SUSTAINABILITY REPORT 2026
Responsibilities
Responsibilities
Governance Committees
Management Committees
The Board is supported by several governance and management
forums that oversee, monitor and manage climate-related risks and
opportunities. These groups, and their meeting frequencies, are
outlined below.
PGW Governance GroupFrequency of Meeting
PGW Board of DirectorsOnce every two months
Audit CommitteeQuarterly
Board Health, Safety and
Wellbeing Committee
Quarterly
Executive Leadership TeamMonthly
Risk and Compliance
Committee
Quarterly
Group Health, Safety and
Wellbeing Committee
Quarterly
Sustainability CommitteeQuarterly
The Audit Committee assists the Board in discharging its oversight
responsibilities by supporting the effectiveness of PGW's internal
control and risk management systems. The Committee reviews strategic
risks, including climate-related risks, and monitors whether appropriate
processes are in place to identify, assess and respond to risks within
PGW's risk appetite.
The Board Health, Safety and Wellbeing Committee assists the
Board to provide leadership and policy in consistently discharging their
responsibilities in the governance of health, safety and safety-related
environmental considerations. The Committee adopts a continuous
improvement approach to strengthen organisational capability,
enhance health and safety culture, and support effective environmental
management practices across the business.
The Executive Leadership Team oversees the implementation of
risk treatments across the business and is responsible for day-to-day
operational management. This includes allocating resources and
supporting activities that contribute to achieving the objectives and
targets set out in the PGW Sustainability Strategy. Membership includes
the CEO, Chief Financial Officer (CFO), and General Managers from each
business unit and functional area.
The Risk and Compliance Committee is responsible for the review of
the Group and business unit risk registers, including identification of
new and emerging risks, future risk strategies, changes in risk profiles
as well as oversight that key risk treatments are being delivered. The
Risk and Compliance Committee receives and considers updates to the
climate-related risks from subject matter experts within the business.
The Management Health, Safety and Wellbeing Committee
coordinates and oversees the activities of the six business unit Health,
Safety and Wellbeing (HSW ) committees. The Committee reviews
reportable events, monitors the management of critical risks, oversees
wellbeing initiatives, and considers matters raised by elected employee
representatives to support a consistent approach to HSW across the
Group.
The Sustainability Committee is a cross-functional management
committee chaired by the Sustainability Manager. The Committee
oversees implementation of the PGW Sustainability Strategy, reviews
climate-related risks and opportunities, supports the preparation
of external sustainability disclosures, and considers material ESG
matters. The Sustainability Manager is responsible for escalating
recommendations and significant climate-related matters through the
appropriate governance forums. Climate-related risks, opportunities
and performance updates are reported to the Board at least six-
monthly, with additional reporting provided as required.
Approval of all strategy documents and
ultimate accountability for all company-
wide risks.
Oversight of the management of
Sustainability Strategy and climate-
related risks and opportunities.
Oversight of the effectiveness of the risk
management system.
Management of HSW activities and
safety-related environmental risks.
Drive implementation of the
Sustainability Strategy and provide
recommendations on climate-related
risks.
Oversight of HSW activities, controls
and performance.
Management of climate-related risks
and controls.
Sustainability
Committee
Executive
Leadership Team
Audit Committee
Board HSW Committee
PGW Board
Risk and Compliance
Committee
Management HSW
Committee
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED
PAGE 10
|
SUSTAINABILITY REPORT 2026
|
CLIMATE
Scenario Analysis
PGW has undertaken comprehensive climate scenario analysis based on the Agriculture Sector Climate Change Scenarios developed
by the sector and led by The Aotearoa Circle. PGW was a participant in the work to develop these scenarios, with PGW team members
attending a number of sector-based scenario workshops hosted by The Aotearoa Circle.
The three scenarios are shown below:
PGW undertook a series of qualitative internal workshops to assess
the potential impacts, risks, and opportunities associated with
the climate scenarios. These workshops involved key leaders from
across PGW's business units and support functions, including
Retail and Water, Agritrade, Livestock, Wool, Real Estate, Corporate
Affairs, and People and Safety.
PGW assessed climate-related risks and opportunities across the
short, medium, and long-term using the following time horizons:
Short-term: 0-20 years
Medium-term: 20-70 years
Long-term: More than 70 years
These time horizons are longer than those typically applied in
PGW's Group risk management and business planning processes.
This reflects the extended periods used in climate modelling, and
scenario analysis to assess the potential impacts of climate change
and the transition to a low-emissions economy.
In contrast, strategic business planning and capital allocation
decisions are generally made over shorter timeframes, reflecting
the period over which market conditions, customer demand,
technology, and economic factors can be more reliably assessed.
Particular attention was given to the agricultural sector impacts
identified within the scenarios, including changes in dairy and
livestock herd numbers, horticultural and arable land areas, and
exotic and native forestry. The scenarios were assessed in the
context of PGW's operations, strategic priorities, key markets,
and operating environment. PGW also undertook targeted
interviews with key personnel whose roles are directly impacted
by, or influence, the organisation's ability to respond to and build
resilience against climate-related challenges.
PGW reviewed the outcomes of the workshops and interviews
to identify and prioritise the most material climate-related risks
and opportunities for the business. Climate-related risks and
opportunities are regularly considered by the Executive Leadership
Team and Board, supporting informed decision-making regarding
capital allocation, investment priorities, and strategic planning.
Risk treatment actions are evaluated on a cost-benefit basis,
with the objective of reducing risk exposure to levels considered
acceptable by the business.
Orderly
|
Tū-ā-pae
(stance in order, step in succession)
Tū-ā-pae represents a world
defined by a smooth transition
to net zero CO2 by 2050. Global
warming is limited to 1.5°C
through stringent climate policies
and innovation.
Tū-ā-pae assumes climate policies
are introduced immediately and
become gradually more stringent
as 2050 looms. Both physical
and transition risks are relatively
subdued. Achieving net zero
by 2050 reflects an ambitious
mitigation scenario.
Disorderly
|
Tū-ā-hopo
(misstep)
Tū-ā-hopo represents a world with
little policy action until after 2030
after which strong, rapid action is
implemented to limit warming to
2°C. In Tū-ā-hopo, countries and
territories use fossil-fuel heavy
policies to recover from Covid-19, so
emissions increase, and nationally
determined contributions are not
met.
It is only after 2030 that new climate
change policies are introduced,
but not all countries take equal
action. Consequently, physical and
transition risks are higher. This is a
costly and disruptive transition.
Hot House
|
Tū-ā-tapape
(faltered step, to fall)
Tū-ā-tapape scenario describes
a world in which emissions
continue to rise unabated as
no additional climate policies
are introduced. Fossil fuel use
continues to increase, and so
global CO2 emissions continue
to rise and warming is expected
to reach 3°C higher by 2080.
The physical impact of climate
change is severe. There are
irreversible changes such as
ice sheet loss and sea level rise.
Adapting to climate change has
become the priority.
Strategy | Rautaki
How climate change is currently impacting an entity and how it may do so in the future.
This includes the scenario analysis an entity has undertaken, the climate-related risks and
opportunities an entity has identified, the anticipated impacts and financial impacts of these,
and how an entity will position itself as the global and domestic economy transitions towards
a low-emissions, climate-resilient future.
Climate change is a matter of double materiality for PGW. PGW both contributes to climate change through GHG emissions associated
with its operations and value chain, and is affected by the physical and economic impacts of a changing climate.
PGW's climate-related impacts arise directly from emissions generated by its operations and indirectly through activities across its value
chain, from suppliers through to customers. At the same time, climate change presents a range of risks and opportunities that may
affect PGW's operations, customers, supply chains, and long-term business performance.
Climate-related risks are generally categorised as either physical risks or transition risks. PGW's assessment of these risks is outlined
below.
Physical risks are risks arising as a result of chronic changes to
the climate such as rising sea levels and warming temperatures, in
addition to acute and extreme weather events such as droughts
and flooding. The most significant physical risks to the agricultural
sector are:
Inability for existing practices to maintain productivity and
output.
Increased volatility in production and reduced ability to get
product to market.
Increases in pests and diseases.
Increased water stress and lack of water security.
Transition risks are risks arising from the process of adjusting
to a low carbon economy or adapting to the impacts of climate
change. The most significant transition risks to the agricultural
sector are:
Inability for the sector to develop a whole system approach
to build resilience for effective adaptation.
Inability for the sector to keep up with the rate of global
technological change.
Loss of identity and degradation of mauri for rural
communities and agricultural sector operators.
Policy becomes misaligned with the needs of the sector
and how it operates.
Inability to maintain public acceptance to access and/or
operate in key markets.
Failure to understand and meet changing consumer
preferences in the market.
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED
PAGE 11
|
SUSTAINABILITY REPORT 2026
|
CLIMATE
Climate-Related Impacts | Ngā Pānga Hāngai Āhuarangi
PGW has experienced the following climate-related impacts in recent years:
ImpactTypeDescriptionFinancial Impact
Weather Impacts
Physical (Acute)PGW has experienced the disruption of significant weather events that are seemingly increasing in significance and
frequency. In late 2025, severe windstorms caused widespread disruption across Southland, Otago, and Canterbury,
impacting homes, businesses, power networks, and rural infrastructure. This was followed in January 2026 by a significant
rainfall event across parts of the North Island that resulted in widespread flooding, extensive infrastructure damage, and,
tragically, loss of life.
The increasing frequency and severity of weather-related events is consistent with broader national observations. IAG's
2026 Wild Weather Tracker reported 46 storm events across New Zealand between March 2025 and February 2026,
resulting in more than 33,000 insurance claims. The report noted that storms are now occurring, on average, every eight
days, compared with every 19 days over the previous 15-year period, highlighting the growing exposure of communities,
infrastructure, and businesses to weather-related disruption.
These events affected many of PGW's customers and reinforced the challenges that severe weather can create for the
agricultural sector, including damage to infrastructure, disruption to transport networks, reduced productivity, and delays
in recovering products and services to market.
PGW plays an important role in supporting customers before, during, and after significant weather events through the
provision of products, technical expertise, and on-the-ground support. The impacts reinforce the need for continued
investment in climate adaptation and resilience to support the long-term sustainability of New Zealand's rural
communities and agricultural sector.
Nil – On balance.
The financial impacts of weather-related events on PGW are inherently
uncertain and vary according to the nature and severity of each event.
While significant weather events may temporarily reduce revenue and
disrupt business activity in affected regions, these impacts can be partially
offset through increased demand for products and services that support
recovery and rebuilding efforts. As a result, the overall financial effect can
vary considerably between events.
Land Use Change
(To Horticulture)
Physical
(Chronic) /
Transitional
PGW monitors regional land use trends across New Zealand, including the ongoing conversion of land from traditional
pastoral farming activities to horticultural production. Over recent years, PGW has observed growth in demand for
horticultural products, services, and technical support in regions where horticultural activity has expanded.
This trend has contributed to growth within PGW's Fruitfed Horticulture business, reflecting increased demand for
specialist crop protection, nutrition, irrigation, and agronomy services. As horticultural production continues to develop in
suitable regions, PGW expects demand for these products and services to remain supported.
Fruitfed Horticulture is PGW's specialist horticultural service and supply business, operating a nationwide network of
stores across New Zealand's key horticultural regions. This network is supported by more than 50 Technical Horticultural
Representatives who provide technical advice and support to growers throughout the country.
Not feasible to calculate – Net positive.
PGW considers the ongoing expansion of horticultural land use to
represent a potential business opportunity, reflecting the generally higher
demand for specialist products, services, and technical support associated
with horticultural production.
However, the financial impact cannot be reliably quantified due to the
range of factors that influence land use decisions, grower returns, and
future demand for horticultural inputs and services.
Land Use Change
(To Forestry)
Physical
(Chronic) /
Transitional
PGW monitors the ongoing conversion of pastoral farmland into forestry, as changes in land use can have implications
across multiple areas of the business. Forestry generally requires fewer ongoing agricultural inputs than pastoral farming,
which can reduce demand for products and services supplied through PGW's Retail and Water, Agritrade, and Fruitfed
Horticulture businesses.
Forestry conversions may also reduce demand for livestock and wool agency services where land is no longer used for
grazing. In addition, lower levels of farming activity may reduce demand for related technical services and rural support
products.
Land use change can also influence activity within PGW Real Estate. Forestry investors often hold land for longer periods
aligned with forestry rotation cycles, which may reduce the frequency of land transactions compared with traditional
farming operations.
The rate and scale of farm-to-forestry conversions have varied in recent years, influenced by changes in policy settings,
carbon market economics, afforestation incentives, commodity prices, and broader land use trends. As a result, the extent
of future forestry conversion remains uncertain and may vary significantly between regions.
Not feasible to calculate – Net negative.
PGW considers increased farm-to-forestry conversion likely to have a
negative financial impact on the business, as forestry generally requires
fewer ongoing inputs and services per hectare than traditional agricultural
land uses.
It is not feasible to reliably quantify the financial impact associated with
land use change to forestry, as it is influenced by multiple complex and
interconnected factors.
Recent Updates to the Climate-
Related Risks and Opportunities
Register
During FY26, PGW reviewed its climate-
related risks and opportunities register to
confirm that identified impacts, risks, and
opportunities remain appropriate and
reflective of current conditions. The impacts
register was updated to reflect the current
impacts experienced by the business;
however, no material changes were made
to the risks or opportunities registers.
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED
PAGE 12
|
SUSTAINABILITY REPORT 2026
|
CLIMATE
Climate-Related Risks
TopicTypeMagnitudeTime HorizonDescription
Land Use Change
(To Forestry)
Physical (Chronic) /
Transitional
ExtremeMedium-termLand-use change from agricultural and horticultural land to forestry, driven by both physical impacts (acute and chronic climate-related weather events), as well as transitional impacts (policy changes and consumer
trends) are expected to continue over the medium-term. Land-use change towards forestry presents a risk to PGW, due to the proportional business income PGW derives from agricultural and horticultural customers
compared to forestry customers.
As land use changes from agricultural to forestry this has significant implications for PGW. Direct impacts are seen in the reduction in transaction volumes for livestock sales and wool, as well as a significant reduction in
retail inputs. This represents a permanent loss of business and reduction to the overall size of the market to PGW.
Market consolidation may occur in market segments impacted by land use change. As PGW is a diversified business, market consolidation may present as an opportunity for PGW to increase market share within a sector.
Supply Chain
Impacts
Physical (Acute
and Chronic)
ModerateMedium-termAs PGW derives significant proportion of its revenue from retail operations, any changes to the supply chain can have a large impact to the overall business. New Zealand is already seen as one of the riskiest insurance
markets globally due to weather events and seismic activity. However, as extreme weather events increase in frequency and intensity, it is expected there would be commensurate increases to insurance costs to cover
the anticipated loss profile.
Supply chain transport costs are expected to see increases in the medium-term as externalities are added in, such as carbon pricing on fuels (alongside fluctuations resulting from geo-political events impacting oil
prices). As well as impacts from weather events causing damage to road and ports being passed on through freight charges.
As extreme weather events increase in frequency and intensity it is expected that these events could disrupt supply chains. Impacts have the potential to occur in supplier manufacturing facilities (including their inputs)
or transportation/logistics routes (land, sea and air). Supply chain disruptions could impact the availability of product across New Zealand. The availability of the product can lead to customer operational impacts and
subsequently customer profitability, their ability to spend and may impair revenue forecasts for PGW.
Any impacts (or potential impact) to the supply chain have the ability to increase input costs. Increased input costs present as a risk to PGW, as costs are likely to be passed through to the consumer and may result in a
reduced sales volumes.
Employee
Recruitment and
Retention
TransitionMinorMedium-termAs the impacts from climate change are being directly realised at an individual business unit level, areas experiencing reduced profitability and reduced operational activities may have flow on effects for employee
motivation and morale. It is expected that these impacts could result in short-term employee retention issues, causing a loss of knowledge which may impact PGW’s provision of services in the short-term.
Employee recruitment may also become an issue as in-demand skills will be highly sought after, creating a highly competitive environment for talent acquisition. PGW will need to continue to differentiate its employee
value proposition to attract highly skilled team members going forward.
Market consolidation activities may occur within sectors impacted by climate change and land use change. As PGW is a diversified business, market consolidation may present as an opportunity for PGW to increase
market share within a sector, potentially changing employee profiles.
Pests and Diseases
Physical (Chronic)MinorMedium-termThe prevalence of pests and diseases across New Zealand is expected to increase as climate conditions change. Changing climates may allow new and unique pests establish suitable habitats in New Zealand. Increases
to pest and disease burden may have a detrimental impact on the economic activity across PGW’s agricultural and horticultural customer base.
As the prevalence of pests and diseases increases, so too does the potential for resistance to existing control measures. If pests or diseases become endemic, they have the potential to drastically change market
dynamics, eroding the profitability of entire sub-sectors, or causing prolonged economic impairment. If medium to long-term customer profitability were to be impaired, this will result in impairment to PGW revenue
streams as customers reduce spend.
As a proactive response to the anticipated increased prevalence of pests and diseases PGW has formally established a Biosecurity Working Group to support preparedness for, response to, and recovery from biosecurity
threats and incidents. This group develops a PGW-wide understanding of biosecurity risks and their potential impacts on the business, as well as ensuring preparedness, readiness and response coordination.
Water Scarcity
Physical (Acute
and Chronic)
ModerateMedium-termClimate change is expected to impact rainfall patterns across New Zealand. With the following impacts projected by the Ministry for the Environment:
Annual pattern of increases in west and south of New Zealand and decreases in north and east.
More dry days throughout the North Island, and in inland South Island.
Increased extreme daily rainfalls, especially where mean rainfall increases.
This substantial variation in projected rainfall patterns is likely to stress water catchments, putting pressure on regulatory bodies to address extraction licences and resource consenting. Uncertainty on extraction licences
or resource consents may impact PGW customers and their ability to derive income from farming and growing operations, in turn impairing PGW revenue streams.
Primary Sector
Emissions
Efficiency
TransitionModerateShort-termAs climate change regulation changes there is potential that both PGW its customers within the agricultural and horticultural sectors will likely be exposed to greater levels of regulation associated with GHG emissions.
The key areas are likely to be the emissions trading scheme and broader environmental regulation. As the regulatory environment changes this may impair PGW’s revenue, through impacts to customer cashflow and
ability to spend.
Emissions efficiency and environmental performance requirements may also be led by the customer, setting standards within their terms of trade (such as Nestlé driving GHG through their value chain influencing
Fonterra and ultimately on-farm activities). Customer-led requirements have the potential to add cost impacts to PGW customers and may impair PGW revenue streams unless the costs are passed to the end consumer.
PGW is unable to disclose quantitative information in relation to the climate-related risks due to the complex, interconnected nature of the modelling required.
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED
PAGE 13
|
SUSTAINABILITY REPORT 2026
|
CLIMATE
Climate-Related Opportunities
TopicTypeMagnitudeTime HorizonDescription
Land Use
Change (to
Horticulture)
Physical
(Chronic) /
Transitional
ExtremeMedium-termLand-use change to horticultural production represents
an opportunity to PGW. As growing regions change across
New Zealand, primarily as a result of changes in climate, the
viability of specific crops may expand out of traditional regions
and new crops may enter the New Zealand market.
PGW is well positioned to address this opportunity through
the existing Fruitfed Horticulture business unit, utilising this
existing channel to provide product and service offerings
to meet future customer demand. The horticultural growth
opportunity may also be augmented by changing consumer
trends regarding lower chemical use, reduced carbon
footprint and supply chain provenance.
PGW will need to continue to meet customers’ needs through
the importation of appropriate products, availability of
products, supply chain transparency and reduced emissions.
Market consolidation may occur in market segments
impacted by land use change. As PGW is a diversified business,
market consolidation may present as an opportunity for PGW
to increase market share within a sector.
Pest and
Disease Control
Physical
(Chronic)
MinorMedium-termIt is expected that the prevalence of pests and diseases across
New Zealand will increase as climate conditions change.
This pest and disease burden is likely to have a detrimental
impact on the economic activity across PGW's agricultural and
horticultural customer base over the medium-term.
As the success of PGW is closely tied to the success of its
customers, there is an aligned incentive to assist customers
with the control of emerging pests and diseases. The provision
of pest and disease control and advice will likely present
an economic opportunity for PGW through the sale of the
products and services to customers. Such opportunities could
include the expansion of crop monitoring services within
Fruitfed Horticulture, the importation and sale of new and
unique agri-chemical solutions and drench options (among
other solutions).
Primary Sector
Emissions
Solutions
TransitionModerateShort-termAs regulatory and business pressure increases for farmers
and growers to reduce GHG emissions, the demand for
services to assist with this is likely to increase. Examples of the
solutions which may result in commercialisation in the years
ahead include methane inhibiting boluses, anti-methanogen,
anti-acidosis or anti-urease vaccines, crop substitutions, feed
supplements, in-feed or in-water treatments. As a trusted
supplier to the agricultural sector, PGW is well placed to
provide technical advice and sell the emissions reduction
solutions directly to farmers and growers.
PGW is unable to disclose quantitative information in relation to the climate-related opportunities due to the complex, interconnected nature of the modelling required.
PGW Group Strategy | Rautaki Rōpū a PGW
PGW is guided by its purpose and vision, it showcases the reason we exist and the impact we want to have on our customers.
Our Vision | Tā Mātou Tūruapō
EMPOWERED FARMERS AND GROWERS
FOR GENERATIONS TO COME.
Kia ihumanea ngā kaipāmu me ngā kaitipu
mō ngā reanga e ara mai ana.
Our Purpose | Tā Mātou Kaupapa
HELPING FARMERS AND GROWERS SUCCEED
WITH EXPERT KNOWLEDGE AND CONFIDENCE.
He āwhina i ngā kaipāmu me ngā kaitipu kia angitu
mā ngā mōhiotanga mātanga me te ngākau titikaha.
The PGW Board is responsible for the Group Strategy and each business unit and its leaders have responsibility for its delivery. The Group
Strategy provides a clear framework for aligning business activities around common priorities and outcomes.
The Group Strategic Priorities record our Group level areas of focus, and then these priorities are layered in more detail in the business units
and corporate functions. All priorities have specific measurable objectives, and progress is monitored over time.
Sustainability is one of PGW's Group Strategic Priorities, providing direction to embed environmental, social, and governance practices
across PGW operations and value chains for long-term resilience and social responsibility.
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED
PAGE 14
|
SUSTAINABILITY REPORT 2026
|
CLIMATE
Our Group Strategic Priorities
BUSINESS UNITS
• Rural Supplies
• Fruitfed Horticulture
• Water
• Agritrade
• Livestock
• Wool
• Real Estate
BUSINESS FUNCTIONS
• Regional
• Information Technology
• People & Safety
• Marketing
• Procurement & Property
• Finance
• Corporate Aff airs
• Māori Agribusiness
Our Purpose | Tā Mātou Kaupapa
HELPING FARMERS AND GROWERS SUCCEED WITH
EXPERT KNOWLEDGE AND CONFIDENCE.
He āwhina i ngā kaipāmu me ngā kaitipu kia angitu mā
ngā mōhiotanga mātanga me te ngākau titikaha.
Our Values | Tā Mātau Uara
Our Vision | Tā Mātou Tūruapō
EMPOWERED FARMERS AND GROWERS FOR
GENERATIONS TO COME.
Kia ihumanea ngā kaipāmu me ngā kaitipu mō ngā
reanga e ara mai ana.
Harness PGW’s
collective reach,
relationships,
and systems to
strategically grow
the business and
market share.
Identify and off er
innovative solutions
that utilise science
and systems,
supporting farmers
and growers to reach
their goals.
Draw on our heritage,
reach, technical
expertise, customer
relationships, and
scale as a source
of competitive
advantage.
Develop the technical
expertise of our
people, anticipate the
requirements of our
future workforce, and
keep our team safe
and well.
Leverage Our
Collective Reach
Customer Focused
Innovation
Diff erentiated
Off ering
Invest in Our
People
SustainabilityPerformance
Measures
Embed environmental,
social and governance
practices across PGW
operations and value
chains for long-term
resilience and social
responsibility.
Monitor fi nancial,
safety, and customer
experience KPIs,
analysing and
interpreting data to
improve business
outcomes.
Accountability
Te Papanga
Leadership
Te Hautūtanga
Integrity
Pono
Smarter
Kia koi ake
Teamwork
Te Mahi Tahi
The full version of the CTP is available on our website:
www.pggwrightson.co.nz/sustainability
Sustainability Strategy | Te Rautaki mō te Toitūtanga
PGW’s Sustainability Strategy (Te Rautaki mō e
Toitūtanga) addresses three pillars - stewardship of our
environment, support of our people and communities,
and excellence in corporate citizenship. The strategy
addresses the sustainability topics that are the most
material to our stakeholders and business objectives.
The Sustainability Strategy is underpinned by a series
of measurable objectives that focus on strengthening
organisational resilience, reducing environmental
impacts, supporting our people, enhancing supply
chain accountability, and improving transparency
through regular reporting and disclosure. Progress
against these objectives is monitored over time to
support continuous improvement and long-term value
creation.
The full version of the Sustainability Strategy is
available on our website:
www.pggwrightson.co.nz/
sustainability
Climate Transition Plan | Mahere Whakawhiti Āhuarangi
PGW is committed to supporting the transition to a low-
emissions, climate-resilient future while strengthening
the resilience of its own operations, customers, and value
chain.
The PGW Climate Transition Plan (CTP) provides the
strategic framework for how PGW will respond to
climate-related risks and opportunities. It considers
the evolving operating environment, land-use change
trends, regulatory developments and changing customer
expectations. Through this lens, the CTP helps ensure
PGW remains well positioned to adapt to a changing
climate while continuing to create long-term value for
stakeholders.
A key focus of the CTP is the delivery of PGW's
operational emissions reduction target of a 30%
reduction in Scope 1 and Scope 2 emissions by FY30
from an FY21 baseline. Achieving this target will
require continued investment in fleet efficiency, energy
management, renewable energy, and operational
improvements across the business.
The CTP also recognises the critical role innovation will
play in supporting the future agriculture and horticulture.
PGW will continue to work alongside suppliers and
customers to identify and deliver solutions that improve
productivity and support emissions reduction. This
includes opportunities associated with livestock methane
reduction technologies, digital transformation, and the
ongoing evolution of products and supply chains. PGW
is well positioned to help bring emerging solutions to
market and support their adoption across farms and
orchards throughout New Zealand.
The PGW Group Strategy, Sustainability Strategy, CTP
and climate-related risks and opportunities register
collectively inform strategic planning, capital allocation,
and investment decision-making. Sustainability
considerations are incorporated into business cases and
investment proposals across the Group, helping ensure
resources are directed towards initiatives that support
long-term business resilience, contribute to sustainability
objectives.
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED
PAGE 15
|
SUSTAINABILITY REPORT 2026
|
CLIMATE
Sustainability Strategy
PillarsObjectivesTargets
Environment
Stewardship of our environment
1. Comprehensive greenhouse gas reporting across the
entire value chain.
2. Enhance systems to support environmental compliance
across operations.
3. Transition vehicle fleet to more emissions-efficient options
(gCO2-e/km).
4. Support biological products for NZ agricultural and
horticultural applications.
5. Support quality systems to improve product provenance
reporting and traceability capabilities.
6. Promote a circular approach to waste management
through product stewardship schemes.
7. Collaborate with suppliers and clients to reduce
environmental impacts and improve animal welfare
outcomes.
1. Reduction in operational market-based greenhouse
emissions (scope 1 & 2) by 30% by FY30 from our
FY21 baseline.
2. Annually disclose a comprehensive emissions
inventory (scope 1, 2 & 3), including calculation
methodologies and set targets.
3. Improve building energy efficiency by 20% by
FY30 from our FY21 baseline and prioritise the
electrification of key assets.
Social
Support our people and communities
1. Champion a health, safety and wellbeing culture that
involves people, builds capability and protects physical
and mental health.
2. Support equitable opportunities to enhance diversity and
inclusion.
3. Invest in employee development, growing technical
expertise and leadership capability.
4. Make meaningful contributions within communities
through events and sponsorships.
5. Grow and develop our relationships with Māori
agribusinesses.
1. Year-on-year reduction in Total Recordable Injury
Frequency Rate.
2. Annually report on the gender pay gap and develop
strategic actions to drive improvement.
3. Annual improvement to customer perceptions of
PGW as a sustainable business in customer research
outcomes.
Governance
Excellence in corporate citizenship
1. Uphold high standards of ethical behaviour, integrity,
transparency and accountability.
2. Exceed corporate reporting standards across all public
disclosures.
3. Drive improvements within supply chains through
procurement and due diligence activities.
1. Continually embed sustainability into PGW policies
and practices, driving sustainability through internal
decision-making processes.
2. Strengthen sustainability assessment criteria in
procurement processes and tendering activities.
3. Enhance supplier due diligence assessments
across the retail supply chain to drive sustainability
performance.
The United Nations Sustainable Developmental Goals are a set of global objectives to address poverty, inequality, climate change, environmental protection, peace, and prosperity. PGW has mapped the most material
impacts against the corresponding sustainability pillars.
The Tutaekuri river winds next to vine, photographed by
Carl Gundersen for the 2026 PGW Landmarks Photo Collection.
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED
PAGE 16
|
SUSTAINABILITY REPORT 2026
|
CLIMATE
Risk Management | Whakahaere Mōrea
How an entity’s climate-related risks are identified, assessed, and managed and how those
processes are integrated into existing risk management processes.
PGW is committed to effective risk management and fostering a culture where risk awareness and accountability are embedded
throughout the organisation. Risk management forms an integral part of business operations and decision-making, supporting the
delivery of strategy, organisational resilience, and sustainable long-term performance.
PGW takes a pragmatic approach to risk management, applying controls and mitigation measures that are proportionate to the nature,
scale, and potential impact of identified risks. Risk management does not seek to eliminate all risk; rather, it enables PGW to understand
its risk exposures, assess the effectiveness of existing controls, and determine the level of risk it is prepared to accept in pursuit of its
strategic objectives.
Risk management is a shared responsibility across the organisation. The Board is responsible for overseeing the effectiveness of PGW's
risk management framework, including approving the Risk Management Policy, defining risk appetite, and monitoring the management
of material risks. The Board, supported by the Audit Committee, receives regular reporting on the Group's risk profile and associated
assurance activities. The Audit Committee assists the Board by overseeing the processes used to identify, assess, manage, and monitor
risks across the business.
Risks are identified, assessed, and managed across all levels of the organisation as part of day-to-day business activities and operational
planning. Business units are responsible for maintaining and reviewing their risk registers and implementing appropriate controls and
mitigation actions. The Group's risk profile is reviewed by the Audit Committee at least every six months, while business unit risk registers
are formally reviewed on an annual basis or more frequently where required.
PGW risk assessment utilises the following risk matrix across impact and likelihood:
InsignificantMinorModerateMajorExtreme
Almost Certain
MediumHighHighVery HighVery High
Likely
MediumMediumHighVery HighVery High
Possible
LowMediumHighHighVery High
Unlikely
LowLowMediumHighHigh
Very Unlikely
LowLowMediumMediumHigh
RatingProbabilityDescription
Almost Certain
>90%Virtually guaranteed to occur
Likely
>70%Will probably occur or has been a common occurrence
Possible
>40%Could occur at some stage or there is some history of occurrence
Unlikely
>10%Could occur, and little history of occurring in the past
Very Unlikely
<10%May occur only in exceptional circumstances
The impact of risks are assessed across a range of types, including management effort,
financial, people, reputational, legislative, infrastructure, project delivery, customers and
environmental.
For the purposes of enterprise risk management, PGW applies the following time
horizons when assessing strategic and operational risks:
Short-term: 1-2 years
Medium-term: 3-5 years
Long-term: More than 5 years.
PGW applies a consistent approach for identifying, assessing, managing and prioritising
climate-related risks as all strategic risks. All parts of the PGW value chain are included as
part of the risk management process.
PGW's risk management framework aligns with the principles of ISO 31000:2018 Risk
Management, providing a structured and consistent approach to managing uncertainty,
supporting informed decision-making, and protecting and creating value. The
framework is underpinned by the eight principles of effective risk management and is
applied across the organisation to support the achievement of strategic objectives.
The adjacent diagram outlines the risk management process described in ISO
31000:2018.
The risk management process includes five key stages: risk identification, likelihood
assessment, impact assessment, risk treatment, and risk acceptance. Risks are evaluated
using a risk matrix that considers both likelihood and impact, allowing PGW to assess
inherent risk before controls are applied and residual risk after risk treatment measures
have been implemented. The authority required to accept a risk is determined by the
assessed risk level and PGW's delegated authority framework.
Group-level risks are recorded and monitored through the Group Risk Register, which
includes climate-related risks alongside other strategic business risks. PGW recognises
that climate-related risks are often interconnected with broader strategic and
operational risks and may amplify or compound their impacts over time. Integrating
climate-related risks into the Group Risk Register supports a consistent approach to risk
assessment, prioritisation, monitoring, and decision-making across the business.
The climate-related risks currently identified within the PGW Group Risk Register are
outlined below.
RiskDescription
Climate Change
The risks and opportunities arising from changes to the climate, extreme weather events, or
adjusting to a low carbon economy.
Social Licence to Operate
If our policies, operational practices or reporting do not meet key stakeholder expectations, this
could result in a damage to the PGW brand or the loss of the social licence to operate.
Environmental Health and
Animal Welfare
The ability to respond to changes in legislation, ongoing compliance, and community expectations
on environmental and animal welfare matters.
Risk Assessment
ISO 31000:2018 Risk Management Process
Scope, Context, Criteria
Risk Treatment
Risk Identification
Risk Analysis
Risk Evaluation
MONITORING & REVIEW
RECORDING & REPORTING
COMMUNICATION & CONSULTATION
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED
PAGE 17
|
SUSTAINABILITY REPORT 2026
|
CLIMATE
PGW reports a
23% reduction
of greenhouse
gas emissions
– since FY21
baseline
Metrics and Targets | Ngā Inenga me Ngā Ūnga
How an entity measures and manages its climate-related risks and opportunities.
Metrics and targets also provide a basis upon which primary users can compare entities
within a sector or industry.
Greenhouse Gas Emissions | Tukunga Haurehu Kati Mahana
FY21FY22FY23FY24FY25FY26
CategoryBusiness Activity
tCO2-etCO2-etCO2-etCO2-etCO2-etCO2-e
Scope 1 – Direct Emissions
Stationary Combustion
Diesel used for heating 36292135310
Natural gas used for heating9979108
Mobile Combustion
Diesel used in fleet vehicles6,9846,4876,6046,4775,9455,592
Diesel used in forklifts*1801561561528073
Regular Petrol used in fleet vehicles34233547129439
Premium petrol used in fleet vehicles7755967
LPG used in forklifts1311371251029595
Fugitive Emissions
HFCs used in AC and refrigeration212212212793723
Scope 2 – Indirect Emissions
Imported Energy
Electricity Consumption (location based)623564372377500379
Electricity Consumption (market based)6235642040ˆ0ˆ0
Total Direct and Indirect Emissions (location-based)8,2177,6237,5377,2846,8346,677
Total Direct and Indirect Emissions (market-based)8,2177,6237,3686,9076,3346,297
Absolute Change from FY21 Baseline (market-based)–-7.2%-10.3%-15.9%-22.9%-23.4%
Emissions Intensity (tCO2-e/$1M NZD Revenue) (market-based)9.698.007.557.546.495.86
PGW prepares its GHG inventory in accordance with the GHG Protocol,
using an operational control approach to define organisational boundaries
and determine emissions sources. Emissions factors and global warming
potentials are sourced from the latest Ministry for the Environment Emissions
Factors Workbook, with detailed information on inventory boundaries,
methodologies, assumptions and calculation approaches available in the
PGW GHG Disclosure Report at
pggwrightson.co.nz/sustainability.
The inventory is intended to provide a complete and reliable representation
of PGW's scope 1 and 2 emissions. The only excluded source is firewood used
for heating at certain locations, which is considered immaterial under the de
minimis principle due to data availability limitations.
To support transparency and confidence in the reported data, Oxygen
Consulting NZ Limited provided an unqualified limited assurance opinion
over PGW's GHG emissions inventory for the year ended 30 June 2026. The
full assurance statement is included in the PGW GHG Disclosure Report 2026.
Emissions Reduction Target
PGW recognises the importance of reducing its environmental impact and
has committed to reducing its operational (scope 1 and 2) GHG emissions by
30% by FY30, relative to an FY21 baseline.
The target is an absolute emissions reduction target covering PGW's scope
1 and 2 emissions. Progress is monitored against an interim linear reduction
pathway to FY30, providing a clear measure of performance over time.
In FY26, PGW achieved a 23.4% reduction in GHG emissions compared with
the FY21 baseline. This progress has been driven primarily by the ongoing
transition of PGW's vehicle fleet to petrol-hybrid and electric vehicles. During
the year, PGW increased the number of petrol-hybrid vehicles in service to
106 and introduced an electric vehicle (EV ) option for team members. Early
adoption has been encouraging, supported by the installation of in-home
charging infrastructure.
PGW also continues to purchase Meridian Energy's Certified Renewable
Energy product. Through the purchase of one-to-one matched renewable
energy certificates issued under the New Zealand Energy Certificate System
and administered by BraveTrace, PGW supports renewable electricity
generation in New Zealand while demonstrating a verified link between
its electricity consumption and renewable energy generation. As a result,
PGW is able to report its scope 2 market-based emissions as zero. PGW has
purchased Certified Renewable Energy since April 2023.
When assessing performance against its
emissions reduction target, PGW applies
a market-based approach for electricity
consumption and does not use any other form
of emissions offsetting in the calculation of
target progress.
PGW's emissions reduction target was
developed internally and is not aligned with a
1.5°C science-based pathway. This reflects the
composition of PGW's emissions profile, with
transport fuel representing the majority of
operational emissions. Meaningful reductions
in this area require either a reduction in
kilometres travelled or a substantial shift to
electric vehicle alternatives. As a result, PGW is
largely a technology-taker, dependent on the
availability of fit-for-purpose utility vehicles in New Zealand and the continued
development of reliable fast-charging infrastructure across rural regions.
PGW continues to closely monitor developments in the New Zealand vehicle
market and maintains regular engagement with vehicle manufacturers as new
technologies and vehicle options become available.
Further information on changes within PGW's vehicle fleet is provided in the
Environment section of this report.
Asset Risk and Business Exposure
PGW operates a diverse network of locations across the country. An assessment
of these sites against potential sea level rise exposure identified that 3.4% of
locations are situated at, or below, five metres above sea level.
The five-metre threshold was selected as a practical screening criterion,
representing land that could be increasingly exposed to tidal inundation and
localised flooding should a worst-case climate change scenario eventuate (RCP
8.5 2100 climate scenario). While elevation provides a useful basis for assessment,
vulnerability to sea level rise is influenced by a range of factors beyond height
above sea level. These include local topography, the presence of natural or built
protective barriers, drainage characteristics, and the frequency and severity of
storm events.
PGW's direct exposure to sea level rise is moderated by its property portfolio
structure. The majority of sites are leased, with lease terms that are substantially
shorter than the timeframes over which significant sea level rise impacts are
projected under the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change emissions
scenarios. While this provides flexibility in responding to changing physical risks
over time, it is noted that climate considerations are not the primary reason for
PGW's leasing strategy.
Although PGW's physical site exposure to sea level rise is currently assessed
as relatively low, broader business activities and supply chains may be more
vulnerable. PGW relies on a range of public and private infrastructure, including
transport networks, ports and logistics facilities, that could be affected by rising
sea levels and more frequent or severe storm events. Disruption to these critical
assets has the potential to impact the movement of goods, increase supply chain
costs and affect operational continuity.
PGW does not currently apply an internal carbon price within its business
operations. In addition, management remuneration is not presently linked to
sustainability targets or climate-related risks and opportunities.
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED
* Restated information.
10,000
8,000
6,000
4,000
2,000
0
FY21 FY22 FY23 FY24 FY25 FY26 FY30
Baseline Target
Diesel (Transport) Petrol (Transport) Electricity Other
Greenhouse Gas Emissions (tCO2-e)
Scope 1 & 2 Market-Based Emissions Profile
-7.2%
-10.3%
-15.9%
-22.9%-23.4%
-30%
PAGE 18
|
SUSTAINABILITY REPORT 2026
|
CLIMATE
Energy | Pūngao
Energy efficiency is a priority for PGW, with the commitment to improve the energy efficiency across
all premises by 20% by FY30 from the FY21 baseline.
CategoryBusiness ActivityFY21FY22FY23FY24FY25FY26
Scope 1 (Direct Emissions)
Stationary Combustion
Diesel used for heating (litres)13,25910,7507,79713,21611,4580
Natural gas used for heating (MJ)166,144159,152132,005175,424175,630141,000
Mobile Combustion
Diesel used in fleet vehicles (litres)2,577,2802,393,6852,436,8332,416,9212,217,6322,093,135
Diesel used in forklifts (litres)*66,43357,45057,38556,62229,80927,342
Regular petrol used in fleet vehicles (litres)14,0119,44614,35319,86154,146185,709
Premium Petrol used in fleet vehicles (litres)2,9622,9461,8752,0103,55027,937
LPG used in forklifts (litres)80,79584,29577,31063,23758,52358,803
Fugitive Emissions
HFCs used in AC and refrigeration (kg)120120120481915
Scope 2 (Indirect Emissions)
Imported Energy
Electricity consumption (kWh)5,191,7814,901,2095,017,3085,165,0674,940,9504,823,024
Renewable energy certificates (MWh)001,2965,1654,9414,823
* Restated information.
Emissions from PGW's building portfolio are primarily driven by electricity consumption. A smaller portion arises from fuel used for heating,
which continues to decline as the business progressively electrifies key assets and systems. As PGW leases the majority of its operating sites,
improvements in energy efficiency are often achieved through collaboration with landlords alongside investment by PGW.
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED
Environment
Taiao
Taranaki sunrise, photographed by Carl Behrent
for the 2026 PGW Landmarks Photo Collection.
PAGE 19
|
SUSTAINABILITY REPORT 2026
During FY26, a further five stores were upgraded to LED lighting through a combination of energy-
efficiency funding initiatives, capital improvement projects, site relocations and new building
developments. LED lighting forms part of PGW's standard fit-out specification for new premises,
supporting a consistent approach to energy efficiency across the network.
Approximately 80% of PGW sites now utilise LED lighting, contributing to cumulative energy savings of
well over five million kWh since 2017. These upgrades continue to reduce energy consumption, lower
operating costs and support progress towards PGW's emissions reduction objectives.
0 0.5M 1.0M 1.5M 2.0M 2.5M 3.0M 3.5M 4.0M 4.5M 5.0M 5.5M
Cumulative LED Lighting Savings to Date (kWh)
FY26
FY25
FY24
FY23
FY22
FY21
FY20
FY19
FY18
FY17
Cumulative Electricity Savings (kWh)
Trees for the Wright Reasons
Through the Trees for the Wright Reasons programme, PGW is helping drive meaningful environmental
restoration across New Zealand while supporting customers to make a positive impact. Delivered in partnership
with Nufarm, Ballance Agri-Nutrients and PGG Wrightson Seeds, the programme rewarded qualifying agronomy
purchases with packs of mānuka seedlings, enabling customers to contribute directly to native revegetation and
biodiversity outcomes.
Since its inception, the initiative has helped establish thousands of native trees across rural landscapes,
supporting improvements in biodiversity, water quality and ecosystem resilience. By combining the reach of
PGW and its partners, the programme can create lasting environmental benefits.
One project supported through Trees for the Wright Reasons is the restoration of the former Tututawa forestry
block near Stratford. Led by landowner Miranda Wells and the 800 Trust, the project aims to transform the area
into a thriving native bird food forest and biodiversity corridor. What began more than a decade ago as a long-
term restoration effort has grown into a significant conservation project, with approximately 28,000 native trees
planted in the most recent season alone. The focus extends beyond planting trees to rebuilding a functioning
ecosystem where native flora and fauna can flourish.
The results of this long-term restoration effort are already becoming evident. Kiwi are not the only species
benefiting from the regeneration of native habitat. Birdsong now fills the air, while native frogs, skinks and
eels are also thriving. Projects such as Tututawa demonstrate how collaboration between PGW, its industry
partners and customers can help restore biodiversity, strengthen ecosystems and create healthier, more resilient
landscapes for future generations.
Ohakune Store Development and Relocation
Fruitfed Horticulture’s Ohakune store relocated to a purpose-built site on Burns Street, delivering a
modern facility that improves both the customer and team experience. Positioned on the corner
of Burns Street and the Volcanic Highway, the new location includes enhanced health and safety
features, including a fully covered drive-through and dedicated customer parking separated from
freight movements, creating a safer and more convenient environment for customers and team
members alike.
The new facility also reflects PGW's focus on improving the efficiency and sustainability of its
operations. Energy-efficient LED lighting, electric heat pumps, and the previous store's LPG-powered
forklift was replaced with an electric alternative, reducing reliance on fossil fuels in day-to-day
operations. Together, these improvements demonstrate how investment in modern infrastructure
can support better customer outcomes while contributing to a more sustainable business.
Energy | Pūngao (continued)
Fleet Vehicles
PGW's vehicle fleet remains the largest contributor to PGW's
operational GHG emissions profile. With approximately 700
vehicles, including around 650 passenger vehicles, transport
continues to be the most significant opportunity for emissions
reduction.
Reducing transport emissions presents a unique challenge
for PGW. Our people work directly with customers across
New Zealand's rural communities, where regular face-to-
face engagement remains a critical part of building trusted
relationships, providing technical advice and delivering
responsive service. For many customers, particularly those in
remote locations, these interactions are an important aspect of
the value PGW provides. As a result, reducing emissions is not
simply a matter of travelling fewer kilometres. Instead, our focus
is on improving the efficiency of the vehicles we operate while
maintaining the level of service our customers expect.
During FY26, PGW continued the transition of its fleet towards
lower-emissions vehicles, with 106 petrol-hybrid electric vehicles
in operation as at 30 June 2026. As vehicles reach the end of their
lease terms and are replaced, hybrid technology is expected to
make up an increasing proportion of the fleet. This transition is
already evident in PGW's fuel consumption profile, with diesel
use declining and petrol use increasing as hybrid vehicles replace
traditional diesel-powered models.
Over time, the ongoing shift towards hybrid technology is
expected to improve fuel efficiency, reduce fuel consumption
and lower greenhouse gas emissions on a per-kilometre basis,
supporting PGW's long-term emissions reduction objectives.
While electrification represents the most significant long-
term opportunity to reduce fleet emissions, adoption remains
dependent on both vehicle availability and supporting
infrastructure. PGW operates in a market where fit-for-purpose
utility vehicles are essential, and the range of fully electric
models capable of meeting the demands of rural and on-
farm applications remains limited. At the same time, charging
infrastructure across many parts of rural New Zealand is still
developing.
PGW continues to actively monitor developments in the New
Zealand vehicle market and maintain regular engagement with
vehicle manufacturers as new models are introduced. Electric
vehicle options will continue to be evaluated through future fleet
procurement processes to ensure the business is well positioned
to adopt suitable technologies as they become available.
PGW has two electric pool vehicles available for team members
to use at the Christchurch Head Office, supported by dedicated
on-site charging infrastructure. PGW also successfully deployed its
first fully electric fleet vehicles during FY26, marking an important
milestone in PGW's fleet transition programme. These vehicles
were coupled with in-home charging solutions and appropriate
payroll adjustment mechanisms for employees.
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED
PAGE 20
|
SUSTAINABILITY REPORT 2026
|
ENVIRONMENTAL
Water | Wai
Water is fundamental to New Zealand's agricultural and horticultural success.
Reliable access to water supports farm productivity, crop quality, animal
welfare and the long-term resilience of rural communities. At the same time,
changing climatic conditions are increasing the importance of effective water
management across the country.
Updated national climate projections released by the Ministry for Cities,
Environment, Regions and Transport and Earth Sciences New Zealand indicate
that New Zealand is likely to experience significant changes in rainfall patterns
over coming decades. While some regions, particularly the west and south of the
South Island, are projected to receive higher annual rainfall, eastern and northern
regions are expected to face increased drought exposure and more frequent
periods of water scarcity. The latest projections also indicate an increase in the
intensity of extreme rainfall events across many parts of the country, increasing
flood risks and placing additional pressure on water infrastructure and land
management systems.
These trends highlight an increasingly complex water future for New Zealand,
where both excess water and insufficient water present challenges for farmers
and growers. Earth Sciences New Zealand notes that drought remains one of
New Zealand's most significant climate hazards, with impacts extending beyond
farm productivity to water availability, energy generation and rural communities.
Effective water management will play a critical role in supporting the resilience
and sustainability of the primary sector.
PGW supports customers through PGW Water, which provides irrigation,
pumping and water management solutions to farmers and growers across New
Zealand. Our services include system design, planning, installation, maintenance
and repair, helping customers improve water-use efficiency while supporting
productive farming and growing systems.
A key focus of PGW Water is the deployment of technology that enables more
precise water application. This includes Valley variable-rate irrigation systems,
which utilise GPS-guided technology to apply water at variable rates across a
property according to crop, soil and landscape requirements. These systems
help customers optimise water use by applying water where it is needed and in
the quantities required, supporting both operational efficiency and responsible
resource management. All irrigation systems designed by PGW Water are
completed by certified irrigation designers holding recognised New Zealand and
Australian design qualifications.
Due to the nature of PGW's activities, water is not considered a material resource
for the business operational footprint. Most sites are supplied through local
authority water infrastructure and consumption volumes are generally not
metered. As a result, PGW does not currently report total water consumption.
Water use within our operations is primarily associated with office and retail
facilities, including employee amenities across our property portfolio.
Waste | Para
PGW applies the principles of the waste hierarchy in its operations
and promotes more circular outcomes across our value chain. As a
major supplier to New Zealand's agricultural and horticultural sectors,
many of our most significant waste impacts occur beyond our own
operations. We work with suppliers to support packaging solutions
that minimise waste and encourage product stewardship initiatives,
helping customers divert materials from landfill and manage waste
more sustainably wherever practical.
Operational Waste
Operational waste is generated predominantly through PGW's
nationwide network of retail stores and distributions centres. In
FY26, PGW generated 426 tonnes of waste, of which 121 tonnes was
recycled, resulting in a 28% recycling rate. The primary recycled waste
streams include paper and cardboard, plastic wrap and food waste.
While this provides a useful indication of our operational waste
profile, there are limitations to the completeness of the data. Waste
information is sourced from third-party contractors servicing many
of our sites. However, some locations are serviced by local councils
that do not provide site-specific waste reporting. Improving waste
measurement and estimation methodologies remains a focus area as
we work towards building a more comprehensive understanding of
PGW's waste footprint and identifying further opportunities.
Product Stewardship and Farm Plastic Recycling
PGW continues to support the responsible management of farm
plastics through its long-standing partnership with Agrecovery, New
Zealand's rural recycling programme. The scheme provides recycling
solutions for a wide range of agricultural plastics and packaging,
helping farmers and growers divert materials from landfill and
support more circular resource use.
As both a retailer and brand owner, PGW actively supports accredited
product stewardship programmes. PGW, Fruitfed Horticulture,
Valagro, Nexan and Agritrade branded products participate in
Agrecovery, helping ensure eligible containers and bags can be
responsibly managed at end of life. To improve accessibility for
customers, PGW provides 14 collection sites for eligible agrichemical
containers and 51 collection sites for eligible bags across its store
network.
PGW also participated in Agrecovery's rubberware recycling trial in
2026, which provided farmers with a responsible end-of-life solution
for selected rubber farming products such as milking liners, air tubes,
milk tubes and claw tubes. Collected rubber was sent to cement kilns
where it replaced coal as a fuel and stopped micro rubber entering
the environment.
We also support Plasback, promoting recycling options for products
such as bale wrap, silage covers, polypropylene bags, twine and
vineyard netting through our stores and customer communications.
Tonnes
600
500
400
300
200
100
0
30%
25%
20%
15%
10%
5%
0%
FY23 FY24 FY25 FY26
Total Waste to Landfill (t) Total Waste to Recycled (t) % Diverted
PGW Waste Profile
27.6%
28.9%
28.1%28.3%
141
370
135
332
135
121
345305
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED
PAGE 21
|
SUSTAINABILITY REPORT 2026
|
ENVIRONMENTAL
The strength of PGW lies in its people. Their skills, experience, and passion are what enable us to
create value for our customers and contribute positively to rural New Zealand.
Creating an environment where our people can thrive is a core priority. We aim to cultivate a workplace that is safe, inclusive, and supportive,
where everyone is empowered to contribute, develop, and perform at their best. A strong HSW culture underpins this commitment, while
ongoing investment in learning, leadership, and employee development helps prepare our workforce for the future.
In a rapidly changing world of work, we remain focused on attracting and retaining talented people, building capability across the organisation,
and ensuring PGW continues to be a place where people choose to work, grow, and make a meaningful impact.
Employment Statistics | Ngā Tauanga Whiwhi Mahi
All PGW employees are located in New Zealand. PGW does not currently have any employees covered by collective bargaining agreements,
with all our employees engaged under individual employment agreements.
The following tables provide a breakdown of PGW's people as at 30 June 2026:
Total number of employees
by employment contract
(permanent and
temporary), by gender
GenderPermanentTemporaryNon-guaranteed Hours Total
Female6902398811
Male8011748866
Gender Diverse0000
Not Disclosed1001
Total1,492401461,678
Total number of
employees by
employment type
(full-time and part-time),
by gender
GenderFull-time*Part-timeNon-guaranteed Hours Total
Female53218198811
Male7308848866
Gender Diverse0000
Not Disclosed1001
Total1,2632691461,678
* Full-time is classified as 40 hours, part-time is classified as less than 40 hours.
In addition to those above, PGW also engages 160 commission agents, and 3 specialist consultants contracted for services, bringing the total
staff headcount to 1,841.
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED
Sunset in the Mackenzie Basin, photographed by Indigo
Stirling for the 2026 PGW Landmarks Photo Collection.
PAGE 22
|
SUSTAINABILITY REPORT 2026
Social
Pāpori
New employee hires
by age and gender
AgeNumber
Under 30161
30-50 years old148
Over 50 years old95
Gender
Female228
Male176
Gender Diverse0
Not Disclosed0
Total404
Employee turnover
by age and gender
AgeNumber
Under 30122
30-50 years old125
Over 50 years old143
Gender
Female221
Male168
Gender Diverse1
Not Disclosed0
Total390
All (100%) of PGW’s permanent employees engaged prior to April
of the financial year have the opportunity to participate in an
annual performance review (which includes career development
discussions). This performance review is part of PGW’s
remuneration review process, where the awarded performance
ratings are one of the factors in individual remuneration review
outcomes. PGW offers outplacement support to some employees
as appropriate, such as those who are exiting PGW for reasons of
redundancy or retirement.
New Hires Turnover
PGW offers employment on a part time basis where we can meet the operational requirements of the
business whilst providing our employees with flexibility, where possible. PGW offers employment on
a temporary basis for the delivery of clearly defined, fixed pieces of work (which could include peak
periods) or to provide cover for roles during periods of short term absences (e.g. parental leave). PGW
offers non-guaranteed hours employment to casuals in order to provide cover for short term unexpected
absences and in areas of the business with fluctuating and unpredictable workloads. PGW’s threshold for
determining significant fluctuations in employee numbers is +/- 5% and we did not have a significant
fluctuation in employee numbers during the reporting period.
Female Employees by Contract TypeMale Employees by Category Type
Female Employees by Employment
Category
Male Employees by Employment Category
Female Employees by Contract Type
Permanent,
690, 85.1%
Temporary,
23, 2.8%
Non-Guaranteed
Hours,
98, 12.1%
Female Employees by Contract TypeMale Employees by Category Type
Female Employees by Employment
Category
Male Employees by Employment Category
Male Employees by Category Type
Temporary,
17, 2.0%
Non-Guaranteed
Hours,
48, 5.5%
Permanent,
801, 92.5%
Female Employees by Contract TypeMale Employees by Category Type
Female Employees by Employment
Category
Male Employees by Employment Category
Male Employees by Employment Category
Part-time,
88, 10.2%
Non-Guaranteed
Hours ,
48, 5.5%
Full-time,
730, 84.3%
300
200
100
0
228
176
221
168
00
Female Male Gender Diverse Not Disclosed
New Hires Turnover
New Hires and Turnover by Gender
01
Number of Employees
200
150
100
50
0
161
148
122
125
95
143
Under 30 30-50 years old Over 50 years old
New Hires and Turnover by Age
Number of Employees
Employment Statistics | Ngā Tauanga Whiwhi Mahi (continued)
The following tables provide a breakdown of the new employee
hires and turnover for the 12 months to 30 June 2026:
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED
PAGE 23
|
SUSTAINABILITY REPORT 2026
|
SOCIAL
Female Employees by Contract TypeMale Employees by Category Type
Female Employees by Employment
Category
Male Employees by Employment Category
Part-time,
181, 22.3%
Non-Guaranteed
Hours,
98, 12.1%
Full-time,
532, 65.6%
Female Employees by Employment Category
Education and Training
|
Te Mātauranga me te Whakangungu
These include the following:
TO LEAD – a two-day programme for new and existing leaders covering our
leadership behaviours. This also includes a DISC report which is debriefed with
each participant, a detailed 360-degree report which is debriefed in a 90-minute
coaching session, where an action plan focusing on development areas and an
alumni programme are created.
To complement the above, a one-day Coaching Skills programme for leaders
has been developed and piloted, with a further rollout across our business from
late 2026 onwards.
Core Skills programmes – including Presentation Skills, Running Effective
Meetings, Managing Poor Performance (Leaders), Mental Health Matters,
Recruitment and Selection (Leaders), and Performance Reviews (Leaders).
Health, Safety and Wellbeing Fundamentals – a 2-day course for all team
members covering the key HSW related focuses at PGW. This includes Why
manage Health and Safety – our responsibilities, Risk Management, Event
Investigation, Safety Culture and Wellbeing.
PGW Induction course – a one-day course for all new starters which covers off
the company values, behaviours, business units, primary industry and aims to
provide an overview of the organisation as well as an opportunity to connect
with other new starters.
Over 4,000 online courses offered via our Learning Management System -
selected by the learners directly or assigned to them by their managers as part
of an identified development plan.
Mandatory courses – related to compliance requirements i.e., Cyber Security,
PGW policies, HSW related topics etc.
Extended DISC – both individual and team sessions delivered either via
individual coaching to debrief report and identify certain things, or as a team
session focusing on the DISC profile within the team.
In addition, the following more tailored offerings are available:
Academy Programme – during this year long programme, participants work towards obtaining
a National Certificate in Rural Servicing (Level 4), a recognised NZQA accredited qualification
offered through Primary ITO. Participants are required to complete assessments and spend time
in the field in their local area in different parts of the business as part of the accreditation process.
Tech Ed – curated resources for employees relating to information technology applications
and tools.
Tech College – a learning platform developed by the Rural Supplies Technical and Fruitfed
Horticulture Technical Extension teams. Technical College was developed for the primary reason
of lifting the farming and growing knowledge of the whole business, especially for those team
members with limited primary production experience. It offers an unsurpassed range of courses -
aimed at helping grow our peoples' skills within both agriculture and horticulture.
Retail and Sales Training – including the following offerings:
• CSR Financial and Sales Fundamentals (training course)
• David Foreman Sales Performer (training course)
• Store Manager Store Financials, Sales Planning & Merchandising (training course)
• Store Manager Advanced Selling Conversations (training course)
• Understanding Cashflow: Business and Personal Finance (an online information module)
Certificate in Distribution – suitable for those working in our distribution centres – is an NZQA
level qualification for those wanting to develop a career towards a Team Leader, Supervisor or
Managerial role in a distribution environment.
Certificate in Contact Centres – for Customer Services teams and Contact Centres.
Retail Induction – a series of online courses developed within PGW and which is assigned to all
new Retail team members as part of their induction. Modules include such things as Seasonality,
An Introduction to Agritrade, Technical Team, Supply Chain.
Retail D365 training – an online series of modules which team members can complete to
familiarise themselves with our retail point of sale system, including required functions and
workflows required by those team members who use this system daily.
Outplacement support – including CV writing and interview coaching is offered for any
employees impacted by redundancy.
PGW is committed to developing the capability of our people through a combination
of formal training, professional development, on-the-job learning and industry-based
education pathways. Investing in our employees helps build a skilled, safe and high-
performing workforce that is equipped to meet the evolving needs of our customers and
the sectors we serve.
During FY26, employees completed more than 16,000 hours of training through PGW's
centrally managed learning systems, equating to approximately 10 hours of training per
person. This represents a significant increase on the previous year and reflects the return to
our regular learning and development programme following the completion of business
improvement and system-related training initiatives. Increased participation in our Health
and Safety Fundamentals programme also contributed to the uplift in training hours.
Cybersecurity awareness remained a key area of focus during the year. Employees
completed more than 2,000 hours of cybersecurity training, representing a substantial
increase on FY25. This reflects PGW's ongoing investment in building cyber resilience
through regular awareness activities, reinforcement programmes and behavioural learning
initiatives designed to strengthen secure workplace practices.
The training hours reported capture structured learning recorded through our central
learning systems. They do not include a range of additional development activities
undertaken across the business, such as on-the-job coaching and mentoring, external
training programmes, industry conferences, NZQA qualifications and learning delivered
through initiatives such as the PGW Academy. These activities make an important
contribution to employee development and workforce capability and are expected to
significantly increase the total learning undertaken across the organisation.
PGW will continue to enhance its learning and development systems and reporting
capabilities to better understand and support the development of our people.
’Grow You. Grow the Country’
At PGW, we recognise that our people are our strength. We are committed to investing in our people so we can support and develop our team members by providing
them with the tools, resources and skills to succeed in their roles.
PGW is committed to developing our workforce through targeted investment in competency-based and technical skills training. PGW offers a variety of programmes to
our people to upgrade employee skills in line with our Learning and Development Policy.
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED
PAGE 24
|
SUSTAINABILITY REPORT 2026
|
SOCIAL
Remuneration and Benefits | Te Utu me ngā Painga
PGW maintains a mature and transparent remuneration framework that is designed
to attract, retain and motivate talented people while supporting the delivery of our
strategy and long-term business objectives. The framework applies consistently
across the organisation, including senior executives, and is approved by the Board.
To support fair and equitable remuneration outcomes, all roles are evaluated using a
structured grading methodology and benchmarked against relevant private-sector
market data through an independent remuneration partner. This approach helps
ensure remuneration remains competitive and aligned with the skills, responsibilities
and experience required for each role.
PGW is committed to providing fair pay and continues to pay all employees at least
the equivalent of the Living Wage. During FY26, the equivalent of the Living Wage
rate was $28.95 per hour (FY25: $27.80 per hour), increasing to $29.90 per hour
for FY27. We also provide a range of performance-based incentive programmes
that recognise both individual and organisational performance. For senior leaders,
incentive arrangements incorporate measures relating to safety, strategic delivery
and business performance, reinforcing accountability for long-term value creation.
As an indicator of our remuneration structure, the ratio of total annual remuneration
for the organisation's highest-paid individual to the median total remuneration
of all other employees was 19.8 during FY26 (FY25: 16.28). The ratio of the annual
remuneration increase for the highest-paid individual compared with the median
remuneration increase for all other employees was 5.7 (FY25: -2.3).
In addition to remuneration, PGW provides a range of employee benefits that
support the wellbeing and financial security of our people. Permanent employees
and commission agents under the age of 70 are eligible for group life insurance
cover. Part-time employees receive the same employment benefits as full-time
employees, with the exception of temporary fixed-term employees engaged for less
than one year, who are not eligible for the group life insurance scheme.
PGW’s Redundancy Policy provides severance pay (which takes into account
employees’ service) and provides outplacement support (such as CV writing and
interview coaching) for any employees impacted by redundancy.
Gender Pay | Utu ā-ira
PGW is committed to providing equitable remuneration and rewarding
employees fairly based on their role, skills, experience and performance. Our
remuneration framework is designed to promote consistency and fairness across
the organisation, and our analysis indicates there is no significant gender-based
variation in remuneration for employees performing comparable roles.
As part of our commitment to transparency and continuous improvement, PGW
is a signatory to the Mind the Gap initiative and publicly reports its gender pay
gap. For FY26, PGW's gender pay gap was 28%, calculated using the difference in
median hourly earnings between women and men across the organisation. This
methodology aligns with the approach recommended by Statistics New Zealand.
The gender pay gap is distinct from pay equity. While our remuneration practices
support equitable pay for comparable work, the overall gender pay gap reflects
the composition of our workforce and the representation of women and men
across different occupations, levels of seniority and business functions.
To provide additional transparency and insight into the drivers of our gender
pay gap, we have presented our workforce profile across both operational and
business support roles. Understanding workforce composition helps inform
initiatives that support greater diversity, inclusion and career development
opportunities throughout the organisation.
Operations
Role mid-point
Female
Employees
Male
Employees
Gender
Pay Gap*
$60K-$80K4662410%
$80K-100K1221064%
$100K-150K793295%
$150K+8321%
Total67570825%
* Difference in median hourly rate of females compared to males within each role mid-point band.
Business Support
Role mid-point
Female
Employees
Male
Employees
Gender
Pay Gap*
$60K-$80K4711-1%
$80K-100K3616-4%
$100K-150K3535-5%
$150K+613-3%
Total1247526%
* Difference in median hourly rate of females compared to males within each role mid-point band.
PGW Academy | Te whare wānanga o PGW
Developing the next generation of leaders remains an important investment for PGW.
Established in 2006, the Academy is designed to expand participants' knowledge, grow
their expertise, and provide exposure to the wider business and primary industries sector.
Open to employees across all business units, the programme supports succession planning
while helping participants work towards a nationally recognised NZQA-accredited National
Certificate in Rural Servicing (Level 4). Over the past two decades, many Academy graduates
have progressed into leadership and specialist roles across the business, creating a lasting
network of talent throughout PGW.
The Academy continued to attract strong interest during the year, with a high calibre of
applicants from across the country. Following a competitive selection process, 13 employees
selected and seven trainees were chosen to join the 2026 cohort, representing a diverse
range of business functions including retail, Agritrade, wool, finance and field services.
Throughout the programme, participants combine formal learning with practical field
experience, gaining exposure to dairy, livestock and horticultural production systems,
customer engagement, compliance requirements, and problem-solving within real farm and
growing environments.
A highlight of the year was the Academy's horticulture workshop held in Pukekohe, which
brought participants together for two days of hands-on learning. The programme included
sessions on biosecurity and soil science, visits to key industry operators, and the opportunity
to see emerging technologies in action, including robotic spraying systems and modern
horticultural production techniques. These experiences provide participants with valuable
insights into the challenges and opportunities facing New Zealand's primary industries, while
strengthening their ability to support customers and contribute to PGW's vision of being
Leaders in the Field.
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED
PAGE 25
|
SUSTAINABILITY REPORT 2026
|
SOCIAL
This data shows female employees are over-represented in
our lower pay bands and under-represented in higher pay
bands, which contributes to PGW’s overall gender pay gap of
28%, as shown by the table below.
Category
Female
Employees
Male
Employees
Gender
Pay Gap*
Executive2524%
Leadership1078-13%
Operations67570825%
Business Support1247526%
All PGW81186628%
* Difference in median hourly rate of females compared to males.
PGW has established a working group to develop key strategies to
primarily address the under representation of females in higher pay
bands – most specifically in leadership roles.
100
80
60
40
20
0
$60K-$80K $80K-$100K $100K-$150K $150K+
Female Employees Male Employees
Employee Headcount
Business Support
47
36
11
16
3535
6
13
100
80
60
40
20
0
Board of Directors Executive Leadership
Female Male
Headcount
Board, Executive and Leadership Composition
2
1
5
3
10
78
600
500
400
300
200
100
0
$60K-$80K $80K-$100K $100K-$150K $150K+
Female Employees Male Employees
Operations
Employee Headcount
466
122
241
106
79
329
8
32
Parental Leave | Te Whakamatuatanga ā-Matua
PGW recognises the importance of balancing work and family commitments and supports employees through significant life events, including
becoming a parent. We provide a range of parental leave benefits and support programmes that help employees take time away from work to
care for their growing families while maintaining a connection to the business.
We understand that returning to work following parental leave can be a significant transition. Employees often face new responsibilities,
changing priorities and the challenge of balancing family and professional commitments. To support a successful return to work, PGW offers a
paid Keeping in Touch programme, enabling employees to stay connected with their teams, workplace developments and career opportunities
during their leave. Employees on parental leave also continue to participate in remuneration review processes, helping to support career
continuity and equitable outcomes.
For reporting purposes, PGW categorises parental leave as either primary carer leave or partner leave. Eligible employees who have worked an
average of at least 10 hours per week during the six months prior to commencing leave can access these entitlements. PGW also provides a
number of benefits that go beyond legislative requirements, including ensuring that annual leave accrued during parental leave is calculated
and paid at the employee's ordinary rate of pay.
By supporting employees through this important stage of life, we aim to foster an inclusive workplace where people can develop their careers
while prioritising the needs of their family.
Parental LeaveFemaleMale
Gender
Diverse
Not
DisclosedTotal
Total number of employees that were entitled to parental
leave
779855111636
Total number of employees that took primary carer leave*5300053
Total number of employees that took partners leave0100010
Total number of employees that returned to work in the
reporting period after parental leave ended**
1400014
Total number of employees that returned to work after
parental leave ended that were still employed 12 months
after their return to work **
1400014
FemaleMale
Gender
Diverse
Not
Disclosed
Return to work rate*45%–––
Retention rate
**
74%–––
* Includes employees whose parental leave ended between 1 July 2025 - 30 June 2026
** Includes employees who reach 12 months following their return to work from parental leave between 1 July 2025 - 30 June 2026
Gender Pay | Utu ā-ira (continued)
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED
PAGE 26
|
SUSTAINABILITY REPORT 2026
|
SOCIAL
Health, Safety and Wellbeing | Te Hauora, te haumarutanga, me te toiora
Work-related Health
and Safety Reporting
FY24
FY25FY26
Employees
Other
workersEmployees
Other
workersEmployees
Other
workers
Recordable at work injury713732723
– High consequence at work injury
*001000
– Fatalities001000
Recordable at work ill health414020
Total recordable injury frequency rate
** 27.5– 28.8– 27.8–
* High consequence at work injury: : work-related injury that results in a fatality or in an injury from which the worker cannot, does not, or is not expected to recover fully to pre-injury
health status within six months.
** Total recordable injury frequency rate (TRIFR): Calculated based on contracted hours worked by permanent and temporary employees, using a base of one million hours. This
metric is not available for ‘Other Workers’ as total hours are not recorded.
PGW continued to invest in the capability of leaders and workers
through ongoing HSW training, coaching and development
programmes. These initiatives support the organisation's objective
of building a positive safety.
The business also remains committed to supporting workers
following injury or illness through early intervention, rehabilitation
support and return-to-work programmes. This is complemented by
a wide range of wellbeing initiatives, including health promotion
activities, annual flu vaccinations, mental wellbeing programmes
and ongoing support from the PGW Wellbeing Champions network.
PGW continues to actively participate in industry forums and
partnerships, sharing learnings and contributing to broader
improvements in HSW across New Zealand's rural sector.
For the year ended 30 June 2026, there were 72 recordable injuries
of PGW employees (FY25: 73) and three recordable injuries in other
workers who are not employees (FY25: two) but whose work and/or
workplace is controlled by PGW. The most common types of injuries
were sprains and strains. There were two recordable cases of at-work ill
health of PGW employees. The most common type of at work ill health
was due to systemic conditions.
PGW’s TRIFR rate for FY26 was 27.8 (FY25 28.8), representing a decrease
of 3.5% from the comparative period. This is calculated based on
contracted hours worked by permanent employees, temporary
employees and casuals, using a base of one million hours.
PGW continues to align its approach to HSW with the Health and
Safety at Work Act 2015 and the requirements of the Accident
Compensation Corporation Accredited Employers Programme
(AEP). During the year, PGW successfully completed its first AEP
audit under the revised programme requirements, demonstrating
the continued maturity and effectiveness of our health and safety
management systems.
External assurance remains an important component of
PGW's approach to continuous improvement. During the
year, PGW completed both its AEP audit and an independent
Safe+ assessment to evaluate the effectiveness and maturity
of its HSW systems, governance and practices. These reviews
recognised a number of strengths across the organisation while
also identifying opportunities for further enhancement. The
findings have informed the ongoing development of our Annual
HSW Improvement Plan and broader improvement roadmap,
providing leadership with a clear and prioritised framework for
advancing safety culture, organisational learning, critical risk
management and overall HSW performance across the business.
HSW governance continues to be overseen by the Group HSW
Committee, supported by business unit HSW Committees.
Throughout the year, these committees continued to evolve and
mature, improving their effectiveness as forums for consultation,
participation and the sharing of safety insights. Committee
representation from across the business continues to ensure
frontline perspectives remain connected with executive and
Board-level decision-making.
To strengthen workforce engagement and learning, PGW
introduced Safety Connections, a series of conversations
designed to build on visible safety leadership by better
understanding how work is performed, identify barriers to
success and promote learning across teams. This approach
supports PGW's commitment to Human and Organisational
Performance principles and reinforces our focus on learning,
improvement and shared accountability rather than blame.
The organisation also approved and launched its updated
Health and Wellbeing Strategy, providing a clear framework for
improving physical, psychological and social wellbeing across
PGW. The strategy builds upon existing wellbeing initiatives and
establishes a more coordinated approach to health promotion,
injury prevention, health monitoring and early intervention.
A key achievement during the year was the continued
advancement of PGW's Critical Risk Programme. Following
development of the Critical Risk Framework and associated
standards, work focused on identifying critical risks, validating
controls and strengthening assurance processes across the
business. Critical risks are subject to increased governance
oversight, with regular reporting and review supporting
greater visibility of control effectiveness and risk management
performance.
The implementation and ongoing refinement of the Asset
Management System supported by a new Fleet Management
role has continued to strengthen oversight of critical operational
assets. Improved visibility of asset condition, maintenance
requirements and ownership has supported more informed
decision-making and better management of safety-related
risks. The system is enabling a more proactive approach to asset
management across multiple business units.
During the year, PGW completed a comprehensive review of
saleyard infrastructure across the country. The review provided
a consistent assessment of infrastructure quality, operational
suitability and safety risks, enabling investment decisions to
be prioritised based on risk and operational need. This work
continues to support long-term improvements in the safety and
functionality of saleyard environments for employees, contractors,
agents and customers.
Health risk management also remained a key priority. PGW
undertook a refresh of its Health Monitoring Programme,
ensuring monitoring requirements better reflect current exposure
risks and legislative expectations. The refreshed programme
strengthens both worker health protection and organisational
assurance by improving consistency, participation and reporting
across the business.
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED
PAGE 27
|
SUSTAINABILITY REPORT 2026
|
SOCIAL
Harvesting the chook's food, photographed by Jan MacKenzie
for the 2026 PGW Landmarks Photo Collection.
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED
PAGE 28
|
SUSTAINABILITY REPORT 2026
|
SOCIAL
Sponsorships | Ngā Tautoko ā-Pūtea
At PGW, our commitment to the rural sector extends
well beyond the products and services we provide.
Through our sponsorships, partnerships, and the
volunteer efforts of our people, we invest in the
communities, industries, and initiatives that help rural
New Zealand thrive.
Across the country, our team contributes time,
expertise, and resources to causes that strengthen
community resilience, support those facing challenges,
and help create safer and more sustainable farming
and growing environments. From environmental
restoration projects and emergency response services
to local events and grassroots organisations, these
contributions reflect our enduring connection to the
regions we serve.
Our sponsorship programme is guided by a clear
framework that ensures our support is targeted,
consistent, and aligned with our values. We focus on
initiatives that deliver meaningful and lasting impact,
recognising excellence across the agricultural and
horticultural sectors, encouraging the development
of future industry leaders, and helping build stronger,
more connected rural communities. We are also proud
to champion programmes that promote wellbeing
and safety, helping rural people live and work with
confidence.
Equally important is ensuring the organisations and
activities we support reflect the values and standards
expected of PGW. Our sponsorship approach actively
considers environmental, animal welfare, community,
and reputational factors, enabling us to focus our
support where it can create positive outcomes for rural
New Zealand while maintaining the integrity of the
PGW brand.
By partnering with a wide range of local and national
organisations, we celebrate the achievements of the
industries we serve while supporting the long-term
success of farming and growing communities. Through
these relationships, we continue to build trusted
connections and contribute to the prosperity and
resilience of rural New Zealand.
Ahuwhenua Trophy
PGW is a long-standing Silver
Sponsor of the Ahuwhenua
Trophy, widely regarded as the
most prestigious award in Māori
farming and growing. The awards
celebrate excellence across New
Zealand's primary industries,
recognising not only commercial
success, but also innovation,
kaitiakitanga (stewardship of
the whenua), leadership, and
intergenerational planning. The
competition rotates annually
between the dairy, sheep and
beef, and horticulture sectors, with
Fruitfed Horticulture sponsoring
the 2026 horticulture awards.
The 2026 Ahuwhenua Trophy for
Excellence in Māori Horticulture
was awarded to Mātai Pacific Iwi
Collective (MPIC), a collective
owned by Te Arawa, Ngāti Awa,
and Rotomā No.1 Incorporation.
MPIC is committed to a
philosophy of "Oranga Whenua,
Oranga Tangata" (Healthy Land,
Healthy People). Since acquiring
its orchards in 2018, the collective
has increased production from just
under one million trays of kiwifruit
to approximately 1.5 million trays,
demonstrating the strength of its
long-term vision and commitment
to sustainable growth.
During the year, members of
PGW's Iwi Relationship Team
attended a field day hosted by
Ballance Agri-Nutrients and MPIC
in Te Puke. The visit provided
an opportunity to hear directly
from iwi leaders and growers
about the collective's aspirations
and achievements. Alongside its
strong commercial performance,
MPIC has demonstrated a deep
commitment to environmental
stewardship, including the
development of a six-hectare
biodiversity and wetland area
designed to improve water quality
and restore natural ecosystems.
These initiatives, combined with
the collective's commercial
success, contributed to MPIC also
being named the 2026 Bay of
Plenty Ballance Farm Environment
Awards Supreme Winner.
The other finalists, Otama
Marere Trust and Ngāti Hine
Forestry Trust, also exemplified
excellence in Māori horticulture.
PGW and Fruitfed Horticulture
representatives attended
field days hosted by both
organisations, providing valuable
opportunities to learn more about
their businesses, history, and
future aspirations.
Beyond recognising excellence,
our sponsorship of the
Ahuwhenua Trophy provides
meaningful opportunities to build
and strengthen relationships
across the Māori agribusiness
sector. Following the awards,
PGW's Iwi Team supported a
relationship engagement with
Otama Marere Trust, recognising
its achievement as a finalist and
discussing how PGW can support
its future aspirations. A highlight
of the visit was the delivery of a
pepeha by a PGW team member,
which was warmly received and
reflected our commitment to
building culturally respectful
and enduring partnerships.
These engagements strengthen
relationships not only with
trustees, but also with orchard
managers, cadets, and orchard
workers, helping us better
understand and support iwi
aspirations.
All three finalists in the 2026
competition were PGW
customers, making the awards
a particularly rewarding
opportunity to celebrate their
successes alongside whānau,
industry leaders, government
representatives, and the wider
Māori agribusiness community.
Through our ongoing support of
the Ahuwhenua Trophy, we are
proud to celebrate excellence,
strengthen trusted relationships,
and contribute to the long-term
prosperity and sustainability of
Māori agribusiness throughout
New Zealand.
IHC Calf & Rural Scheme
PGW has proudly supported the IHC Calf & Rural Scheme since its inception 44 years ago. Over that time,
the partnership has helped raise over $45 million, making a meaningful difference to the lives of people
with intellectual disabilities and their families in rural communities throughout New Zealand.
The scheme provides an opportunity for farmers and growers to support this important cause by donating
livestock, with sale proceeds contributed directly to IHC. Those unable to donate an animal can also
participate through virtual calf donations, ensuring everyone has the opportunity to contribute.
Our partnership with IHC extends beyond fundraising. Each
year, PGW teams across the country demonstrate their
support through Pink Week, to raise awareness of the IHC
Calf & Rural Scheme while bringing our people together
behind a shared cause. During this year's Pink Week, held
from 13-17 April 2026, teams transformed workplaces with
pink-themed decorations, hosted morning teas, shared
stories, and took part in fundraising activities, creating a
visible and enthusiastic show of support across the business.
Together with the generosity of farmers, growers, customers, and our people, the scheme raised an
outstanding $1.4 million this year through calf and virtual donations - the second highest result on record.
These funds play a vital role in helping people with intellectual disabilities in rural communities access
services, build connections, and receive the support they need to lead fulfilling lives.
The continued success of the IHC Calf & Rural Scheme is a testament to the strength and generosity of rural
New Zealand, and we are proud to play our part in supporting an initiative that delivers such a lasting and
positive impact.
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED
PAGE 29
|
SUSTAINABILITY REPORT 2026
|
SOCIAL
Ahuwhenua Trophy, Excellence in Māori Horticulture Award 2026. Photo by alphapix.nz
Rural Women New Zealand
In 2026, PGW was proud to establish a new partnership
with Rural Women New Zealand, an organisation
dedicated to supporting and connecting rural women
while advocating for stronger, more resilient rural
communities across the country. Through its work, Rural
Women helps create opportunities for leadership, personal
development, community connection, and wellbeing,
making a meaningful contribution to the vitality of rural
New Zealand.
To support this initiative, PGW partnered with several of
our key fencing and water suppliers, including Cyclone,
Hynds, PermaPine, Waters & Farr, and RX Plastics, in a
collaborative fundraising campaign during February and
March 2026. For every $100 spent on eligible fencing and
water products, PGW contributed $1 to Rural Women New
Zealand, creating an opportunity for customers, suppliers,
and PGW to support rural communities together.
The campaign raised an impressive $40,000 and the
success of the initiative demonstrated the power
of collaboration across our industry and a shared
commitment to supporting the people who contribute so
much to the strength and success of rural New Zealand.
As a new sponsorship partnership, we are excited to
support the important work Rural Women undertakes
to foster connection, advocacy, and opportunity across
rural communities, and we look forward to building a
relationship that delivers lasting benefits for rural people
and places.
Supporting and Celebrating Rural Women
PGW is proud to partner with Shepherdess, a rural media
platform dedicated to connecting, empowering and
inspiring women across rural New Zealand. Through our
annual magazine sponsorship, we support the sharing of
authentic stories that celebrate the resilience, innovation
and contribution of rural women, communities and
businesses. In 2025, our sponsorship saw PGW recognised as
a magazine partner across all four editions of Shepherdess,
helping extend the reach of content that strengthens
connections within rural New Zealand and highlights the
people at the heart of our sector.
We also support the Shepherdess Muster as a Bronze Sponsor, helping create
opportunities for rural women to connect, learn and recharge. Held in Tokanui,
Southland, in March 2026, the three-day event brought together 200 women
from across New Zealand for workshops, guest speakers, wellbeing activities
and discussions on topics important to rural communities. By partnering with
Shepherdess through both its publication and events programme, PGW contributes
to building stronger, more inclusive rural communities while supporting leadership,
wellbeing and connection for women across the food and fibre sector.
Cash for Communities
Land Search and Rescue
PGW is proud to support Land
Search and Rescue New Zealand, a
volunteer organisation dedicated to
helping find and assist people who
are lost, missing, injured, or in distress.
With many of our customers and
employees spending time in the great
outdoors, supporting Land Search
and Rescue is one way we help
strengthen the safety and resilience
of the communities we serve. We are
also proud to be recognised as a Land
Search and Rescue Valued Employer,
supporting employees who volunteer
their time and skills to assist with
search and rescue operations.
Land Search and Rescue’s network of
more than 3,000 trained volunteers
spans 68 local groups nationwide.
These volunteers contribute
thousands of hours each year to
training, skill development, and
emergency response, ensuring they
are ready to assist when needed.
Alongside local search and rescue
teams, specialist disciplines including
LandSAR Dogs, CaveSAR, CanyonSAR,
Alpine Cliff Rescue, and RiverSAR
provide expert capabilities in some
of the country's most challenging
environments.
The partnership is particularly
meaningful for PGW, with several
of our own employees serving as
Land Search and Rescue volunteers.
Their dedication reflects the
strong community spirit that exists
throughout rural New Zealand,
with volunteers giving their time,
expertise, and commitment to help
others in times of need. Through our
support of Land Search and Rescue,
we are proud to contribute to an
organisation whose volunteers play a
vital role in keeping New Zealanders
safe and providing reassurance to
families and communities when it
matters most.
For 15 years, Cash for Communities has connected on-farm purchasing
with community impact. Originally established by PGW and Ballance
Agri-Nutrients in 2011, the programme was expanded in 2023 to
include selected agrichemical products and additional supplier
partners including Adama, Agritrade, Arxada, BASF, Bayer, Corteva,
FMC, Nufarm, Syngenta and UPL. This expansion increased the
support available to local charities, schools, emergency services, and
community organisations throughout the country.
What makes Cash for Communities unique is that participants can
nominate the organisation they wish to support, ensuring funding
reaches the causes that matter most to their local communities. From
schools and sports clubs to rescue services and volunteer organisations,
the programme helps strengthen the social fabric of rural New Zealand
while creating a tangible connection between everyday farming and
community wellbeing.
This year marked a significant milestone for the programme, with
more than $1 million donated to rural communities since its inception
15 years ago. This achievement reflects the collective support of
participating customers, suppliers, and PGW teams, all working
together to make a positive difference in the regions where they live
and work.
During the 2025 spring campaign, donations supported a
wide range of community organisations and essential services
nationwide, including:
$38,000 donated to schools.
$36,000 donated to 12 rescue helicopter services, including
$11,700 to Canterbury West Coast Rescue Helicopter and
$9,000 to Otago Southland Rescue Helicopter.
$23,000 donated to St John stations throughout the country.
Reaching the $1 million milestone is a testament to the enduring
commitment to the rural sector and its communities. Through Cash
for Communities, farmers, growers, contractors, suppliers, and PGW
continue to make a meaningful contribution to the organisations
and services that help rural New Zealand thrive.
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED
PAGE 30
|
SUSTAINABILITY REPORT 2026
|
SOCIAL
PGG Wrightson Vetmed National Shearing Circuit
PGW and Vetmed are proud sponsors of the PGG Wrightson
Vetmed National Shearing Circuit, one of New Zealand's most
prestigious shearing competitions. The circuit celebrates the
exceptional skill, stamina, and professionalism of the country's
leading shearers, testing their versatility and consistency across a
series of events throughout the season before culminating in the
final at the iconic Golden Shears.
The 2025/26 circuit concluded in Masterton, where Jack Fagan
of Te Kuiti claimed the PGG Wrightson Vetmed National Shearing
Circuit title. In a closely contested final, Fagan faced strong
competition from three-time circuit winner Nathan Stratford.
While Stratford recorded higher quality points, Fagan's faster
shearing time proved decisive, securing victory by 1.378 points
and earning selection in the New Zealand team for the 2026/27
Trans-Tasman Shearing and Woolhandling Series.
The win carried special significance for Fagan and his family. His
father, Sir David Fagan, is one of the county's most recognised
shearing figures and won the National Shearing Circuit title nine
times between 1986 and 2008. Jack's victory continues a proud
family legacy within the sport and highlights the strength of
emerging talent within New Zealand shearing.
Safer Farms
Our commitment to farm safety
extends beyond sponsorship.
Both PGW CEO Stephen Guerin
and PGW Director Dr Charlotte
Severne serve as Directors of Safer
Farms, reflecting the important
role leadership plays in driving
positive change across the sector.
By supporting initiatives that
promote practical, farmer-led
solutions, we aim to help create
safer working environments
for both our people and our
customers.
Since becoming a supporter
in 2022, PGW has contributed
to a number of Safer Farms
initiatives, including the Safer
Rides programme. Developed
in response to the significant
number of quad bike-related
fatalities and injuries occurring on
farms, the programme provides
farmers with incentives to
install crush protection devices
and other safety technologies
designed to reduce the risk and
severity of rollover incidents. PGW
is proud to support a culture
where safety is an integral part of
every farm business.
Fire and Emergency New Zealand (FENZ)
PGW is proud to support the many
employees who volunteer with Fire and
Emergency New Zealand (FENZ), serving at
fire brigades in rural communities across the
country. These dedicated individuals play a
vital role in protecting people, property, and
the environment, responding to emergencies
at all hours and providing critical support
when their communities need it most. PGW
team members volunteer with approximately
20 brigades nationwide, demonstrating
the strong community spirit that exists
throughout our business.
As a member of the FENZ Proud Employer
Programme, PGW is committed to
supporting employees who volunteer their
time and expertise for emergency response
activities. The programme recognises the
important partnership between volunteers,
employers, and FENZ, and the contribution
businesses make by enabling volunteers to
respond to callouts during work hours. We
are incredibly proud of our employees who
serve their communities in this way and
grateful for the dedication, courage, and
commitment they show both on and off
the job.
Young Grower of the Year
Fruitfed Horticulture is proud
to be national sponsor of the
Young Grower of the Year
competition, celebrating
excellence within the fruit
and vegetable industry.
The competition gives fruit
and vegetable growers
under the age of 30 an
opportunity to develop their
skills and foster networks
with other future leaders of
the industry.
Young Horticulturalist of the Year
Fruitfed Horticulture is
pleased to support the Young
Horticulturist of the Year
competition. Supporting since
it's inception in 2005, specifically
sponsoring the competition's
Leadership Award.
The competition recognises and
celebrates excellence in people
under the age of 30 employed in
the horticulture industry.
Young Viticulturalist of the Year
Fruitfed Horticulture is
delighted to be a national
sponsor the Young Viticulturist
of the Year competition,
having done so since its
inception in 2005.
Aimed at young viticulturists
under 30 years old, the
competition is an opportunity
for contestants to upskill,
develop confidence, meet
current and future viticulture
leaders and grow their own
profile within the industry.
New shoots pasja, photographed by
Katherine Robertson for the 2026 PGW
Landmarks Photo Collection.
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED
PAGE 31
|
SUSTAINABILITY REPORT 2026
|
SOCIAL
PGW Group StrategyPGW Sustainability StrategyPGW Climate Transition Plan
Act
Refine actions
and strengthen
outcomes
Plan
Set strategies,
priorities and
targets
Check
Track
performance
against targets
Do
Deliver
programmes
and initiatives
At PGW, strong governance and ethical business practices are fundamental to how we operate.
Our Corporate Governance Code establishes the legal, regulatory and compliance frameworks that
support effective decision-making and robust risk management across the business.
PGW's sustainability governance framework is guided by the Plan-Do-Check-Act (PDCA)
model, a recognised continuous improvement framework widely used in management
systems and sustainability programmes. The PDCA approach helps ensure that sustainability
considerations are embedded into decision-making, implemented through meaningful
actions, regularly monitored, and continually improved over time.
To guide our sustainability journey, PGW’s clear governance framework comprises
the suite of three strategic documents that work together to embed sustainability
into our operations, decision-making and long-term business strategy:
Golden passage, photographed by Chihui Tang
for the 2026 PGW Landmarks Photo Collection.
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED
PAGE 32
|
SUSTAINABILITY REPORT 2026
Governance
Mana Whakahaere
Policy | Kaupapahere
PGW maintains a comprehensive policy framework that supports
responsible business conduct, ethical decision-making, regulatory
compliance and effective risk management across the Group. These
policies provide clear expectations for our people and guide how we
manage our environmental, social and governance responsibilities.
To ensure appropriate oversight and accountability, PGW's policy
framework operates across three levels:
Governance policies establish the responsibilities of the Board and
are approved by the PGW Board.
Group-wide policies apply across the organisation and are
approved by the CEO or CFO.
Business unit policies address matters specific to individual
business operations and are approved by the relevant General
Manager.
Together, these policies provide a structured framework for managing
risk, maintaining high standards of corporate conduct and embedding
sustainability considerations into decision-making. Accountability
for implementing policy commitments sits with leaders across the
business, while all employees are introduced to relevant policies
through induction processes and ongoing internal communications.
Modern Slavery
During FY26, PGW strengthened its governance framework through the
development of a Modern Slavery Policy. The policy formalises PGW's
commitment to respecting human rights and maintaining a zero-
tolerance approach to modern slavery across its operations and supply
chains. While designed to align with emerging legislative expectations,
the policy primarily consolidates and strengthens practices that already
exist within PGW's supplier management and procurement processes,
including supplier due diligence, contractual requirements and risk-
based supplier assessments.
The introduction of the Policy reflects growing stakeholder expectations
for transparency and responsible supply chain management,
particularly within agricultural and horticultural value chains where
modern slavery risks can arise through complex supplier networks. The
Policy establishes clear governance responsibilities, reporting pathways
and performance expectations, while supporting PGW's ongoing efforts
to identify, assess and manage modern slavery risks. It also positions
the business to respond efficiently to future regulatory requirements
and demonstrates our commitment to ethical business conduct and
responsible sourcing practices.
Corporate Governance Policies
PGW's corporate governance policies define our commitments to
responsible business conduct and provide the framework through
which the organisation is governed and managed.
Key governance policies include:
Audit Committee Charter
Code of Conduct
Constitution
Continuous Disclosure Policy
Corporate Governance Code and Board Charter
Diversity Equity and Inclusion Policy
Environment Policy
Health Safety and Environment Committee Charter
Health, Safety and Wellbeing Policy
Modern Slavery Policy
Non-GAAP Accounting Information
Remuneration and Appointments Charter
Securities Trading Policy
Sustainability Policy
Copies of these policies are publicly available at
www.pggwrightson.co.nz/sustainability.
Stakeholder Concerns and Grievances
PGW is committed to maintaining open channels for stakeholders to
raise concerns, provide feedback or lodge grievances. Stakeholders can
contact the Company through multiple avenues, including our website
contact form and dedicated telephone services. Concerns are directed
to the appropriate area of the business for investigation and response.
Where PGW has caused or contributed to adverse impacts, we seek to
respond appropriately and within the scope of our legal obligations.
We aim to address concerns in a fair, respectful and transparent manner
that reflects our commitment to responsible corporate citizenship.
Compliance
PGW had no significant instances of non-compliance with laws or
regulations during the financial year. We continue to strengthen
governance processes, controls and assurance activities that support
compliance across our operations and help us respond to changing
regulatory requirements.
Whistleblower Protection
PGW promotes a culture of integrity and accountability through its
whistleblower framework, which provides a secure mechanism for
reporting fraud, serious wrongdoing or unethical conduct. Governed
by our Whistleblower Policy, the programme encourages responsible
reporting and provides clear procedures for managing disclosures.
Reports made in good faith are treated confidentially and managed
without fear of retaliation. Individuals may also choose to report
concerns directly to external authorities where appropriate. These may
include the Ministry of Business, Innovation and Employment, New
Zealand Police, the Serious Fraud Office or the Commerce Commission.
Artificial Intelligence
AI is becoming an increasingly important business capability, creating
opportunities to improve productivity, support decision-making,
enhance customer and employee experiences, and drive innovation
across the organisation. At PGW, employees have access to approved
AI tools that assist with tasks such as research, analysis, content
development and knowledge sharing, helping our people focus more
time on high-value activities.
PGW supports the responsible use of AI and seeks to balance innovation
with appropriate governance. Our AI framework enables employees to
use approved technologies confidently and securely while addressing
considerations such as information security, privacy, intellectual
property, bias and regulatory compliance. AI is intended to support
human judgement rather than replace it, and employees remain
accountable for the quality, accuracy and appropriateness of AI-assisted
work. We provide guidance, training and oversight mechanisms to
promote safe, ethical and effective use of these technologies across the
business.
As AI technologies continue to evolve, PGW is focused on building
organisational capability while maintaining robust governance over
new tools, applications and emerging use cases. This includes ensuring
appropriate oversight of AI-enabled systems, particularly where they
interact with business processes, data or decision-making activities.
We are strengthening our governance and contractual arrangements,
ensuring third parties obtain our consent before using AI in connection
with services provided to PGW.
PGW also recognises that AI-enabled services depend on significant
digital infrastructure, including data centres, cloud computing networks
and semiconductor manufacturing. As the use of AI continues
to expand, governments and regulators globally are increasingly
considering policy and regulatory responses to address the broader
economic, social and environmental implications of AI adoption.
These emerging discussions include topics such as energy demand,
infrastructure capacity, transparency, governance and responsible
technology use. While these developments largely sit outside PGW's
direct operational footprint, we continue to monitor the evolving
regulatory landscape, as well as advancements in infrastructure
efficiency, renewable energy adoption and wider industry efforts to
reduce the environmental impact of AI technologies.
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED
PAGE 33
|
SUSTAINABILITY REPORT 2026
|
GOVERNANCE
Supply Chain | Mekameka tuku
Greenhouse Gas Emissions
As a retail business, the majority of PGW's GHG
emissions occur outside our direct operational
boundary, arising throughout our upstream and
downstream value chain. We continue to undertake
a comprehensive assessment of these Scope 3
emissions sources to improve data quality, coverage
and confidence in reported results. As this work
progresses, publication of PGW's inaugural Scope 3
emissions inventory has been rescheduled to FY27
to ensure the disclosure is supported by a sufficiently
robust evidence base.
Due Diligence Assessments
PGW works with an extensive network of domestic
and international suppliers, providing customers
with access to thousands of products, services and
leading agricultural brands. As a trusted participant
in agricultural and horticultural supply chains, we
recognise the importance of understanding and
managing the environmental, social and governance
risks that may exist beyond our direct operations.
To support responsible sourcing and strengthen
supply chain transparency, PGW continues to
enhance its supplier due diligence programme.
During FY26, we expanded the number of suppliers
participating in our due diligence assessment
process and achieved a response rate exceeding
80%, providing valuable insight into the sustainability
practices and risk profiles of our key suppliers.
The assessment process is designed to support
a risk-based understanding of our supply chain
and includes consideration of sustainability
governance, environmental impacts, GHG emissions,
modern slavery, labour practices and broader ESG
management systems. During the year, PGW further
strengthened its approach through the introduction
of adverse media screening and the incorporation
of recognised international risk indicators, including
country-level modern slavery and corruption risk
assessments.
These enhancements provide a more comprehensive
view of potential supply chain risks and help
inform engagement with suppliers on areas
requiring additional due diligence, transparency or
improvement. Over time, PGW intends to continue
evolving the assessment framework to support
responsible sourcing practices, improve supply chain
resilience and strengthen alignment with stakeholder
expectations and emerging regulatory requirements.
Traceability
Traceability is the ability to identify and track the
source, origin, and production conditions of raw
materials and finished products throughout the
supply chain. As a key participant in New Zealand's
agricultural and horticultural supply chains, PGW
recognises that traceability is essential to maintaining
product integrity, supporting food safety and quality
outcomes, and preserving the trust and confidence of
our customers.
PGW operates within a range of legislative and
voluntary frameworks that support product
traceability, including:
National Animal Identification and Tracing
Act 2012
Animal Products Act 1999
Agricultural Compounds and Veterinary
Medicines Act 1997
Food Act 2014
Wine Act 2003
Brand Reputation Compliance Global Standards -
Food Safety Standards (voluntary)
Compliance with these frameworks is overseen by
our Quality Assurance team in partnership with the
relevant business units. Through supplier assurance
activities, auditing, batch tracking, traceability
testing, and product recall simulations, we help
maintain supply chain integrity, support effective
risk management, and enhance supply chain
transparency.
These systems enable the rapid identification
and isolation of affected products when required,
strengthening customer confidence and supporting
regulatory compliance. Regular audits, testing, and
review drive the continuous improvement of our
quality management systems and contribute to a
more resilient and responsible supply chain.
Agricultural Chemicals | Matū ahuwhenua
PGW plays an important role in supporting farmers and growers to protect
crop health and productivity through science-based, evidence-led solutions. As
the agricultural sector continues to evolve, we are supporting greater adoption
of agroecological approaches, including biopesticides and biological control
agents, alongside conventional agrichemical products.
PGW supplies a broad range of agricultural chemicals used to manage weeds,
pests and diseases, and to support plant growth and production. During the
year, we continued to strengthen our position within the agricultural chemical
value chain through the expansion of our BlueAg private label agrichemical
range, available through both our Rural Supplies and Fruitfed Horticulture
networks.
The importation, manufacture, sale and use of agricultural chemicals in
New Zealand are governed by a comprehensive regulatory framework,
including the:
Agricultural Compounds and Veterinary Medicines Act 1997
Biosecurity Act 1993
Health and Safety at Work Act 2015
Hazardous Substances and New Organisms Act 1996
Operating within these legislative requirements, PGW is committed to the
responsible stewardship of agricultural chemicals. Our nationwide team of
technical specialists and field representatives work closely with customers
to provide practical advice on product selection, safe handling practices and
effective application methods, helping ensure products are used responsibly
and achieve the intended outcomes.
Many agricultural chemicals are classified as hazardous substances and
require careful management throughout storage, transport and use. PGW
maintains robust risk management processes to minimise potential impacts
on people and the environment. These controls include, where required,
handling certifications, emergency response planning, segregation and storage
protocols, secondary containment systems, and spill response equipment.
We also encourage customers to adopt Integrated Pest Management (IPM)
approaches wherever practicable. This includes prioritising preventative and
non-chemical control measures before considering chemical interventions.
Where agricultural chemicals are required, we promote best-practice
application techniques to ensure products are applied accurately, efficiently
and in the appropriate quantities. Through this approach, PGW supports
productive farming systems while helping to manage environmental and
operational risks.
Research and Development | Rangahau me te Whanaketanga
PGW has a long history of investing in research and development to help
farmers and growers make informed decisions based on robust scientific
evidence. During FY26, PGW undertook 98 scientific trials across the country,
assessing how new products and technologies perform under local conditions
and providing customers with confidence that recommendations are backed
by independent research.
In the last year PGW leased the Geelen Family Trust Research Station in
Hastings, previously operated by Bayer Crop Science. The dedicated facility is a
major investment in PGW's research capability, reinforcing our commitment to
innovation within New Zealand's agricultural and horticultural sectors.
The 2.8-hectare site is a hub for horticultural and agricultural research, featuring
approximately 600 apple trees, 50 peach trees, 1,100 metres of grapevines, and
0.5 hectares dedicated to cropping. The established nature of the property has
meant that research work commenced immediately, providing opportunities
to expand trial programmes and evaluate products and technologies across a
range of growing systems.
Until now, much of PGW's research has been conducted in partnership with
farmers and growers who provide sections of productive land for trial work.
While these partnerships remain extremely valuable, the dedicated research
station will provide a more controlled and scalable environment for scientific
assessment, enabling PGW to increase the scope and consistency of its
research activities.
The facility supports a wide range of research programmes, including the
evaluation of new crop protection products, herbicides and fertilisers, often
several years before they become commercially available in New Zealand.
Through this work, PGW develops a deep understanding of product
performance, application requirements and suitability for local conditions. By
the time products reach the market, our Technical Field Representatives and
Technical Horticultural Representatives are equipped with the knowledge and
trial data needed to provide evidence-based advice to customers.
Importantly, the value of the research station extends beyond product testing.
PGW intends to develop the site as a centre of excellence where emerging
technologies, best-practice growing techniques and research findings can
be demonstrated to customers and employees. The facility also supports
the ongoing development of our technical capability through additional
investment in specialist expertise, training and research resources.
By bringing research activities together in a purpose-built facility, PGW has
strengthened its ability to generate practical, science-based insights that
help farmers and growers improve productivity, manage risk and adopt new
technologies with confidence.
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED
PAGE 34
|
SUSTAINABILITY REPORT 2026
|
GOVERNANCE
On the move, photographed by Ilka Seebeck
for the 2026 PGW Landmarks Photo Collection.
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED
PAGE 35
|
SUSTAINABILITY REPORT 2026
|
GOVERNANCE
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED
PAGE 36
|
SUSTAINABILITY REPORT 2026
|
GRI CONTENT INDEX
GRI Content Index | Kaupapa Pūrongo Aowhānui
GRI 2: General Disclosures 2021
GRI StandardLocationOmission
2-1Organisational details5
2-2
Entities included in the organisation’s sustainability reporting3
2-3
Reporting period, frequency and contact point3
2-4
Restatements of information3
2-5
External assurance4
2-6
Activities, value chain and other business relationships5
2-7
Employees23-24
2-8
Workers who are not employees23
2-9
Governance structure and composition10-11
2-10
Nomination and selection of the highest governance body10
2-11
Chair of the highest governance body10
2-12
Role of the highest governance body in overseeing the management of impacts10
2-13
Delegation of responsibility for managing impacts10-11
2-14
Role of the highest governance body in sustainability reporting10
2-15
Conflicts of Interest10
2-16
Communication of critical concerns11
2-17
Collective knowledge of the highest governance body11
2-18
Evaluation of the performance of the highest governance body10
2-19
Remuneration policies26
2-20
Process to determine remuneration26
2-21
Annual total compensation ratio26
2-22
Statement on sustainable development strategy33
2-23
Policy commitments34
2-24
Embedding policy commitments34
2-25
Processes to remediate negative impacts34
2-26
Mechanisms for seeking advice and raising concerns34
2-27
Compliance with laws and regulations34
2-28
Membership associations6
2-29
Approach to stakeholder engagement8
2-30
Collective bargaining agreements23
GRI 3: Material Topics 2021
GRI StandardLocationOmission
3-1Process to determine material topics4
3-2
List of material topics4
Workplace Health & Safety
3-3
Management of material topics28
403-1
Occupational health and safety management system28
403-2
Hazard identification, risk assessment, and incident investigation28
403-3
Occupational health services28
403-4
Worker participation, consultation, and communication on occupational
health and safety
28
403-5
Worker training on occupational health and safety28
403-6
Promotion of worker health28
403-7
Prevention and mitigation of occupational health and safety impacts directly
linked by business relationships
28
403-8
Workers covered by an occupational health and safety management system28
403-9
Work-related injuries28
403-10
Work-related ill health28
Product Traceability, Assurance & Lifecycle Management
3-3
Management of material topics35
13-23
Supply chain traceability35
Employee Diversity and Inclusion
3-3
Management of material topics23
405-1
Diversity of governance bodies and employees27
405-2
Ratio of basic salary and remuneration of women to men26-27
Waste and Hazardous Materials
3-3
Management of material topics22
306-2
Waste by type and disposal method22
Acronym / TermDefinition
$New Zealand Dollar
ACAir Conditioning
AEPAccredited Employers Programme
AIArtificial Intelligence
ASMAnnual Shareholders’ Meeting
BBNZBloch & Behrens Wool (NZ) Ltd
CEOChief Executive Officer
CO2Carbon Dioxide
CO2-eCarbon Dioxide Equivalent
CTPClimate Transition Plan
DISC
Dominance Influence Steadiness
Conscientiousness
ESGEnvironment, Social, and Governance
FENZFire and Emergency New Zealand
FMAFinancial Markets Authority
FY
Financial Year (ended or ending 30 June of the
relevant year)
GHGGreenhouse Gas Emissions
GRIGlobal Reporting Initiative
HFCsHydrofluorocarbons
HSWHealth Safety and Wellbeing
IFRSInternational Financial Reporting Standards
IPCCIntergovernmental Panel on Climate Change
Acronym / TermDefinition
ISOInternational Organisation for Standardisation
ITInformation Technology
ITOIndustry Training Organisation
kgKilogram
kWhKilowatt Hour
LLitres
LEDLight Emitting Diode
LPGLiquified Petroleum Gas
MMillion
MJMegajoule
MWhMegawatt Hour
NZNew Zealand
NZ CSNew Zealand Climate Standards
NZDNew Zealand Dollar
NZXNew Zealand Stock Exchange
PDCAPlan Do Check Act
PGWPGG Wrightson Limited
RCPRepresentative Concentration Pathway
SDGSustainable Development Goal
tCO2-eTonnes of Carbon Dioxide Equivalent
TRIFRTotal Recordable Injury Frequency Rate
XRBExternal Reporting Board
PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED
PAGE 37
|
SUSTAINABILITY REPORT 2026
|
GRI CONTENT INDEX / GLOSSARY
Glossary | Rārangi Kupu
GRI 3: Material Topics 2021 (continued)
GRI StandardLocationOmission
Greenhouse Gas Emissions and Decarbonisation
3-3
Management of material topics19
305-1
Direct (Scope 1) GHG emissions19
305-2
Energy indirect (Scope 2) GHG emissions19
305-3Other indirect (Scope 3) GHG emissions
PGW continues to improve
scope 3 data quality, to be
reported in FY27
305-4
GHG emissions intensity19
305-5
Reduction of GHG emissions19
Partnerships and Supporting Communities
3-3
Management of material topics23, 30
401-1
New employee hires and employee turnover24
401-2
Benefits provided to full-time employees that are not provided to temporary or
part-time employees
24
401-3
Parental leave27
404-2
Programs for upgrading employee skills and transition assistance programs25
404-3
Percentage of employees receiving regular performance and career
development reviews
24
Ecological Impacts of Agri-Chemicals
3-3Management of material topics35
Compliance with Legal & Regulatory Requirements
3-3Management of material topics34
Helping grow the country
The Amuri Basin neighbourhood watch, photographed by
Lucy Robinson for the 2026 PGW Landmarks Photo Collection.
Data sourced from publicly available filings. Our datasets may not be complete. Automated analysis can produce errors. If you believe any data on this page is incorrect, please contact us at hello@nzxplorer.co.nz. For informational purposes only. Not investment advice.